WO1999033016A1 - Integrated business-to-business web commerce and business automation system - Google Patents

Integrated business-to-business web commerce and business automation system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1999033016A1
WO1999033016A1 PCT/US1998/027496 US9827496W WO9933016A1 WO 1999033016 A1 WO1999033016 A1 WO 1999033016A1 US 9827496 W US9827496 W US 9827496W WO 9933016 A1 WO9933016 A1 WO 9933016A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
user
ofthe
business
web
customer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1998/027496
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO1999033016A9 (en
Inventor
Charles Wong
Original Assignee
Charles Wong
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=25541977&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO1999033016(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Charles Wong filed Critical Charles Wong
Priority to JP2000525852A priority Critical patent/JP2001527248A/en
Priority to KR1020007006942A priority patent/KR20010033456A/en
Priority to EP98966078A priority patent/EP1055185A1/en
Priority to AU22057/99A priority patent/AU2205799A/en
Publication of WO1999033016A1 publication Critical patent/WO1999033016A1/en
Publication of WO1999033016A9 publication Critical patent/WO1999033016A9/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/06Resources, workflows, human or project management; Enterprise or organisation planning; Enterprise or organisation modelling
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/06Buying, selling or leasing transactions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/06Resources, workflows, human or project management; Enterprise or organisation planning; Enterprise or organisation modelling
    • G06Q10/063Operations research, analysis or management
    • G06Q10/0633Workflow analysis
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/06Resources, workflows, human or project management; Enterprise or organisation planning; Enterprise or organisation modelling
    • G06Q10/063Operations research, analysis or management
    • G06Q10/0637Strategic management or analysis, e.g. setting a goal or target of an organisation; Planning actions based on goals; Analysis or evaluation of effectiveness of goals
    • G06Q10/06375Prediction of business process outcome or impact based on a proposed change
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/06Resources, workflows, human or project management; Enterprise or organisation planning; Enterprise or organisation modelling
    • G06Q10/063Operations research, analysis or management
    • G06Q10/0639Performance analysis of employees; Performance analysis of enterprise or organisation operations
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/02Marketing; Price estimation or determination; Fundraising
    • G06Q30/0201Market modelling; Market analysis; Collecting market data
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/04Billing or invoicing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/06Buying, selling or leasing transactions
    • G06Q30/0601Electronic shopping [e-shopping]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q40/00Finance; Insurance; Tax strategies; Processing of corporate or income taxes
    • G06Q40/12Accounting
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S707/00Data processing: database and file management or data structures
    • Y10S707/99931Database or file accessing
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S707/00Data processing: database and file management or data structures
    • Y10S707/99941Database schema or data structure
    • Y10S707/99943Generating database or data structure, e.g. via user interface

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to business-to-business Web commerce and to business automation systems.
  • Web commerce may be defined as the use of a computer network, such as the Internet, to do business, such as buy and sell products or services. Although Web commerce is still in its infancy, relatively speaking, Web commerce is predicted by some to soon become the dominant mode of business practice. Web commerce allows business to move much more quickly, without the burden and cost of paperwork.
  • Material management functions such as procurement represent a substantial expense and burden for medium and large businesses. Purchases are typically subject to approval at multiple levels. In the case ofthe purchase of a computer, for example, an employee might submit a purchase request to the employee's supervisor, who might approve the request and forward it to the MIS (Management Information Systems) department, which might approve the request and forward it to accounting for budgetary approval.
  • the real cost of such a process is estimated to be as much as $ 100 per purchase request.
  • the time required for such a process to be completed may be weeks or months. In the meantime, productivity may suffer. Purchasing, moreover, is only part ofthe larger problem of material management.
  • the party receiving the information has no control over the information or the quality ofthe instructions received but rather is entirely dependent on the party transmitting the information.
  • Duplication occurs both within departments and between departments.
  • An external influence to the system a call from a customer or vendor, a new customer account, a ruffled employee
  • the process because it is ill-defined, is not easily reversible when an error has been made. In most systems, mistakes must be propagated to the end of a work flow before reversal can occur.
  • the present invention addresses this need.
  • the present invention generally speaking, provides software that enables end-to-end, business-to-business Web commerce (Web business, or e-business) and that automates to the greatest degree possible, in a unified and synergistic fashion and using best proven business practices, the various aspects of running a successful and profitable business.
  • Web business and business automation are both greatly facilitated using a computing model based on a single integrated database management system (DBMS) with intrinsic data synchronization that is either Web-enabled or provided with a Web front-end.
  • DBMS database management system
  • the Web provides a window into a "seamless" end-to-end internal business process.
  • business-to-business transaction processing using a database and a database management system is performed by receiving user demand information (or a user "wish list" or expression of interest interest in selected products) electronically; at least partially in response to receiving the user demand information electronically, automatically storing an order record in the database and maintaining the order record in the database throughout a life cycle ofthe order; and during the life cycle ofthe order, multiple users each accessing the order record and processing the order to accomplish a respective one of multiple business functions, and creating records related to the order.
  • the life cycle ofthe order includes an expected period for at least one of reversal, service, and parts order, where reversal includes customer returns, cann- cellation and correction of improperly fulfilled or mistaken orders, including employee mistakes.
  • the business software provides a Web-based, business-to- business electronic commerce framework that uses the Web as a medium for all parties involved in a transaction (customer, supplier, manufacturer, etc.) within multiple supply-chain tiers to receive up-to-the minute synchronized transaction information relating to any and all facets ofthe transaction. Information may be disseminated by push (Web broadcast) or pull methods, with a business user exercising information access control.
  • the business software operates as follows.
  • a comprehensive product list is updated electronically in real time or at regular intervals from various sources (e.g., by file download, over the Web, or from CD or floppy distributions or other media or even manual input).
  • a graphical Web interface allows a user to obtain a quote based on the product list. The quote is assigned a quote number and saved in the DBMS and may be retrieved and viewed at a later date. Based on the quote, a user with appropriate Web-verifiable authority may place an order on behalf of a company in accordance with a pre-existing Web-enforceable agreement with the company. An employee ofthe seller, using the same DBMS, purchases product to fill the order.
  • DBMS When the product is received, information regarding receipt ofthe product is entered into the DBMS. Orders are assembled, shipped and billed, all using the same DBMS. Customers can retrieve previous quote records and view order and shipment status via the Web. Customer invoices are automatically generated upon shipment but may be modified if necessary by a supervisory user having the requisite authority. When a customer payment is received, details concerning the payment are entered into the DBMS. Vendor invoices and payments are also handled using the DBMS, and both customers and vendors can view payment status — invoice, credit (from returns), etc. — via the Web, allowing paper invoice copies to be dispensed with if desired.
  • Returns are provided for and may be return of an entire piece of equipment or replacement of a warranted component part, and replacements may be electronically tracked. Parts tracking saves employee time that would otherwise be spent responding to customer inquiries, and also contributes to customer satisfaction through the convenient availability of timely information.
  • a period e.g., off-peak or nightly
  • update process is performed in which consistency checks are performed and in which accounting information (including sales tax information) is collected, journal entries made, and general-ledger entries posted.
  • accounting information including sales tax information
  • records are edited, they are flagged to be checked during the period update so that adjusting entries may be made if necessary.
  • the update process may be run and an accounting period closed.
  • Real-time, audit-ready financial information accurate up to the day or up to the hour is available within minutes at the touch of a button without the need for a highly-trained accountant.
  • a novice can facilitate the systematic performance of many functions typically performed by accountants, with periodic review and supervision by an accountant.
  • DBMS is Web-enabled, given the appropriate privileges, a complete up-to-the-minute view of every aspect of a business is available from anywhere in the world. Telecommuting is greatly facilitated, with its attendant cost savings. Furthermore, factual evaluation of employee performance, whether of a telecommuting employee or an office-based employee, is greatly facilitated by statistical analysis of accumulated historical performance data (tasks, projects, assignments, reports).
  • the single database business process software provides parallel synchronized data access to all users. Users have access to all information given the proper access authority.
  • the system provides built-in assurance of prioritized dynamic workflow and best business practice (the optimum known way that a business process should flow) based on self-correcting business knowledge algorithms.
  • the system draws upon a knowledge base to prevent mistakes anticipated by the software designer as well as mistakes that have occurred in the past and have been corrected for by adding to the knowledge base, which is continually accumulating.
  • the dynamic workflow assures that whatever mistakes may occur are discovered at various stages.
  • the system lists and prioritizes uncompleted work that needs to be followed up. All user activities are tracked, and users are held accountable. Every activity performed by users are tracked statistically. Problem sources may therefore be identified. Precision training and factual performance review are made possible, significantly empowering users in their assignments.
  • the software provides for business scalability (as opposed to mere data processing scalability), minimizing the growing pains experienced by rapidly growing companies.
  • business scalability as opposed to mere data processing scalability
  • communication between group members becomes more and more difficult and the process becomes increasing difficult to manage.
  • the present invention with dynamic workflow, makes workflow and work quality substantially immune to changes in the number of employees and the experience level of employees. Work discipline and organization is enforced by, and teamwork and communication between users facilitated by, the database.
  • the ease of use ofthe database system arising from dynamic workflow and the knowledge base inco ⁇ orated within the system minimizes the need for extensive employee training and allows for flexible employee roles.
  • Business scalability also entails dramatically increased productivity through automated computer assistance, allowing business growth to greatly outstrip personnel growth.
  • One example of business scalability is in the area of purchasing. Orders are grouped for purposes of purchasing such that the number of purchase orders to vendors does not increase as the number of orders received.
  • the invention allows for the integration and time-scale compression of what have heretofore been largely independent, human-dependent business processes.
  • Business processes have typically been organized into separate business domains, chiefly including a products domain (e.g., engineering, manufacturing, purchasing, shipping, receiving, returns), a payments domain (e.g., accounts receivable, accounts payable), a financial performance domain (e.g, general ledger, financial statements, tax returns) and a personnel domain (e.g., employee evaluation).
  • a products domain e.g., engineering, manufacturing, purchasing, shipping, receiving, returns
  • a payments domain e.g., accounts receivable, accounts payable
  • a financial performance domain e.g, general ledger, financial statements, tax returns
  • a personnel domain e.g., employee evaluation
  • a universal financial report and trend report generator provides for general single or multiple General Ledger (GL) account code analysis including sales, cash flow and material.
  • GL General Ledger
  • Time-scale compression ofthe resulting integrated business automation process is achieved in two ways.
  • the single database management system is Web-enabled, providing access anytime, anywhere.
  • triggers within the single database management system propagate activity from one business domain to a succeeding business domain (e.g., from shipping in the products domain to accounts payable in the payments domain) without duplication of human efforts.
  • Data can only be entered once and is not ordinarily allowed to be changed or re- entered. Data entry is guided by a built-in best-practice knowledge base.
  • the integrated business automation process may be easily modularized if desired by restricting access to only files belonging to selected business domains.
  • a customer receives everything but may only pay for be given access to a subset of files — e.g. AP/AR files. Later the customer may decide to pay for added capabilities.
  • Such a change in capabilities may be readily administered remotely through the Web. In this manner, the customer is able to "pick and choose" the capabilities that the customer wants to use.
  • An outside Web user may also pick and choose the capabilities that the user wants to use. For example, orders may be placed by phone or fax but tracked via the Web. Or a user may use the Web only to check the amount owed on open invoices. Others user may use the Web from start to finish, to order products, track orders, track payments, etc.
  • Extensive measures are taken to ensure that the integrated business process is, to the greatest extent possible, error-free. Only a limited number of controlled entry points to the system are provided. At each entry point, entry validation is performed at the time of entry. Because the business process is integrated, validation may be more extensive and hence more effective than in typical systems. A periodic update process is also performed is which checks are made, including cross- checks between records of files belonging to different business domains. The system is in effect a closed system where all entries must balance appropriately. The nightly update is able to catch and flag errors (or possible errors) that may have occurred despite entry validation, including hardware or system errors, software bugs, and human errors. As errors become apparent that have escaped detection by the system, the foregoing mechanisms may be readily revised to prevent future such occurrences. Programmed process intelligence therefore continually increases as errors are detected, flagged, and trouble-shooted so as to add to the wealth ofthe knowledge base and improve the process methodology. At the same time, dynamic workflow makes possible the re-navigation of existing workflow components.
  • the integrated processes also automates returns and credits both on the customer side and the vendor side. Returns and credits may be necessitated by user errors that go undetected by the system, by overcharges for freight, or numerous other circumstances. Returns are only one important example of what is more generally a reversal process, or catch-all, for mistakes during work-in-progress and for post-sale activity. Return requests, Return Merchandise Authorizations, credit memos and accounting adjustments may all be handled electronically.
  • Figure 1 is a block diagram illustrating conceptually a conventional business process
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating conceptually an automated business process in accordance with the present invention
  • Figure 3 is a generalized block diagram of a system for business-to-business Web commerce in accordance with an exemplary embodiment ofthe invention
  • Figure 4 is an illustration of a starting Web screen display
  • Figure 5 is an illustration of a first product categories screen display
  • Figure 6 is an illustration of a further product categories screen display
  • Figure 7 is an illustration of still a further product categories screen display
  • Figure 8 is an illustration of a screen display displaying printer cables
  • Figure 9 is an illustration of a shopping basket screen display
  • Figure 10 is an illustration of a screen display allowing the user to search for products by manufacturer
  • Figure 11 is an illustration of a multi-search screen display
  • Figure 12 is an illustration of a core products search screen display
  • Figure 13 is an illustration of a core products search results screen display
  • Figure 14 is an illustration of a Products Search /PID screen display
  • Figure 15 is an illustration of a PID search results screen display
  • Figure 16 is an illustration of a PID screen display
  • Figure 17 is an illustration of a Products Search/ APL screen display
  • Figure 18 is an illustration of a Products Search/Previous Quotes screen display
  • Figure 19 is an illustration of a quotes search results screen display
  • Figure 20 is an illustration of a quote screen display
  • Figure 21 is an illustration of a PID maintenance screen display
  • Figure 22 is an illustration of an active PEDs screen display
  • Figure 23 is an illustration of an APL maintenance screen display
  • Figure 24 is a company APL maintenance screen display
  • Figure 25 is an illustration of a return request screen display
  • Figure 26 is an illustration of an RMA multi-search screen display
  • Figure 27 is an illustration of an RMA search results screen display
  • Figure 28 is an illustration of an RMA record screen display
  • Figure 29 is an illustration of a tracking screen display
  • Figure 30 is an illustration of a sales order status screen display
  • Figure 31 is an illustration of a sales order search results screen display
  • Figure 32 is an illustration of a Tracking — Return Product and Service Part Status screen display
  • Figure 33 is an RMA status search results screen display
  • Figure 34 is an illustration of a more detailed RMA status screen display
  • Figure 35 is an illustration of a Tracking — Product Purchase History screen display
  • Figure 36 is an illustration of a Tracking — Product Return History screen display
  • Figure 37 is an illustration of a return history search results screen display displaying search results
  • Figure 38 is an illustration of a Reports screen display
  • Figure 39 is an illustration of a Back Order Reports screen display
  • Figure 40 is an illustration of a Monthly Sales Reports screen display
  • Figure 41 is an illustration of a resulting search results screen display
  • Figure 42 is an illustration of a Packing Slips screen display
  • Figure 43 is an illustration of a resulting search results screen display
  • Figure 44 is an illustration of a packing slip screen display displaying a selected packing slip
  • Figure 45 is an illustration detailing the authority of various internal users with respect to security parameters in accordance with an exemplary embodiment
  • Figure 46 is a diagram of a typical lineage (authority) tree
  • Figure 47 is an illustration of a database customer screen display
  • Figure 48 is an illustration of a company price list screen display
  • Figure 49 is an illustration of one of a series of dialogs used to set Web authority for an employee of a customer
  • Figure 50 is an illustration of another of a series of dialogs used to set Web authority for an employee of a customer
  • Figure 51 is an illustration of another of a series of dialogs used to set Web authority for an employee of a customer
  • Figure 52 is an illustration of another of a series of dialogs used to set Web authority for an employee of a customer
  • Figure 53 is an illustration of another of a series of dialogs used to set Web authority for an employee of a customer
  • Figure 54 is an illustration of a dialog used to confirm employee information at the conclusion of Web authorization
  • Figure 55 is an illustration ofthe corresponding screen display as shown in Figure 48, following Web authorization
  • Figure 56 is a block diagram of a conventional Web commerce computer architecture in which different functions are automated on different computing platforms, necessitating multiple interfaces;
  • Figure 57 is a block diagram ofthe present Web commerce computer architecture in which all functions are automated on a single Web-enabled database, necessitating only a single interface;
  • Figure 58 is an illustration of a partial database schema of one implementation ofthe system of Figure 3, showing primary files and relationships;
  • Figure 59 is a block diagram illustrating an automated business process in accordance with an exemplary embodiment ofthe invention.
  • Figure 60 is an illustration of a Sales-MWS screen display
  • Figure 61 is an illustration of a Quote screen display
  • Figure 62 is an illustration of a Products screen display
  • Figure 63 is an illustration of a MWS screen display
  • Figure 64 is an illustration of a Purchasing view of a PRIS (Purchasing/ Shipping/Receiving/Installation) screen display
  • Figure 65 is an illustration of a Receiving view ofthe PRIS screen display
  • Figure 66 is an illustration of an Installation view ofthe PRIS screen display
  • Figure 67 is an illustration of a Shipping view of the PRIS screen display
  • Figure 68 is an illustration of a PRIS Item Detail screen display
  • Figure 69 is an illustration of an Expedite view ofthe PRIS screen display
  • Figure 70 is an illustration of an Ordered Not Received screen display
  • Figure 71 is an illustration of a Received Not Shipped screen display
  • Figure 72 is an illustration of an Expedite pop-up, allowing expedite status to be set from a MWS screen display
  • Figure 73 is an illustration of an RMA screen display
  • Figure 74 is an illustration of an Add RMA screen display used to initially create an RMA
  • FIG 75 is an illustration of an RMA add records screen display used to add information to an RMA
  • Figure 76 is an illustration of an RMA Automatic Request Completion file
  • Figure 77 is an illustration of an RMA Automatic Approval Limit file
  • Figure 78 is an illustration of a Customer RMA Automatic Approval file
  • Figure 79 is an illustration of a Vendor RMA Automatic Approval file
  • Figure 80 is an illustration of a Manufacturer RMA Automatic Approval file
  • Figure 81 is an illustration of a Web page used to automatically provide a customer with an RMA number in accordance with the foregoing automatic approval process
  • Figure 82 is an illustration of a Sales Tax Register screen display, including formulas used to calculate figures to be entered within each line of a sales tax return;
  • Figure 83 is an illustration of a Customer Invoices screen display
  • Figure 84 is an illustration ofthe Customer Invoices screen display showing collections information within a pop-up window
  • Figure 85 is an illustration ofthe Customer Invoices screen display showing collections information by customer within a pop-up window
  • Figure 86 is an illustration of a Customer Payments screen display
  • Figure 87 is an illustration of an OverUnderPay screen display
  • Figure 88 is an illustration of an OverUnderPay details screen display
  • Figure 89 is an illustration of a Vendor Invoices screen display
  • Figure 90 is an illustration of an AP Add Invoices screen display
  • Figure 91 is an illustration of a Vendor Invoice display
  • Figure 92 is an illustration of a Daily Vendor Verification screen display
  • Figure 93 is an illustration of a Vendor Payment Register screen display
  • Figure 94 is an illustration of an Add Invoices screen display having superimposed thereon a dialog window used to enter the period for a freight bill;
  • Figure 95 is an illustration of an Accounting Setup defaults screen display
  • Figure 96 is an illustration of a display screen used to add an account to a Chart of Accounts file
  • Figure 97 is an illustration of a Chart of Accounts screen display
  • Figure 98 is an illustration of a Chart of Accounts — Account Detail screen display
  • Figure 99 is an illustration of an Accounts Receivable Customer Setup screen display
  • Figure 100 is an illustration of an Accounts Receivable screen display
  • Figure 101 is an illustration of an Accounts Receivable — Account Detail screen display
  • Figure 102 is an illustration of an Accounts Payable Partner Setup screen display
  • Figure 103 is an illustration of an Accounts Payable screen display
  • Figure 104 is an illustration of an Accounts Payable — Account Detail screen display
  • Figure 105 is an illustration of an account distribution pop-up screen used to allocate an invoice amount between different accounts
  • Figure 106 is an illustration of a General Journal output screen display
  • Figure 107 is an illustration of General Journal input screen display
  • Figure 108 is an illustration of a screen display used for financial report definition
  • Figure 109 is an illustration of a resulting financial report
  • Figure 110 is an illustration of a screen display used for trend report definition
  • Figure 111 is an illustration of screen display including a dialog used to select trend frequency
  • Figure 112 is an illustration of screen display including a window in which trend report data are displayed
  • Figure 113 is an illustration of a trend report graph screen display
  • Figure 114 is a block diagram of a human resource infrastructure for a virtual organization performance evaluation model
  • Figure 115 is an illustration showing in greater detail portions ofthe human resource infrastructure of Figure 114;
  • Figure 116 is an illustration of a file structure used to track all performance metrics of interest
  • Figure 117 is an illustration showing in greater detail the Factual Measurement Review process of Figure 115;
  • Figure 118 is an illustration of a seris of selection menus used to select an employee for whom a factual employee evaluation report is to be displayed;
  • Figure 119 is an illustration of screen displays used to display factual performance analysis results in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the invention.
  • Figure 120 is an expanded view ofthe multiple period screen display of Figure 119;
  • Figure 121 is an illustration of a dialog displayed as a result of qualification of user inputs during the course of adding invoices
  • Figure 122 is an illustration of a further dialog of a similar type as that of Figure 121;
  • Figure 123 is an illustration of yet a further dialog of a similar type as that of Figure 121;
  • Figure 124 is a partial illustration of a pop-up menu of options available during vendor invoice display
  • Figure 125 is a partial illustration of a pop-up menu of options available during vendor invoice display, showing options not shown in Figure 124;
  • Figure 126 is an illustration of a pop-up menu of options available during customer invoice display
  • Figure 127 is an illustration of a pop-up menu of options available during display of items sold.
  • Figure 128 is an illustration of a pop-up menu of options available during display of sales records
  • Figure 129 is a block diagram illustrating a knowledge base, the expression ofthe knowledge base in screen displays ofthe present system, and a manner in which the knowledge base is increased;
  • Figure 130 is an illustration of an RMA Reports screen display
  • Figure 131 is an illustration of an RMAs pending approval screen display
  • Figure 132 is an illustration of an open RMAs screen display
  • Figure 133 is an illustration of a Shipping Reports screen display
  • Figure 134 is an illustration of a summary shipping report screen display
  • Figure 135 is an illustration of a detailed shipping report screen display
  • Figure 136 is an illustration of a POD screen display
  • Figure 137 is an illustration of an Accounting Reports screen display
  • Figure 138 is an illustration of a date-range-limited accounting report screen display
  • Figure 139 is an illustration of an invoice screen display
  • Figure 140 is an illustration of a multiple invoice search screen display
  • Figure 141 is an illustration of a customer collections screen display, showing a Get Problems dialog
  • Figure 142 is an illustration ofthe customer collections screen display showing a Searches pick box
  • Figure 143 is an illustration ofthe customer collections screen display showing a Select Problem dialog
  • Figure 144 is an illustration ofthe customer collections screen display showing a Select Tickler dialog
  • Figure 145 is an illustration of a purchasing output screen display
  • Figure 146 is an illustration of an expediting output screen display
  • Figure 147 is an illustration of a receiving output screen display
  • Figure 148 is an illustration of an installation output screen display
  • Figure 149 is an illustration of a shipping output screen display
  • Figure 150 is a flow diagram illustrating a percolation process for purchasing
  • Figure 151 is a flow diagram illustrating a percolation process for receiving
  • Figure 152 is a flow diagram illustrating a percolation process for shipping
  • Figure 153 is a flow diagram illustrating a percolation process for installation/assembly
  • Figure 154 is a flow diagram illustrating supply chain integration/management features ofthe present invention.
  • Figure 155 is a diagram of a first electronic template for specifying a customized business relationship
  • Figure 156 is a diagram of a second electronic template for specifying a customized business relationship
  • Figure 157 is a block diagram of a client/server business automation system in which a common database supports both end-to-end business process automation and sales force automation;
  • Figure 158 is a more detailed representation of sales force automation capabilities ofthe the system of Figure 157;
  • Figure 159 is a detailed listing of RMA types and sub-types
  • Figure 160 is an illustration of a screen display showing customer-specific automatic RMA approval criteria.
  • Figure 161 is an illustration of a Sales Force Automation screen display.
  • a first system user or "information worker,” having for example a Sales assignment or activity focus, initiates an automated, end-to-end business process by entering information into a client/ server single relational database, which forms a common hub ofthe automated business process.
  • the user's entry is qualified, or "quality checked,” as repre- sented by a checkvalve.
  • quality checked as repre- sented by a checkvalve.
  • Such qualification is "experiential,” i.e., derived from actual business experience, and differs qualitatively from the type of data validation typically performed in database systems. If the user's entry fails scrutiny by the system, it cannot be committed to the database. Similarly, the business process cannot continue to the next user.
  • verifiable and usable management and enterprise information may be made readily available.
  • navigation ofthe workflow is soley determined byt he access authority ofthe user.
  • Workflow components are all pre-existing and preprogrammed.
  • User inputs to the system do undergo a qualification process.
  • Qualification of user inputs has multiple facets.
  • each user is accorded limited access privileges. An authority check is therefore performed to ensure that the user is authorized to make the entry being attempted.
  • the entry is checked in accordance with business rules that embody best practice as determined from an analysis of expected parameters and how various values of those parameters affect possible outcomes downstream.
  • entries, even after then are committed to the database are subjected to intelligent consistency checks in order to detect discrepancies and provide feedback to allow for correction. If input qualification is successful, then succeeding events in the sequential business process are triggered.
  • Each worker in turn builds upon the information base established by preceding workers, and each workers entries are rigorously qualified. For example, following sales, process flow may continue to Sales Support, Accounting, Purchasing, Receiving, Assembly, and Shipping.
  • An external influence may be a communication from a customer or vendor, for example, to either convey information or to view information stored in the central database.
  • An example of an external influence might be a vendor special rebate.
  • Information may be conveyed by electronic means (e.g., Internet, intranet, EDI, satellite, remote terminal direct- dial), human-mediated telecommunications (e.g., email, phone, fax), or by physical means (letter, visit, etc.).
  • the circular automated business process of Figure 2 revolves around a single integrated database that accumulates information regarding every important activity of every user and defines a non-repetitive process. Furthermore, as compared to the essentially non-reversible process of Figure 1, the process of Figure 2 is reversible. As seen in Figure 2, following Shipping is a Return/RMA (Return Merchandise Authorization) activity, or, more generally, a reversal activity. This activity enables the forward process to be reversed, or backed out of step-by-step, as part ofthe overall automated business process.
  • RMA Return Merchandise Authorization
  • the cumulative nature ofthe database of Figure 2 and the sequential nature ofthe business process enables incisive factual analysis in the areas of employee/ vendor performance and customer satisfaction, promoting fairness and personal responsibility.
  • a human supervisor may effectively supervise only a lim- ited number of employees
  • the database-implemented business methodology of Figure 2 provides for each employee what may be regarded as a "virtual mentor:" the user is guided during use ofthe system to prevent common mistakes (in fact, all mistakes made collectively by the all ofthe user's predecessors functioning in the same assignment), and the user's performance is continuously tracked and made accessible.
  • Strengths and weaknesses in the employees performance may recommend certain changes in assignments — which changes may be made relatively easily by the employee because ofthe intuitiveness and intelligence ofthe system.
  • a Web-enabled, client/server relational database management system (DBMS) is provided storing a database including files belonging to different business domains, e.g. a products domain, a payments domain, a financial performance domain and a personnel domain.
  • DBMS relational database management system
  • the term "product” is used generically herein to refer to items sold and may be tangible goods, financial products, subscriptions — anything that may be bought and sold in a discrete transaction.
  • code modules pertaining to each ofthe different domains Customers and vendors may obtain access to the database through the Internet or the like. The physical location ofthe database therefore becomes irrelevant — the database can be everywhere in the world, either through wired communications or wireless communications.
  • a firewall (or other security scheme, such as encryption, implemented in either hardware or software) may be provided between the Internet and the Web interface ofthe DBMS.
  • Internal clients may be connected to the DBMS through a local area network (LAN) or through an intranet, using the Web interface.
  • LAN local area network
  • buttons representing various options.
  • these options relate to, respectively, products, returns/repair, tracking, reports, accounting and log off.
  • PID maintenance and APL maintenance Two further options are also presented, PID maintenance and APL maintenance, the functions of which will be made clear hereafter.
  • the Products button is assumed to have been selected, resulting in the display of various search options.
  • Options 1-4 draw from an electronic products catalog directly.
  • a product listing may be obtained by product category, all manufacturers (Option 1) or a single manufacturer (Option 2), or by manufacturer, description or part number (Options 3 and 4).
  • Options 5-8 do not draw from the electronics products catalog directly but instead allow ordering to be performed without interacting directly with an electronic products catalog as described hereafter.
  • Selecting Option 1 causes a screen such as that of Figure 5 to be displayed, in which various product categories are displayed next to corresponding buttons.
  • a screen such as that of Figure 6 is displayed, in which various sub-categories of products are displayed next to corresponding buttons.
  • This division and sub-division may have any number of levels.
  • selection ofthe "Cables & Connectors” button causes a screen such as that of Figure 7 to be displayed, showing still a further level of sub-division.
  • the "Printer” button is selected, a screen such as that of Figure 8 is displayed, showing printer cables from the electronic product catalog.
  • the user may check items of interest and click on "Show Selected Items," whereupon only the checked items are displayed.
  • the user may search within the selection, reset (causing all ofthe items to again be displayed) or initiate a new search by clicking on corresponding buttons at the bottom ofthe page. For example, if the user checks the first item and clicks "Show Selected Items," a "shopping basket" screen such as that of Figure 9 is displayed.
  • the user may return to the previous products list, search for more items, create a quote with the displayed items by entering a quantity for each item, or empty the shopping basket.
  • Selecting Option 2 from the product search page causes a screen such as that of Figure 10 to be displayed.
  • the user inputs a manufacturer's name, or clicks on a letter ofthe alphabet to choose from a list of manufacturers whose names begin with that letter.
  • Selecting Option 3 from the product search page causes a screen such as that of Figure 11 to be displayed.
  • the user inputs one or more ofthe following items of information: manufacturer, item description and manufacturer part number. Multiple part numbers may be entered and search simultaneously by clicking the "Search multiple products" button.
  • Selecting Option 4 from the product search page causes a screen substantially similar to that of Figure 10 to be displayed.
  • Selecting Option 5 from the product search page causes a screen such as that of Figure 12 to be displayed.
  • This screen is similar to that of Figure 11.
  • the search identifies products that meet the criteria specified and that have previously been purchased on the user's account ("core products").
  • the search may be date limited.
  • the user may choose to display all core products by clicking the corresponding button.
  • Figure 13 shows a list of core products resulting from the search criterion "Compaq.”
  • Selecting Option 6 from the product search page causes a screen such as that of Figure 14 to be displayed.
  • the present system allows the user to store groups of items that work together as pre-configured products, each identified by a user-assigned Product group ID (PID).
  • PID Product group ID
  • the user may search for a specific PID or multiple specific PIDs, or the user may show all PIDs.
  • An example of a screen display that results when the user clicks "Show all PIDs" is shown in Figure 15.
  • PIDs may be regarded as a "favorite quotes" list that may be repeated reused by the user.
  • An example of a PID is shown in Figure 16.
  • Selecting Option 7 from the product search page causes a screen such as that of Figure 17 to be displayed.
  • the present system allows Approved Product Lists (APLs) to be stored, including both a company APL and a personal APL. The user may search an APL or show an APL in its entirety.
  • APLs Approved Product Lists
  • Selecting Option 8 from the product search page causes a screen such as that of Figure 18 to be displayed.
  • This option allows previous quotes to be found and displayed.
  • the user may specify a particular quote by quote number or may display the quotes for the current day or the current week.
  • the quote or quotes that are found are displayed within a screen display such as that of Figure 19.
  • Selecting a quote and clicking "Show selected Quote” causes a screen such as that of Figure 20 to be displayed.
  • Various actions may be taken with respect to the quote including: add/change/remove products; arrange the order of quote items; save the quote for future reference; place an order based on the quote; and duplicate the quote into a new quote.
  • the user may also return to the last search results ofthe Products List.
  • PIDs and APLs may be maintained on-line by the user. Clicking on the PID Maintenance button within the screen of Figure 4 causes a screen such as that of Figure 21 to be displayed. The user may create a new PID or review existing PIDs. For example, clicking on the "Show PIDs currently Active" causes a screen such as that of Figure 22 to be displayed. The user may click on a PID number to view the PID in detail.
  • Clicking on the APL Maintenance button within the screen of Figure 4 causes a screen such as that of Figure 23 to be displayed.
  • the user then chooses between company APL and personal APL.
  • Clicking on "Company APL,” for example, causes a screen such as that of Figure 24 to be displayed.
  • the user may add or delete an item to or from the APL by manufacturer part number or take any of various action with respect to the APL, including: search for products to add to the APL; delete items from the APL; end APL maintenance; and sort APL items by part number, manufacturer, price or description.
  • Clicking on the Returns/Repair button within the screen of Figure 4 causes a screen such as that of Figure 25 to be displayed.
  • This screen allows a user to identify, in any of various ways, a product to be returned or repaired.
  • the product may be identified specifically by serial number, asset tag number, or the order to which the product belongs can be identified by customer purchase order number, customer invoice number, customer Purchase Requisition Number (PRN), or customer Request For Quote (RFQ) number.
  • Clicking on the "More Search Options" button causes a screen such as that of Figure 26 to be displayed. From this screen, the user can search for a product to be returned by manufacturer name, part number and/or purchase date. The user may also look up Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) records by date.
  • RMA Return Merchandise Authorization
  • Tracking button within the screen of Figure 4 causes a screen such as that of Figure 29 to be displayed.
  • the user selects the type of tracking information desired: sale order status, return product and service part status, product purchase history, or return and service history. If other status information is desired, the user may describe the desired information and submit a an email request.
  • the present system allows remote users, including customers, vendors, manufacturers, etc., to view relevant status information pertaining to most or all ofthe product life cycle stages: purchasing, receiving, shipping, installation/assembly, billing, return/service, etc.
  • FIG 29 Clicking on "Sales Order Status" ( Figure 29) causes a screen such as that of Figure 30 to be displayed.
  • a sales order may be identified by customer purchase order number, customer invoice number, customer Purchase Requisition Number (PRN), or customer Request For Quote (RFQ) number or by identifying an item belonging to the order, by serial number or asset tag number. If the user does not have any of this information, the user may search for sales orders by manufacturer, part number, and/or date range.
  • Figure 31 shows the result of searching for sales orders by manufacturer (Compaq).
  • RMAs may be identified by RMA number, temporary case number, quote number, or by any ofthe various pieces of information referred to in previously (PO number, etc.).
  • Figure 33 shows RMAs identified by PO number.
  • the user checks one or more RMAs of interest and then selects an action to take, e.g., "Get Freight Carrier & Tracking #" or "Ship to Address.” Selecting "Get Freight Carrier & Tracking #" causes a screen such as that of Figure 34 to be displayed.
  • Figure 29 By clicking on "Product Purchase History” ( Figure 29), the user may display by date range items previously purchased. Figure 35, for example, displays items purchased from Oct. 4, 1998 to Oct. 5, 1998. Similarly, clicking on "Product Return History” causes a screen such as that of Figure 36 to be displayed. Figure 37 displays items returned from Apr. 1, 1998 to May 1, 1998.
  • the reports may include such reports as the following: Back Order Reports, Monthly Sales Reports, Packing Slips, RMA Reports, Shipping Reports, etc.
  • Figure 38 Clicking on "Back Order Reports" ( Figure 38) causes a screen such as that of Figure 39 to be displayed. Some units of an item may have been shipped but not all. If so, the 1st Ship and Last Ship fields indicate when the first unit of that item was shipped and when the last unit was shipped.
  • FIG. 38 Clicking on "Monthly Sales Reports" ( Figure 38) causes a screen such as that of Figure 40 to be displayed.
  • the user selects a date range or a month and clicks "Take Action.”
  • a display such as that of Figure 41 results, listing each item sold on the user's account during the period, including total quantity, total cost, average unit cost and number of times ordered. Also displayed is the status of each purchase order for the period, the grand total of all purchases for the period, and the number of orders.
  • Packing Slips causes a screen such as that of Figure 42 to be displayed. Packing slips may be searched by providing a piece of identifying information in similar manner as described previously or may be identified by month. Figure 43, for example, shows packing slips for the month of Oct., 1998. Clicking on the packing slip number causes the packing slip to be displayed, as shown in Figure 44.
  • RMA Reports Clicking on "RMA Reports" ( Figure 38) causes a screen such as that of Figure 130 to be displayed.
  • the user is presented with various options, for example, show approved RMAs, show pending RMAs, show all open RMAs, etc.
  • Clicking on Option 1 causes a screen such as that of Figure 131 to be displayed. By clicking on an RMA number, details ofthe RMA may be displayed.
  • Clicking on Option 2 causes a similar screen to be displayed, showing only RMAs that have been approved.
  • Clicking on Option 3 causes a screen such that of Figure 132 to be displayed, showing all open RMAs.
  • Clicking on "Shipping Reports" causes a screen such as that of Figure 133 to be displayed.
  • the user is prompted to specify a date range for gener- ating a shipping report.
  • Clicking on "Submit” causes a screen such as that of Figure 134 to be displayed, summarizing the number of shipping records found.
  • Clicking on "Show All Details” causes a screen such as that of Figure 135 to be displayed. Items shipped during the specified period are displayed by PO number.
  • Clicking on "POD" for a particular item causes Proof of Delivery information for that item to be displayed as shown, for example, in Figure 136.
  • the user may request email status updates for an order by clicking the corresponding link. As the order status changes, the user will then be automatically informed by email.
  • Clicking on the Accounting button within the screen of Figure 4 causes a screen such as that of Figure 137 to be displayed.
  • the user can retrieve particular invoices and credit memos by supplying any of various pieces of identifying information, or can retrieve invoices and credit memos by date range. Retrieving by date range causes a screen such as that of Figure 138 to be displayed.
  • the user can display a selected invoice, purchase order, or packing slip.
  • Clicking an invoice button causes a screen such as that of Figure 139 to be displayed.
  • the user can also enter a list of invoice numbers to be retrieved. More particularly, selecting Option 8 within the screen of Figure 137 causes a screen such as that of Figure 140 to be displayed. The user can then enter as many invoice numbers as desired.
  • a user may create one or more quotes but not act on the quotes for a considerable period of time.
  • the quotes serve as an expression of interest on the part ofthe user.
  • the liklihood of a quote becoming an order decreases.
  • such quotes are automatically identified, and communication with the users is undertaken so as to increase the liklihood of quotes being converted to orders.
  • the communication may be Web-based and may, for example, take the form a promotional offer.
  • the system provides for "information-rich" invoice payment status tracking and display. The simple knowledge that an invoice is open (has not been paid) is of little value.
  • the present system is designed to track such invoice payment status information. Because the database is Web-enabled, the same information may be readily displayed to customers and vendors, avoiding the need for telephone calls, "telephone tag," etc.
  • the present Web user interface is designed to accomodate a wide range of users, ranging from unsophisticated to sophisticated.
  • any of various bits or pieces of information may be used to retrieve a record, for example the approximate purchase date.
  • multiple identifiers may be entered at a time in order to retrieve multiple records at a time, e.g., multiple part numbers, invoice numbers, RMA numbers (Return Merchandise Authorization numbers, described more fully hereafter), etc.
  • This feature allows a user to quickly access a collection of desired information quickly with a single click. This feature is especially powerful in connection with RMAs.
  • a user may enter several or many identifiers of a particular type (e.g., P.O. numbers, invoice numbers, asset tag numbers, etc.) and create a corresponding number of return requests.
  • a particular type e.g., P.O. numbers, invoice numbers, asset tag numbers, etc.
  • this same multiple-entry feature is provided in an internal client user interface in addition to the Web user interface.
  • Lineage relates authority to organizational hierarchy.
  • the organizational hierarchy of Web users for a particular customer may be represented in tree fashion.
  • a user at the leaf level may be given authority to get quotes but not to place orders.
  • a user at a next-higher level may be given authority to view the quotes of users within a limited sub-tree and may be given limited authority to place orders.
  • a user at the root ofthe tree may be given unlimited authority, from the standpoint ofthe customer, to view quotes of any user and place orders in any amount.
  • External Web authority information is stored for each customer in a customer file.
  • An example of a customer record is shown in Figure 47. From the customer file, a company price list record such as that of Figure 48 may be displayed. For each customer, a price basis may be agreed upon for items that the customer buys regularly. External Web authority information is stored as part ofthe customer price list.
  • the specific limits placed on a user's purchase authority may vary. Other examples of limits that may be desired by some companies are a limit on the number of purchase orders per day, a limit on the total amount of purchase orders per day, a time-of-day limitation as to when orders may be placed, etc. Various other security parameters may be added. Such limits may be set and changed remotely via the Web and given immediate effect within the system.
  • Limits are also placed on internal users access to security parameters so as to provide customer assurance that there exists no potential for internal abuse of the system (e.g, authorizing a crony to make illicit purchases on a customer account).
  • a user may have authority to use (view) but not approve changes to certain security parameters, and may have authority to use and approve changes to other security parameters.
  • the authority of various users is set as illustrated in Figure 45.
  • Intelligent catalog management in an exemplary embodiment, is based on a concept of "baseline.”
  • a baseline is a collection of products that functions as a standard of comparison.
  • a product list without duplicates may be displayed.
  • the baseline vendor will typically be a vendor found to have the most comprehensive inventory, the most useful categorization scheme, etc., and may be varied as often as desired.
  • product listings of vendors are compared with the current baseline. If a product is already part ofthe baseline, as determined by manufacturer part number, then the product is grouped under the same baseline listing. For example, the same computer may be available through multiple different vendors. Rather than creating multiple product listings for the same product, these multiple product listing are consolidated under a single baseline product listing. If a product is not in the baseline, it may be added to a "supplemental baseline.” If the baseline vendor does not carry a particular product but one or more alternate vendors carry the product, then the product will be listed in the supplemental baseline, again without duplicates.
  • product cost and customer pricing information is updated.
  • URLs to vendor and manufacturer Web sites These URLs may be used to refer Web users to these sites for product information.
  • Product list updating may occur continuously or at regular intervals using "pull” technology, "push” technology, some combination ofthe two, or some other information retrieval technology or combination of technologies.
  • a customer baseline is formed by combining: 1) customer APLs (Approved Product Lists) for all customers or some subset of customers; and 2) historical purchase information, taking into account such factors as purchase date, volume, etc. There results a non-duplicative list of products customers have bought or are presently approved to buy. Products in the vendor baseline may be flagged as belonging or not belonging to the customer baseline.
  • customer APLs Approved Product Lists
  • the products domain is represented in approximately the upper third of Figure 58 and includes sales functions (5801) and shipping/receiving functions (5803). Purchasing and installation functions, now shown in Figure 58, are shown in the microfiche appendix.
  • the payments domain is represented in approximately the middle third of Figure 58 and includes AP functions (5805), AR functions (5807) and return functions (5809).
  • the financial performance domain is represented in approximately the lower third of Figure 58 and has financial information automatically posted to it from the payments domain, as described more fully hereinafter.
  • the personnel domain is not shown in Figure 58 but draws upon information from the other domains in a manner described more fully hereinafter.
  • the relational database management system provides both a "Quick Switch” option whereby any base table may be viewed or a "Related Switch” option (described in greater detail hereinafter) whereby a base table may be selected from which is then displayed a row related to a selected row in a current table.
  • Various user options may be provided programmatically.
  • Table 1 is a list of most of the base tables and corresponding options in an exemplary embodiment ofthe invention.
  • FIG. 124 Various screen displays showing the options pop-up menu for that screen display are shown in Figure 124 through Figure 128.
  • the automated business process has nine entry points, designated E1-E9, at which users enter information into the system. Interaction with the system is carefully controlled and user inputs carefully qualified to ensure, to the greatest degree possible, error-free operation.
  • the business process is customer-driven.
  • the first entry point El in the business process is Sales/RMAs.
  • a user having responsibility for El enters information about the customer request into the database. If the request regards sales, the information is checked and converted to a Master Worksheet (MWS).
  • MWS Master Worksheet
  • the responsible user groups MWSs for purchasing and places orders. Information is assembled for later use in receiving (E3), installation (E4), and shipping (E5). Respective users at these entry points make entries into the database which as confirmed against the assembled Purchasing/Shipping/Receiving/Installation (PRIS) information to verify correctness.
  • PRIS Purchasing/Shipping/Receiving/Installation
  • the present system provides the option of carrying inventory or operating under the concept of virtual inventory.
  • virtual inventory all ofthe goods available for purchase in all ofthe warehouses throughout the world are regarded as available inventory. Because the Web allows business to take place at light speed, the difference between physical inventory and no physical inventory can be merely the click of a button on a computer screen. As goods are received and shipped, these events are tracked by a virtual inventory process in which all items are presold.
  • virtual inventory is defined as each vendor order item being related to at least one item sold record created in response to receiving user demand informa- tion directly from a user; i.e., the system is "demand driven.”
  • Virtual inventory may be more fully understood in relation to the data processing concept of pipelining. Some delay occurs as the data pipeline is initially filled. Thereafter, results are produced at every cycle. The initial delay is the time required to perform a data operation on the data inputs. Similarly in the case of goods. An initial inventory of goods may be required to satisfy demand during a time period from when a demand is received until that demand can be filled — i.e., the manufacturing cycle. Thereafter, supply and demand should be exactly balanced. As demand increases and decreases, the rate of manufacture is varied accordingly such that supply and demand remain exactly balanced. In the case of a reseller, the manufacturing cycle is zero. The requirements for real inventory are therefore zero, enabling pure virtual inventory. In other businesses with non-zero manufacturing cycles (from days to weeks, months or years), the foregoing concept of virtual inventory may still be applied such that, in the "steady-state" condition, supply and demand remain exactly balanced.
  • entry points E6 and E7 relates to customer and vendor payments, respectively. Assembled information is input to A/P and A/R modules. Customer payments are received and entered in conjunction with the A/P module. Vendor payments are made in conjunction with the A/R module.
  • a general ledger (GL) module tracks transactions and their financial implications in real time. It therefore receives information from the A/P, A/R and virtual inventory modules as well and entry points E6 and E7. Bank statement information is also input to the general ledger module at entry point E8.
  • the customer request instead of being for sales, may be an RMA request.
  • Information is then input from El to an RMA module.
  • a reverse process in then executed, begun by an RMA number being communicated to the customer.
  • the customer then returns merchandise authorized for return.
  • the returned merchandise is received (entry point E3) in conjunction with the RMA module and receiving information portion ofthe assembled information.
  • the RMA module communicates with the GL module so that appropriate accounting entries may be made.
  • the effect of the overall business process is two-fold. First, a response to the customer's input is produced and communicated back to the customer. Second, during the course ofthe business transaction, a wealth of historical data are accumulated that may then be subjected to factual analysis for purposes of ensuring customer satisfaction, evaluating employee performance, and evaluating vendor performance.
  • an order may be preceded by a quote.
  • Quotes may be requested and orders may be placed in writing (e.g., by fax), verbally (e.g., by phone), or electronically via the Web.
  • order information may be conveyed by electronic means (e.g., Internet, intranet, EDI, satellite, remote terminal direct-dial), human-mediated telecommunications (e.g., email, phone, fax), or by physical means (letter, visit, etc.). Regardless ofthe origin ofthe quote or order, the quote or order becomes a sales record.
  • a screen display that may be used to view sales records is shown in Figure 60.
  • Quotes are each assigned a Quote number having a "Q" prefix.
  • Orders are tracked via records referred to as "Master Work Sheets" (MWS).
  • MWS Master Work Sheets
  • a Master Worksheet contains all ofthe vital information related to an order.
  • orders are each assigned a MWS number having a MWS prefix.
  • the screen display of Figure 60 includes a status column in which the status of each quote and order is indicated, e.g., WebSubmit, WebQuote, Purchasing, etc. The status of each record can therefore be readily ascertained and tracked.
  • the input layout of a quote is shown.
  • the system prompts the user at every opportunity. For example, when the cursor is placed within the customer field, a list of previous customers is displayed. Assuming the customer is a repeat customer, the user can select the customer from the list. Various fields are then completed from information previously stored for that customer.
  • the Products file is then displayed, as shown in Figure 62.
  • the Products file may contain hundred of thousands or even millions of product records of products from different vendors.
  • the product file may be searched in various ways, e.g. by vendor, product category, etc. By searching the products file by manufacturer part number, the vendor offering the best price for a particular product may be identified.
  • partial shipment status specifies what items, if any, can be shipped separately and what items, if any, are required to be shipped together.
  • the user is further prompted to enter installation information and to ensure that all required cables, brackets, etc. have been ordered.
  • installation may involve installing a card or installing memory within a computer, loading software, etc. If installation is specified, installation charges are automatically added to the quote.
  • the user may enter notes within a screen 6101. This screen is displayed whenever the quote or MWS is displayed. If a quote is created on the Web, a separate notes screen is provided for customer notes. A corresponding notes screen for intemal use only is provided for all quotes.
  • the user may then save the quote by pressing the post to purchasing button.
  • one or more additional review stages may be required before the quote is converted to an MWS for purchasing.
  • the quote may be reviewed by "inside sales" to make sure that any compatibility requirements have been met and that, from a technical viewpoint, there are no errors in the quote.
  • the quote may be compared to a paper purchase order, if one exists, to make sure there are no discrepancies.
  • the quote is then marked reviewed and converted to an MWS.
  • the format of an MWS is shown in Figure 63.
  • Purchasing may be based on a real inventory model, a virtual inventory model, or a combination ofthe two.
  • the virtual inventory model automating purchasing functions in such as manner as to 1) scrupulously avoid physical inventory; and 2) achieve business scalability, becomes a challenge.
  • the following description assumes that purchasing is based at least in part on a virtual inventory model.
  • the purchasing module ofthe present system is designed for business scalability and maximum automation, allowing for dramatic growth without a dramatic increase in human effort and with little or no pain. Scalability is achieved by "commingling" customer orders in such as way that what appears to an outside vendor as a single large order is tracked within the system as a multitude of smaller orders.
  • purchase order sales actions result in MWS records, each MWS record including all ofthe relevant information required for purchasing.
  • this information includes intemal MWS number, customer P.O. number, sales cost, sales price, vendor, part number, manufacturer, manufacturer part number, installation grouping (within a particular MWS), shipping instructions, and stock/inventory status.
  • Each MWS is assigned a unique MWS number which is used throughout the life of a transaction to differentiate distinct purchase orders. Any unique identifier may server the same purpose, including, for example, a material code number, a purchase requisition number, etc.
  • a purchasing output display/user interface greatly simplifies the purchasing process. For each item to be purchased, a record is displayed including each ofthe foregoing pieces of information. Preferably, all ofthe head- ing allow for sorting on that heading. Furthermore, all items are selectable and may be expanded (by doubling clicking) into item details.
  • the user interface allows a variety of actions to be performed, including grouping items within the display, removing items from the display, cancelling or changing various aspects of an order, holding an item or splitting an item (e.g., in order to hold less than all ofthe items details belonging to an item), etc.
  • items may be grouped by stock status (B/O, short stock), by shipping instructions (partial shipment OK, no partial shipment), by vendor, by manufacturer, by MWSs including addendums, etc. Groups of items may be removed from the display, including any ofthe aforementioned grouping and install groups. An item sold (one or multiple physical items) may be removed or an item detail (a single physical item) may be removed. Cancellations and changes may be made to an item sold, an MWS, shipping method, and freight charges.
  • items within a group are acted upon as a group. For example, if one ofthe items is removed from the purchasing screen (purchase of the item is delayed), all items in the group are removed from the display. Undes- ired inventory is therefore avoided. Otherwise, an item might be ordered and received only to find that it must be installed with or ship with an item that is back ordered. Valuable cash is then tied up in inventory waiting for the back-ordered item. The present system avoids such unwanted inventory.
  • At least the latter two steps are performed via the Web or with information obtained via the Web. Orders may either be placed directly or posted for bid by interested vendors. Furthermore, in accordance with supply-chain management functions described more fully hereafter, a single purchase may be "broadcast" via the Web to all relevant vendors and manfacturers within a supply chain for that product.
  • buttons relate to the actual placing of a purchase order.
  • purchase cost (Pcost) on an item might be negotiated downward below the sales cost (Scost).
  • Scost sales cost
  • a sales confirmation number may also be input by clicking on the corresponding button.
  • An automatically generated PO number may be assigned by clicking on button.
  • the output display is refreshed to remove from the display items that have been ordered. Simultaneously, the system marks the ordered items as ready to receiving, thus preparing the items for receiving.
  • purchase orders instead of being placed manually, are placed electronically by linking to the seller's network of vendors.
  • Automated purchasing may occur continuously or at regular intervals using "pull” technology, "push” technology, some combination ofthe two, or some other information retrieval technology or combination of technologies.
  • Business rules guide the user to follow a pre-established routine for easily accomplishing complex business tasks including purchasing. Note, however, that dynamic workflow allows an experienced user with the requisite access authority to override business rules in order to handle new business requirements. This authority is in turn counter-balanced by various consistency checks throughout the system that ensure accountability.
  • Information input during receiving includes packing slip number, serial number (each physical item, where applicable), carrier, quantity, payment terms, number of boxes, condition upon receipt, etc. Batch input for all packing slips and items.
  • the system automatically matches input with items that exist in the system such that the same item cannot be received twice, the wrong item cannot be received, a cancelled order cannot be received, etc.
  • Expected to receive will exclude refusal items. For example, a customer may change his or her mind after an order has been placed but before the item has been received. In this instance, a refuse instruction may be placed on the item to prevent it from being received.
  • installation is based on the same type of output display. However, only installation groups are shown. Items requiring no installation are not displayed. Furthermore, the user has the option to show all items requiring installation or to show only items requiring installation that have been received.
  • the possible actions that may be initiated include 1) actions used to track installation in various different stages of completion; and 2) input actions, namely input of serial number and asset tag number. (Asset tag numbers may be affixed by prear- rangement with the customer and retained in the system indefinitely to assist the customer in accounting for equipment.)
  • An installation once begun, may have several possible outcomes. In the typical case, the installation will be completed successfully and the installation group may be released for shipment. In other instances, installation may be only partially completed — e.g., manufacturer technical support may be required, additional parts may be required to complete installation, or additional installation may be required for some other reason. In some instances, the appropriate action may be disinstallation, for RMA purposes or for some other reason. All of these different stages of completion are tracked within the system.
  • the shipping process like receiving, uses both purchase information and RMA information.
  • the output display displays only items sold having a received date but no ship date. Double clicking on a item causes specific shipping instructions for that item to be displayed, as described more fully hereinafter.
  • Input actions that may be initiated include inputting a shipping track- ing number, serial number (if not previously entered), customer specific number or asset tag number, claim value, carrier (or will call, which causes a local sales tax rate to be applied), payment terms, boxes, etc. Provision is also made to display only those items expected to ship, excluding refusal items, hold items and items with COD/cash terms.
  • notes conveying instructions regarding specific items may be displayed by double-clicking an item to cause a item detail display to appear. Included within the item detail display are several notes boxes, including boxes for unique installation notes, standard default notes from the customer file, unique shipping notes, standard default shipping notes from the vendor file (for RMA), RMA installation notes, receiving notes, etc.
  • the PRIS output display also includes an "Expedite" view, shown in Figure 69.
  • the expedite function is to minimize delay in receipt of ordered products.
  • Expedite actions include entering the Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA) of a product based on contact with the vendor and/or shipper and marking items in accordance with various expedite categories, as well as entering notes if necessary concerning the problem and expected solution.
  • ETA Estimated Time of Arrival
  • expedite information may be brought up from the MWS screen, as shown in Figure 70.
  • a radio button has been clicked to cause a Not Received Report to be displayed.
  • This report shows percentage of order completion in terms of ordering, receiving and shipping, as well as the age ofthe order in days.
  • Expedite status for each item may be entered by clicking on one of a large number of status buttons, e.g., "Urgent,” “Wrong Product,” etc.
  • a Not Shipped report screen display is shown in Figure 71.
  • Expedite status may also be set using a more abbreviated expedite pop-up, shown in Figure 72.
  • Figure 145 through Figure 149 show different output displays tailored for purchasing, receiving, installation and shipping in accordance with another embodiment ofthe invention. These output displays are different views ofthe same underlying data stored in the Item Detail records — the basis "currency" of the system.
  • Figure 145 shows a purchasing output display.
  • Various columns are common to all ofthe PRIS output displays, e.g., MWS number and date, intemal PO number, customer name and PO number, item description, etc.
  • Columns of particular interest for purposes of purchasing are Scost/Pcost (expected cost at time of sale and actual purchasing cost), Vendor/Conf#, Mfr./Vendor part number (PN), Lprice/Lcost (the last sales price and purchasing cost for this item), Rebate, Special, and Pcomments, or purchasing comments.
  • Figure 146 shows an Expedite output display.
  • Order/ETA expected time of arrival at the time of order
  • Epd ET A Status latest ETA, reason for delay, etc.
  • Epd Condition Epd Condition
  • Figure 147 shows a Receiving output display. Of particular interest for purposes of receiving is Receive Condition.
  • Figure 148 shows an Installation output display. Of particular interest for purposes of installation are Install/Date and Install Group. Items within a same install group are to be installed together to form a single functional product or assembly.
  • Figure 149 shows a Shipping output display. Of particular interest for purposes of shipping are Order/Reed and Ship Group. Items within a same ship group are to be shipped together.
  • vendors are given access via the Web to expedite information relating to that vendor.
  • any type of transformation may be performed.
  • channel assembly for example, parts are assembled into a product mere days or even hours before the product is shipped to a customer.
  • the transformation may therefore be assembly instead of installation.
  • the transformation may be quite different, e.g., testing, buming-in, mixing, aging, curing, machining, etc.
  • the transformation may be a single-step transformation or a multiple-step transformation in which intermediate products are produced. Whatever the nature ofthe transformation, information conceming what materials have been transformed, various stages of transformation, etc., are tracked in the database. The purchasing, shipping and receiving functions described previously therefore become part of a comprehensive materials management system.
  • RMA Return Merchandise Authorization
  • the same mechanism may be used for other account adjustments other than actual returns, for example freight adjustments, etc.
  • the RMA mechanism may be regarded as a garbage can of sorts — any action that is later found to be incorrect, for any reason, can be reversed through the RMA mechanism.
  • an RMA has immediate effect throughout the system, on purchasing, receiving, installation, shipping, accounts payable, and accounts receivable. For example, if an RMA is received and the corresponding vendor invoice has not yet been paid, the vendor invoice will not be paid until the return product is received and shipped back to the vendor and a credit received from the vendor.
  • the immediacy ofthe effect of creating an RMA is achieved through the use of a central underlying table — item detail — that functions as the building block upon which other tables depend. In essence, most data is viewed within the system simply as a "window" into the item detail table.
  • An RMA may also be used for warranty replacement parts. This feature, coupled with Web access, allows customer's to track replacement parts themselves without contacting a technician or service representative. A customer may request an RMA in any ofthe ways previously described for obtaining a quote or placing an order. When an RMA request is received, an RMA record is created. An RMA screen display is shown in Figure 73.
  • a MWS display includes an RMA button. When this button is clicked, the user is prompted to select an item from the displayed MWS for return.
  • An Add RMA Record screen display such as that of Figure 74 is then used to specify return type, reason, etc.
  • a typical RMA has two "sides," the customer side and the vendor side. When the item to be returned is selected, preferably both the customer side and the vendor side are filled out by the system. Any changes may be made from a screen display such as that of Figure 75. By clicking a button, the screen display of Figure 75 allows for display ofthe customer side only, the vendor side only, or both sides of the transaction, as well as claims information.
  • a return may be made for any of a number of different reasons. Different return types are therefore defined. Depending on the return type, some RMA fields will not be applicable. Preferably, the system is provided with sufficient intelligence to automatically fill in these fields as "N/A.”
  • a lookup table may be used complete various fields of an RMA record based on the selected return type. If a return is for credit, for example, then return type 1 is the corresponding return type. Depending on whether payment was by check, credit card or credit memo, different fields may be applicable. In the present example, however, the mode of payment does not affect the manner in which the RMA is completed.
  • an RMA has both a customer side and a vendor side.
  • each table cell has an upper half corresponding to the vendor side (V) and a lower half corresponding to the customer side (C).
  • the Repl MWS column is marked N, for no. Since no replacement product is expected, then on the vendor side, the Rec'd column is N/A, and on the customer side, the Ship column is N/A. Similar logic dictates the way in which the remainder ofthe table is completed.
  • Similar logic tables may be used to automatically approve RMAs and provide an RMA number instantaneously for most RMA requests. Again, approval has a customer side and a vendor or manufacturer side, at least in the case of a virtual inventory model. (RMAs eliminate, or at least minimize, the hazard of accumulating obsolete inventory as a result of retums.)
  • a series of limit checks are performed on an RMA request. Referring to Figure 77, a limit file is shown, having a customer portion, a vendor portion and a manufacturer portion. Assume once again that the return type is return for credit, and assume further that the payment mode was check. The first column has a Y value, indicating that automatic approval of RMAs of this return type are allowed.
  • the next three columns relate to the manufacturer and contain the values Y, Y and N, respectively, indicating that for the RMA to be approved the manufacturer must allow retums, that the manufacturer must further allow open box retums, and that the time to RMA cannot exceed the manufacturer's allowed maximum time duration.
  • the manufacturer's specific return policies are stored in a table such as that shown in Figure 78.
  • the next two columns relate to vendor and contain the values N and N/A, respectively, indicating that the time to RMA cannot exceed the vendor's allowed maximum time duration and that the vendor's restocking fee policies are not applicable for this type of return.
  • the vendor's specific return policies are stored in a table such as that shown in Figure 79.
  • next four columns relate to customer and contain the values N, N, N and N/A, respectively, indicating that the time to RMA cannot exceed the maximum time duration allowed for this customer, that there must be no restocking fee, that the sales price cannot exceed the maximum allowed for this customer, and that customer service fee policies are not applicable for this type of retum.
  • specific retum policies for that customer are stored in a table such as that shown in Figure 80.
  • an RMA request meet all ofthe applicable automatic approval criteria, then it may be automatically approved, instantly, and an RMA number communicated to the customer as shown, for example, in Figure 81.
  • RMAs can only be created for items shipped to customer.
  • Replacement Quotes are created by the user specifying the appropriate replacement product.
  • Receiving can only receive items from customers with valid RMA issued.
  • Replacement MWSs can only be shipped after being released by purchasing.
  • Vendor RMAs must have vendor RMA numbers before shipping.
  • a further important feature also greatly facilitates convenient navigation and ease of use.
  • a search editor is used to enter a search.
  • a "related-switch" menu bar is provided within most displays.
  • a user may select one or more records within the output display and select a related file from a popup of related files.
  • the system searches in the related file for records related to the selected records and displays the related records in the output display format of the related file.
  • the related switch capability may be used to switch to related customer invoices, vendor invoices, credit memos, etc.
  • One file may be related to another file but only indirectly, through a third file. In this instance, an intermediate search is required, the results of which are not displayed.
  • the number of intermediate files may be more than one.
  • vendors are given access via the Web to RMA information pertaining to them.
  • a vendor may then immediately provide an RMA number without requiring any human intervention.
  • the present single-database system contains information about installation and product configuration. This information may be used to advantage to avoid a common problem encountered in relation to RMAs.
  • a printer may have installed a memory upgrade and a network card. If the printer is returned to the vendor with the memory upgrade and the network card installed, there is some likelihood ofthe memory upgrade and network card being removed during service and not re-installed. These add-on products may then become lost.
  • a dialog is displayed to the user reminding the user to remove the add-in products prior to shipping back the product.
  • the same reminder may instead, or in addition, be sent by e-mail, fax, etc.
  • the PRIS capabilities described previously may also be used to advantage to track RMA status and display status information via the Web.
  • the stages of an RMA typically include some or all ofthe following: 1) shipped from customer to reseller; 2) received by reseller; 3) shipped by reseller to vendor; 4) received by vendor; 5) shipped by vendor; 6) received by reseller from vendor; and 7) shipped from reseller back to customer.
  • status information with respect to each ofthe foregoing stages is available within the database or, in the case of number 4, through conventional electronic tracking services offered by carriers such as UPS, Federal Express, etc.
  • the information-rich action-oriented displays previously mentioned are a manifestation of a design philosophy in which a system knowledge base is continuously expanded with user assistance and reflected in the manner in which users interact with the system.
  • Other manifestations of this design philosophy are found in the options described previously (Table 1 and Figure 124 through Figure 128) and the experiential constraints alluded to previously and described in greater detail hereinafter.
  • a knowledge base is initially created based on system analysis and design considerations, considering the range of possible outcomes at each stage ofthe business process, and considering further the goal of total automation, phones free and paper and pencil free. These system analysis and design consideration will necessarily be incomplete — hence the need for dynamic workflow. No pretense is made that a single predetermined workflow definition will prove adequate in practice.
  • the knowledge base affects user interaction with the system through two different kinds of displays, a data input display and a process display.
  • the data input display is used to actually enter data into the system.
  • rigorous entry qualification occurs to eliminate errors.
  • PRIS for example, during receiving, only ordered items are allowed to be received.
  • the system detects an attempt to enter a duplicate invoice number and prevents the duplicate from being entered.
  • the process display is used to act on the data within the system to move an item to the next stage, and in the course of such action has the effect of changing the status of records acted upon.
  • the user may easily, with the click of a button, approve or cancel an RMA, issue a customer credit memo, change the N/A settings ofthe RMA, etc.
  • the user may easily, with the click of a button, record the reason that a product has not been received.
  • the user may easily, with a click of a botton, mark a vendor invoice for approval or cause an aging report window to be displayed for customer invoices.
  • the knowledge base and the application of it to data input and user actions is what makes an automated, end-to-end, sequential business process possible.
  • the user is given some level of authority ranging from minimum authority to maximum authority.
  • minimum authority the system ensures that work gets done in a prescribed, correct manner.
  • dynamic workflow provides myriad additional possibilities while maintaining accountability.
  • the knowledge base ofthe system is then added to to solves the user's problem.
  • the user may be able to add to the knowledge base directly.
  • the user may wish to add a further retum type by adding an entry to the table of Figure 75.
  • the user may choose different performance metrics or combinations of metrics to be tracked and displayed.
  • adding to the knowledge base may require administrative intervention.
  • Sales tax and sales commissions are automatically computed and stored in the system based on applicable tax rates and commission rates.
  • a sales tax table contains state tax rates and local tax rates. For a particular sale, the applicable tax rate is determined based on the ship-to address. Typically, preliminary tax payments are made each month and a final tax payment is made each quarter. Sales tax records are automatically added to a sales tax register (first prepayment, second prepayment, or final quarterly payment) for the appropriate period. As shown in Figure 82, the sales tax module automatically calculates the figures to be entered on each line of a sales tax retum, or may be programmed to print out the actual retum.
  • commission rates are stored within a Sales Rep file and a Sales Support file. Because each order is worked on by both outside sales and inside sales, each order will typically have two commissions. Commission records are created at the time a customer invoice is issued. Commissions are then approved and scheduled to a commission register for payment in a similar manner as accounts payable, described hereinafter. Multiple levels of commissions are provided for. A simple example of multiple commissions is where an outside salesperson responsible for customer interface is supported by an inside salesperson that reviews orders for correctness and troubleshoots the order, if necessary, during the fulfillment process. In more complex organization structures (e.g., multi-level marketing), the number of commissions may be greater than two.
  • a customer invoice is automatically issued, i.e., entered into the computer system. If paper invoices are required, then at regular intervals (each day, for example) an accounts payable clerk prints out, checks and mails customer invoices issued during the preceding interval. (Alternatively, the printing and mailing of customer invoices may also be automated.)
  • invoices are issued using the "Issue invoices" option within the customer invoice file.
  • a customer invoice screen display is shown in Figure 83. With the passage of time from the invoice date, invoices pass from one category to another, e.g., 30 days, 60 days, 90 days, etc. At any time, the accounts payable clerk may view invoices within different categories. Also, as is the case with other output screen displays, the user is able to manipulate information and interact with the system, e.g., to analyze an account, add a comment or note, etc., all without paper and pencil.
  • a payables clerk clicks an add record button to add a customer payment record.
  • the clerk is then presented with a pick list of customers. The clerk selects the customer from which the payment has been received. The customer is then prompted in turn to enter the mode of payment (check, cash, etc.) and the payment date.
  • a customer payment record such as that shown in Figure 86 is created.
  • a payment may correspond to multiple invoices. The clerk enters from the check stub reference numbers and invoice numbers, as well as the respective amounts, for each invoice (or credit) to which the check purportedly applies.
  • the check #429069 as indicated on the check stub, pertains to five different items, or reference numbers, the first three of which are invoices and the last two of which (DM32890/4829 and DM32889/4695) are credits.
  • the system attempts to match the entries to the corresponding invoices within the system.
  • the clerk is prompted to enter the type of each item (e.g., invoice or credit) and the amount indicated on the check stub.
  • the system checks to see if the amounts indicated coincide with the expected amounts stored within the system and indicates each item as being reconciled or not reconciled. The clerk then saves the record, which may then be approved and posted by supervisory personnel.
  • OverUnderPay is an example of dynamic workflow and allows for the application of user discretion in handling overpay and underpay situations given the requisite authority.
  • Invoices will be automatically created on shipment of products to customers.
  • EDI invoices are provided for. EDI invoices will automatically be sent via EDI.
  • An important object ofthe present system is to allow routine operation of an entire business without paper and pencil.
  • a person will typically gather information from various sources and jot down the information for reference while performing the business function.
  • This reliance on paper and pencil is perhaps most apparent in the area of customer collections. Every invoice to be collected presents a different situation, as does every customer. Previous contacts with the customer may need to be followed up on, or, conversely, the customer may become annoyed at too frequent contact.
  • the present system overcomes these problems by providing a highly- usable customer collections "environment.”
  • the customer collections environment is shown within the bottom portion of the screen.
  • a Customer Invoice output display showing selected invoices of a particular customer.
  • a "Get” panel presents aged A/R information and allows the user to retrieve invoices within the different age categories. Pressing "Get” for a particular category causes the corresponding invoices to be listed within the Invoice panel to the left, from which the user can select a particular invoice for display.
  • the "Get" panels also provides a get Problem/Tickler option.
  • Each invoice may be marked with one or more problems and/or one or more ticklers.
  • problem codes representing problems associated with that invoice are displayed within a Problems list box.
  • ticklers associated with that invoice are displayed within a Tickler Log. The user can add and remove problems and ticklers to and from an invoice as appropriate.
  • a Contact Log is used to record contacts and attempted contacts with the customer. For example, if the customer says "Please don't call again for six weeks," this information can be recorded in the Contact Log.
  • a financial summary ofthe current selected invoice Below the Contact Log is located payment details ofthe current invoice.
  • payment details ofthe current invoice Below the financial summary panel are located text box for invoice-specific notes and invoice-specific keywords. The ability to assign keywords to record and retrieve records using those keywords is provided for the user's convenience.
  • Below the payment details panel is located customer contact information, and to the right ofthe customer contact information is located a text box for customer-specific notes.
  • Figure 141 the user has selected a Get Problems option. As shown in Figure 143, a text box is then displayed listing various possible problems. To mark an invoice as having a particular problem, the user selects that problem and clicks OK. If instead the user selects Get Tickler, a text box as shown in Figure 144 is displayed listing various ticklers. To mark an invoice with a particular tickler, the user selects that tickler and clicks OK.
  • the user may also search for invoices within particular categories, regardless of whether a particular invoice has been marked as having a problem or not.
  • the categories e.g., "With addendums,” “Replacements without credit memo,” etc.
  • Dealing with categories of invoices in this manner increases efficiency.
  • the collections function can be performed by a relatively unskilled worker following a minimum amount of training. Furthermore, the collections function may be performed by one person one day and another person the next day without confusion or loss of effectiveness, minimizing the effect of sickness and/or employee turnover.
  • the accounts payable module is designed to ensure that invoices are timely paid but to prevent double payment, overpayment, etc., and to systematically resolve problems with invoices so that they may be paid.
  • the payment policy may be more or less aggressive. On the aggressive side, for example, the system may provide that a vendor invoice is paid only after a co ⁇ esponding customer payment has been received, thereby assuring a stable cash flow.
  • a vendor invoice screen display is shown in Figure 89.
  • vendor invoices When vendor invoices are received, they are entered within a grid such as that of Figure 90.
  • the invoice number and PO number are entered manually from the invoice.
  • the payee and vendor are preferably selected from pick lists.
  • the invoice date, total billed, tax and freight are entered manually from the invoice.
  • a vendor invoice such as that of Figure 91 is created.
  • the system displays items sold from the MWS (with or without addendum, or possibly even multiple addendums) to which the invoice pertains.
  • the vendor payment process begins by an accounts payable clerk invoking a Daily Vendor Verification option.
  • this option identifies all of the open vendor invoices and runs them through a "sieve" to determine which invoices are "clean," i.e., fully reconciled, and which invoices are not clean, i.e., have discrepancies.
  • Within each the categories clean and not clean there are numerous sub-categories arranged in order from most important to least important.
  • a given clean invoice may in fact fall within several sub-categories, but is categorized at any given time into the highest sub-category to which it belongs. Similarly, a given invoice that is not clean is categorized at any given time into the highest sub-category to which it belongs.
  • invoices belonging to that category are displayed.
  • the payables clerk will pre-approve clean invoices for approval by supervisory personnel having authority to approve payment.
  • Invoices that have been approved are then scheduled by the payables clerk to a payment register, an example of which is shown in Figure 93, for payment in accordance with their respective due dates.
  • the payables clerk displays invoices from the highest sub-category, investigates each invoice and attempts to fix the particular discrepancy involved with that sub-category. The same approach is followed with the invoices of each sub-category in turn. The verification is then re-run. Some invoices may have become clean, whereas other invoices may have passed to a next-lower sub-category but may still not be clean.
  • the user is prompted as to which type of invoices to be entered, including as one possibility freight bills.
  • a freight bill is entered, the user enters the invoice number, PO number, and payee (the latter from a pick list), and instead of a vendor list, picks a carrier from a carrier list.
  • the user is then prompted to enter a date range specifying a period to which the freight bill pertains ( Figure 94).
  • Shipping records are then searched, and freight charges for shipments with the specified carrier during the specified period are totalled. Invoice entry is then completed in the usual manner. If the invoice amount entered from the invoice equals the expected total charges, then the resulting invoice record is marked reconciled. If not, then the invoice record is marked not reconciled.
  • Figure 121, Figure 122 and Figure 123 respectively, illustrate various warning dialogs used to prevent entry of erroneous data. If entry of a duplicate invoice number is attempted, for example, a dialog such as that of Figure 121 is displayed, and the system refuses to permit the duplicate entry. If an attempt is made to enter the same invoice twice during an entry session, then a dialog such as that of Figure 122 is displayed. If the system detects that the same invoice number has been used previously but with respect to an apparently different vendor, then the user is notified ( Figure 123) and may choose whether or not to proceed.
  • each item can have only one active customer invoice and one active vendor invoice. This feature prevents may common AR AP errors. For example, if duplicate vendor invoices are received in relation to a single item, only one of those invoices will be matched with the item record representing the physical item. The other vendor invoice finds no place in the system.
  • Vendor invoices must reconcile with purchasing costs and terms (freight, tax, payment dates, etc.).
  • vendor invoices are identified by a combination of vendor invoice number and MWS number. Hence, the same vendor invoice number may be billed against different MWS numbers (since some vendor's numbering systems may generate duplicate numbers), but not against the same MWS number.
  • Vendor verification is merely exemplary of a more general methodology for accomplishing a business task.
  • This more general methodology allows a user to perform a business task without the need to refer to different sources of information. In an exemplary embodiment, it involves the following steps:
  • the categorized items are displayed along with one or more user interface controls for taking action with respect to an item.
  • the items may be items within any ofthe foregoing domains — products (e.g., computer equipment), payments (e.g., vendor invoices, customer invoices, payment registers), performance (e.g., accounts), or personnel (e.g., activity sum- maries). Furthermore, the items may be single items or groups of items (e.g., master worksheets).
  • products e.g., computer equipment
  • payments e.g., vendor invoices, customer invoices, payment registers
  • performance e.g., accounts
  • personnel e.g., activity sum- maries
  • the items may be single items or groups of items (e.g., master worksheets).
  • the items may be customer invoices and the business task may be collections.
  • the invoices may be classified into various classifications according to the reason for non-payment, e.g, never received, retum requested, price discrepancy, etc.
  • the items may be order items and the business task may be an expedite task.
  • the items may be classified into various classifications, e.g., vendor lost order, (re)seller lost item, item damaged, wrong item, empty box, etc.
  • the items may be master worksheets and the task may be purchasing.
  • the master worksheets may be classified into various classifications, e.g., replacement MWS, addendum, intemal use, etc.
  • the items may be payment registers and the business task may be reporting.
  • the payment registers may be classified into various classifications according to payee, e.g., vendor, federal government, state government, local government, service providers, etc.
  • cross-checks between various domains are performed at intervals. Such cross-checks may be performed nightly or at other periods of low system activity.
  • the cross-check routine may be referred to as a nightly update.
  • a nightly update report is generated, all or selected portions of which are automatically emailed to responsible individuals for receipt the following morning.
  • An example of a nightly update report is provided as Appendix A.
  • Accounting information is presented in the form of financial statements. Information about each item appearing on the financial statements is gathered in an account. An account exist for each asset, liability, revenue, expense, and category of owner's equity of a company. More particularly, the classic accounting process involves the following steps:
  • management processes accommodate the limited availability of accounting-derived management information.
  • the need for management information is constant and ongoing, and cannot be expected to synchronize itself to the availability of accounting information without sacrificing performance.
  • the present software takes a different approach to financial performance activity.
  • accounting functions are performed concommitant with data entry.
  • posting is automatic, either continuous or at user-specified intervals (e.g., nightly).
  • user-specified intervals e.g., nightly.
  • the automatic posting process generates entries in GAAP format.
  • a GUI-based report- writer is provided that allows any kind of report to readily generated, either on command or on schedule. At any time, a user may simply press a button and obtain a real-time, accurate financial report.
  • the GL module is a centralized module
  • the functionality ofthe GL module may be distributed among the various modules so as to operate continuously. For example, an AR portion ofthe GL functionality would make general ledger entries immediately to reflect payment information as it is input, a purchasing portion would make general ledger entries immediately to reflect obligations as incurred through purchase orders, etc.
  • the user sets up accounts, then assigns accounts to different line items of records within the system. More than one account may be assigned to a line item. If only one account (i.e., a single default account) is assigned to a line item and an automatic posting option is selected, then the line item is automatically posted to that account.
  • Default accounts are set up for various different files, such as AP, AR, cash, credit card transactions, commissions, payroll, etc., as shown in Figure 95. The manner in which these defaults are established will be described.
  • Accounts are set up within a chart of accounts.
  • the chart of accounts keeps a record of each account including the name of the account, type of account, account code, etc.
  • the user enters information about the account within an entry screen such as that of Figure 96.
  • an entry screen such as that of Figure 96.
  • debits and credits are intelligible primarily to accountants, increasing and decreasing a balance are concepts easily understood by non-accountants.
  • a button is selected designating whether the account balance is increased by a debit or by a credit. Thereafter, user may use the more familiar concepts of increase and decrease.
  • An exemplary chart of accounts display is shown in Figure 97. Doubling clicking on a particular account results in a display such as that of Figure 98.
  • the date of each transaction contributing to the balance is shown, together with an explanation, the joumal reference number, and the amount. This screen display may be used to modify account information as necessary.
  • each of the different list boxes corresponds to an amount that is (or is derivable from) a line item (or multiple line items) on the customer invoice or other record.
  • the account or possible accounts to which the amount is to be or may be posted are specified by clicking the "+" button and selecting from a pop-up list of accounts ofthe appropriate type. If multiple accounts are selected, one may be selected as a default account, the effect of which is explained hereinafter.
  • FIG. 100 an accounts receivable display is shown in accordance with an exemplary embodiment ofthe invention.
  • the GL account to which balances are posted the current account balance, and amounts 30, 60, and 90 days overdue, respectively.
  • double-clicking on a balance field transactions records relating to that balance field are displayed. For example, double-clicking on the current balance of $2,712.75 shown in Figure 100 results in a display such as that of Figure 101.
  • the date of each transaction contributing to the balance is shown, together with an explanation, the joumal reference number, and the amount.
  • FIG. 105 a pop-up screen display used for this purpose is shown.
  • the assigned accounts are displayed, and the user enters debits or credits for the accounts as appropriate.
  • the effect of a debit or credit is displayed as an aid to the novice user.
  • a general joumal display is shown in accordance with an exemplary embodiment ofthe invention.
  • a joumal reference number For each transaction there is displayed a joumal reference number, account titles and explanation, and posting reference to the account codes ofthe accounts debited or credited as result ofthe transaction. Doubling-clicking on a particular account results in a display such as that of Figure 107.
  • the date of each transaction contributing to the balance is shown, together with an explanation, the joumal reference number, and the amount.
  • a financial report is defined using a display screen such as that of Figure 108.
  • the display follows a familiar spread-sheet-like format. For each line ofthe report, a line item description is entered. Then, in the appropriate column, the user enters either an account (by selecting from the chart of accounts pop-up), a calculation formula, or even the result of another report.
  • an actual report generated using the report definition of Figure 108 is shown in Figure 109.
  • a report instead of being the line-time type of Figure 109, may be a trend analysis report.
  • Trend analysis provides a powerful tool for understanding interrelationships between various aspects of a business.
  • a trend analysis report is defined in similar manner as an ordinary financial report.
  • a cell is selected and the user is prompted as to whether the cell contents is to be a local balance, a linked field (from another report), or a calculated field.
  • local balance is selected, and the user selects an account from the chart of accounts pop-up, in this instance Cash in Bank #1.
  • a further account would then be selected, say Trade Accounts Payable.
  • Plot labels may be entered by the user that differ from the actual names ofthe accounts themselves.
  • a trend frequency is then selected.
  • the trend frequency has been set to daily.
  • the trend analysis is then n and the raw data displayed as shown in Figure 112.
  • various graphing options are provided. In the illustrated example, the data is presented in the form of line graphs.
  • Trend reports aside from comparing one account to another over the identical period, may also compare the same account over different periods.
  • an important feature is that the date range ofthe report is arbitrary. Historical data for all past periods (or at least a considerable number of past periods) is stored in the database, enabling reports to be mn for any period of time, not just the current period.
  • present-day work activities are based on the model of an 8- hour work day, 40-hour work week. What is tracked quantitatively is time and attendance. Actual performance, by and large, is tracked qualitatively. Although such a model may have been adequate for the industrial revolution, it is inadequate and without basis for purposes ofthe information revolution. Instead, the present system allows performance to be quantitatively tracked.
  • FIG. 114 there is shown a human resource infrastructure for a virtual organization performance evaluation model. All company personnel are linked to a digital "HR backbone," including operational management (V.P.s, managers), engineering, strategic management (president), financial and legal personnel (CPA, lawyer), and staff within various departments (customer service, shipping/receiving, technical, accounting, purchasing, etc.).
  • the HR backbone could be any information conduit.
  • the HR backbone is realized by the same integrated, Web-enabled, client/server database as described heretofore.
  • Various functional blocks manipulate data stored within the database and form a personnel module.
  • Measurement Factors block Two functional blocks in particular from the basis for performance evaluation, a Measurement Factors block and a Score Keeper block.
  • a Measurement Factors block For each individual whose performance is to be tracked, a list of tasks performed by the individual is compiled, together with an estimate of what percentage ofthe individual's overall assignment each particular task constitutes. Using this information, the individual participates in the setting of realistic goals within various categories. These goals are stored so as to readily accessible to the individual for frequent review. The goals in turn dictate measurement factors/parameters tracked by the "descriptive" Measurement Factors block. These factors/parameters form the answer to the question "What is the pertinent data within the database upon which to evaluate the performance ofthe individual?," both individually and as a team player. Suggestions received from within the organization may influence the pertinent measurement factors/parameters.
  • Customer feedback (both commendations and complaints) are preferably also be received by and input to the system.
  • a firewall provides security for internal data and allows limited access by customers to provide feedback. Customer feedback, although not strictly objective like the other factual measures of performance tracked by the database, can be an important indicator of performance.
  • FIG 115 a more detailed view is shown ofthe kinds of data stored in the human resources portion ofthe database.
  • the data represented in Figure 115 is static or semi-static data that changes relatively infrequently or not at all.
  • the top portion ofthe figure relates to candidate data, whereas the bottom portion ofthe figure relates to employee data.
  • data stored in the database includes personal data, previous employment data, and previous performance data.
  • the data is obtained from the candidate and from other outside sources, and may also be made available to the candidate, e.g., through the Web.
  • employment documents are scanned (or input directly by the candidate during the application process) into the database.
  • data stored in the database also includes personal data, employment data and performance data.
  • data regarding achievements and special recognition is stored.
  • Performance measurement factual review is dynamic in nature and may be performed in a manner illustrated in Figure 116.
  • performance measurement is either financial-oriented or assignment oriented.
  • performance measurement is financial-oriented and uses financial analysis algorithms.
  • any desired financial ratio may be tracked, as well as any arbitrary combination of account codes in order to discover relationships.
  • Cash flow statements and budget analyses may also be generated. Based on this information financial performance goals may be set and contributing goals may be accurately derived.
  • performance measurement is assignment oriented.
  • the Algorithm of Activity Data serves as a foundation for human performance evaluation.
  • various metrics from the Algorithm of Activity Data are chosen and tracked for that employee, resulting in Employee Specific Task/Assignment Activity Data.
  • Different aspects (e.g, quantity, dollar volume, completion times) of an assignment e.g, Quotes, MWSs, Customer Invoices) may be chosen as metric for evaluation for a particular employee.
  • the Factual Performance Analysis Measurement process performs calculation on the Employee Specific Task/ Assignment Activity Data, for example calculating time "deltas" between different stages of completion of an assignment.
  • Resulting data is supplied to at least three destinations: a Measuring Algorithm, a Historical Data Comparison Algorithm, and an output display structure, indicated by dashed lines.
  • the Measuring Algorithm compares actual performance to desired performance established by goals. Preferably, goals are set by employees in consultation with management.
  • the Measuring Algorithm compares actual performance to desired performance in three different categories: routine assignments (daily, on-going), scheduled tasks (not on-going) and special projects (typically short-lived).
  • unique date-independent measurements may be programmed, for example as alerts.
  • the user may program the Measuring Algorithm to alert the user whenever the time delta between creation of a quote and posting ofthe quote is seven days or greater.
  • Various priorities may be established in accordance with corresponding parameters. For example, a particular order may be marked as critical, causing an alert to be displayed if there is any slippage in schedule.
  • the Historical Data Comparison Algorithm archives the daily output ofthe Factual Performance Analysis Measurement and the Measuring Algorithm blocks and allows for comparison of performance data for different dates.
  • a first view is a complete list, based on the Algorithm of Activity Data, of departments and the tasks and projects for which they are responsible. From this complete list, the user may create the users own "short list" of departments for performance review. Different layers of management, for example, may have different departments within their scope of review.
  • the user selects a department, causing performance data to be displayed for the department as a whole.
  • the user may further select a specific individual within that department, in which case a Dynamic Personal Tracking view is displayed.
  • the Dynamic Personal Tracking view displays all ofthe chosen metrics for the selected employee. From the Dynamic Personal Tracking view, the user may transition to a Factual Performance Display.
  • the Factual Performance Display is a subset of the Dynamic Personal Tracking view and focuses on those metrics presently deemed by the user to be most important (e.g., metrics related to sales growth, metrics related to customer service, etc.)
  • the Factual Performance Display highlights strengths and weaknesses of the employee and is linked, either automatically or manually, to static human resources "personal growth guides.” Based on the Factual Performance Display, it may be evident, for example, that the employee in question needs training in a certain area. In this manner, the system allows training efforts to be narrowly targeted where they will obtain greatest benefit. A career path may be charted for each employee that is calculated to maximize that employee's potential.
  • FIG. 118 Screen displays used for factual performance evaluation in accordance with an exemplary embodiment ofthe invention are shown in Figure 118, Figure 119 and Figure 120, respectively. Selection of an employee is accomplished as illustrated in Figure 118.
  • FIG 119 performance results may be viewed for a single period or multiple periods, with the period being user selectable (a day, a week, a month, a quarter, etc.).
  • performance results for various performance metrics in different categories and sub-categories are displayed, for example: Productivity (A), including quantity per period (Al), dollar volume per period (A2) and percent profit per period (A3); Quality (B), including timliness (Bl) and customer credit memos (B2); and Profitability (C).
  • the same information is viewable for multiple periods but, because of display contraints, not all ofthe information at the same time. Rather the user selects the categories and sub-categories of interest for viewing at any particular time. For example, if sub-category A2 is selected, then dollar volume per period is displayed for all ofthe periods (e.g., six).
  • Percolation involves automatically classifying records of a given type into multiple classifications for workflow processing.
  • One or more users interact with the relational database system to take a prescribed action with respect to multiple records having a particular classification.
  • the records of a given type are classified into multiple classifications based on "experiential" criteria having real-world business significance based on past business experience.
  • a record may belong to a multiple categories.
  • Records are sorted in accordance with a hierarchy of categories such that a record belonging to both a category higher in the hierarchy and a category lower in the hierarchy is sorted into a group of records belonging to the higher category.
  • the relational database system does not allow users to take at least some actions other than the prescribed action with respect to the records. Users interact with the relational database system to change information within records, whereupon the records are automatically reclassified.
  • Percolation may be applied to any business function, but has found to be particularly effective as applied to PRIS (purchasing, shipping, receiving, installation and assembly), vendor invoice verification, customer collections and processing of retums. Percolation may be single-level or multi-level.
  • Percolation as applied to vendor invoice verification has been described previously. As was previously observed, the hierarchy of classifications is important in order to obtain the desired results. To take advantage of dynamic workflow, however, it is desirable that a user having the requisite authority be provided with the ability to change hierarchies (specify a new order of classification), both within a single level and on multiple levels. There results a very powerful ability to "slice and dice" data records stored within the database, which in turn provides for dynamic response to outside influences.
  • Sales orders resulting from quotes undergo a first level of percolation to identify sales orders on credit hold, sales orders exceeding credit limits, sales orders with customer invoices 60 days or more past due, sales orders with freight problems, sales orders with installation, sales orders with installation and/or shipping problems, sales orders with a ship group, sales orders with partial ship, etc.
  • first-level percolation certain orders may be placed on hold, or co ⁇ ections may be made to the order as required.
  • the user then prepares a purchase order request, either using a default vendor determined at the time the order was placed (lowest cost vendor) or selecting a different vendor.
  • the vendor order may then be placed by posting via the Web, or the vendor order may be posted on the Web for bid. In the latter instance, bid results are received via the Web, and the vendor order is then placed based on the bid results.
  • the order is filled by the vendor and shipped to the reseller or drop shipped to the customer.
  • purchasing may or may not involve vendor selection.
  • a default vendor is selected based on lowest advertised price.
  • Order information may, if desired, be automatically transmitted to the default vendor.
  • N-tier order information may be automatically transmitted to multiple corresponding vendors as described more fully hereafter in relation to supply chain management.
  • Sales orders for which vendor orders have been place and that need to be received undergo a first level of percolation to identify receiving sales orders to be refused or cancelled (because of RMA, for example), COD sales orders, express delivery, sales orders marked for special tracking (e.g., call upon receipt), replacement sales orders, no partial or restricted partial sales orders with only one item, sales orders expecting back order items, sales orders with installation, sales orders without installation, inventory sales orders, supply sales orders, RMA retums expected from customer, RMA retums expected from vendor, RMA retums requiring install/de-install, etc.
  • Shipping percolation is in large part analogous to receiving percolation, previously described, and is illustrated in Figure 152.
  • Installation percolation is illustrated in Figure 153.
  • Installation percolation may be single-level, identifying sales orders with a large quantity of installation, sales orders ready for software network integration, sales orders ready for assembling, sales orders missing one last item, sales orders with a defective component for RMA processing, sales orders with RMA waiting for vendor shipment, sales orders with RMA needing de-installation, sales orders with RMA needing re- installation, sales orders with RMA for warranty repair (off-site, on-site), sales orders with RMA for out of wa ⁇ anty repair, etc.
  • the present software program provides for Web access by various business partners to all ofthe information relevant to the business.
  • the software may therefore be described as Web-enabled Enterprise Resource Planning (WERP) software.
  • WERP Web-enabled Enterprise Resource Planning
  • the present WERP software allows for an unprecedented degree of supply chain integration/management. Refe ⁇ ing to Figure 154, a left-hand side ofthe figure illustrates a sell/demand chain, and a right-hand side ofthe figure illustrates a supply/assembly chain.
  • User demand information is gathered by a user following a URL link from a customer Web site. The link accesses the present WERP software.
  • the user creates a quote. Assuming the ordered item is not discontinued, the quote may be converted into an order.
  • the item may be sold complete with no component assembly required, or may be sold with component assembly required.
  • the order is posted to purchasing, and the item is ordered, e.g., by communicating order information to a vendor Web site and a manufacturer Web site.
  • component assembly is required
  • a component file is accessed to retrieve a unique set of components for a specific item SKU.
  • Given the order quantity a total component requirement is determined.
  • component grouping is performed, e.g, such that multiple "child" MWSs each contain (in bill-of-material fashion) all ofthe components required to assembly a single one ofthe ordered items, and a "parent" MWS ofthe children MWSs contains the corresponding number of complete items.
  • the components are ordered by, as in the previous instance, communicating order information to a vendor Web site and a manufacturer Web site.
  • an item is discontinued or not available (i.e., backordered)
  • the item may still be sold, the component parts ordered and assembled, and the item shipped.
  • Equivalent components may be substituted where necessary or convenient.
  • order information may be conveyed to a hierarchy of suppliers.
  • the vendor may be Ingram and the manufacturer may be Compaq.
  • Compaq's suppliers may include makers of microprocessors, memories, disk drives, etc., whose suppliers may include in turn wafer manufacturers, platter companies, plastic companies, etc.
  • Such customization may be extended to embrace virtually all ofthe "business engagement mles," both general and industry-specific, commonly negotiated between business partners.
  • Such business mles serve as an electronic template for specifying a customized business relationship.
  • WUBER Web Univeral Business Engagement Rules
  • WUBER not only provides for the specification of business engagement mles
  • WUBER also provides for the enforcement of the business engagement mles during the course of business operations. For example, during the course of a business relationship, the customer may decide that all shipments are to be made via a specific carrier. Once that carrier has been specified for that customer within WUBER, the software will not permit shipments to be made via a different carrier.
  • the extent to which a customer may freely change that customer's business engagement mles may vary by customer. For some WUBER fields, all customer's may freely select any available menu choice. For other fields, bounds may be set within which the field may be changed. These bounds may vary from customer to customer. Hence, whereas an acceptable retum period for one customer may be up to 90 days, an acceptable retum period for another customer may be up to 180 days, for example.
  • New business engagement mles may be easily added to WUBER.
  • enforcement code must be manually written and added to the software program. In the future, such enforcement code may be automatically generated.
  • FIG. 155 A specific example of a WUBER electronic template in table form is shown in Figure 155. Within the header row ofthe table are listed various customizable program tasks. Each column ofthe table lists various options pertaining to a particular task. Various fields ofthe template will be briefly described.
  • Price Update column govern how products are priced and display for a particular customer. If an Activate flag is set, the options selected within the column will be enforced during operations ofthe software. If the Activate flag is not set, program defaults will be applied instead. Pricing may be fixed price or cost plus. The frequency with which prices are updated is selectable, e.g., daily, weekly, monthly. If a customer has obtained a quote but not yet placed an order, for example, the customer may want the quote price to not change (even if in the customer's favor) for a specified period of time. Furthermore, a price minimum update amount may be specified; for example, price changes less than a dollor (or, say, less than 1% ofthe previous price) might be ignored.
  • a Personal Product List is a user-specific list of frequently-purchased products.
  • a Product ID is a collection of products (usually related) saved under a single identifier.
  • the customer may specify which system users may create quotes, which may save/retrieve quotes, which may modify quotes, and which may submit quotes.
  • the customer may further specify various limits, e.g., a per-quote dollar limit, a per-day quantity limit, a limit on the number of quotes made per day, etc. Similar options are provided in relation to Orders and RMAs. Note, however, that an important option in relation to RMAs is automatic RMA approval.
  • various options may be specified, including service contract length and service response time, whether service to occur on- site or off-site, various service charges, etc.
  • various delivery options are specified.
  • various options are specified regarding how customer order information is to be tracked, e.g., whether tracking by serial number is desired, as well as various tracking thresholds by dollar amount, how recent the transaction is, quantity, etc.
  • the customer may specify a billing frequency and whether credits are to be applied to invoices, whether replacement invoices are to be issued, etc.
  • the customer may specify whether credit memos are to be issued to the customer (external) or whether an intemal credit is to be issued, etc.
  • Security In the Security column, various security options are specified, including for example, encryption, SET (Secure Electronic Transactions), security certificate, VPN (virtual private network), etc.
  • Security may be handled by the customer on its own behalf or may be handled by the vendor.
  • the present WERP software may in some instances be installed within the customer's firewall such that it becomes in essence part ofthe company.
  • the Access Group column is used to specify the access rights of different users.
  • access may range from access only to one's own quotes (individual access), access to one's own quotes and those of user's whom one supervises (supervisory access), or universal access (in the case of a high-ranking executive, for example).
  • the Business Activities column is used by the customer to request that certain information about its business activities be tracked and made accessible. Such information may include, for example, the busiest order period (week, month) the slowest order period (week, month), etc.
  • the electronic template of Figure 155 is for the customer side of a business relationship.
  • a co ⁇ esponding template may also be provided for the vendor side of a business relationship. That is, from the point of view of a reseller, the template of Figure 155 expresses demands ofthe reseller's customers on the reseller.
  • the template of Figure 156 expresses the demands ofthe reseller on the reseller's vendors.
  • FIG. 160 A further example of WUBER is shown in Figure 160, showing a customer file screen display. Within the right-hand portion ofthe display, the customer is able to, via the Web, set customer-specific criteria for automatic RMA approval.
  • VAG Virtual Intelligent Guide
  • the present WERP software is designed to minimize the impact of personnel changes.
  • the WERP software incorporates a Virtual Intelligent Guide (VIG).
  • the VIG 1) defines a task path for accomplishing each functional task by interacting with the system; and 2) captures and applies employee knowledge to refine each task path and disallow errors. The result is to enable relatively unskilled personnel to quickly become proficient at performing complex functional tasks in a simple manner using the software.
  • An example of VIG was described previously in relation to accounts payable. The same model may be applied to accounts receivable, RMAs, sales, PRIS, etc.
  • Customer and vendor files may be provided not only for existing customers and vendors but also for prospective customers and vendors.
  • prospective vendor files provide a mechanism for capturing the knowledge of buyers in purchasing and of minimizing the impact of personnel changes.
  • prospective customer files facilitate sales force automation as will be presently described.
  • the present WERP software provides the ultimate sales force automation tool. Instead of "I'll have to bet back to you on that," the salesman can instead say “Let's check on that.” The salesman may then immediately use the Web to access the information needed to answer the customer's question. Web access may be through a desktop or laptop computer, either wired or unwired, or may be wireless through a handheld or palmtop computer. Alternatively, connection to the Web may be made prior to a sales call to download for a particular customer — all ofthe records, the most recent records, or some other subset of particular interest.
  • various features of existing sales force automation tools may be added to the present WERP software, including such features as contact management (contact profile, contact history), account management (account information, outstanding and historical activities, order entry, order history, lead tracking, sales cycle analysis), sales force management (expense reporting, territory assignment, activity reporting, special events tracking), time management (calendar, single and multi-user scheduling, to-do lists, ticklers, notes, timestamps), telemarketing (call list assembly, call recording, call planning, call reporting), customer service (request assignment, tracking and reporting, order status and tracking), etc. All of these functions can be performed “on-the-fly,” in real-time with up-to-the-minute information. This real-time operation is made possible because the underlying data is the same item sold/item detail data used throughout the system, simply viewed from an SFA perspective.
  • Figure 157 is a block diagram of a client server business automation system in which a common database supports both end-to-end business process automation and sales force automation.
  • a sales force automation module combines known sales force automation functions with additional functions made possible only by the end-to-end business process knowledge base stored in the single database described previously.
  • Known sales force automation functions include, for example, activity logging (actual time and data of daily activites by customer), intelligent notes (sort- able and editable), and triggers (reminders) for follow-up calls, major opportunities, etc.
  • activity logging actual time and data of daily activites by customer
  • intelligent notes sort- able and editable
  • triggers triggers
  • the functions are supported by a summary display (drawn from the customer file) used to display contact information for customers by department and title.
  • Various other functions may also be provided.
  • An expense reporting function is also provided. Unlike conventional sales force automation tools, however, expense information is combined with compensation information stored in the database in order to gain a complete picture ofthe profitability of a saleman. Based on profitability, a rewards structure may adjust the compensation ofthe salesman and provide performance feedback to the salesman through the sales force automation module.
  • Forecasting information may also be displayed to the salesman through the sales force automation module. Because the database stores complete historical transaction information, a sales forecast can be readily compiled based on the historical base. Other types of forecasts can also be compiled. For example, market projection information may be entered into the database (downloaded or entered manually), and based on this information, a forecast can be compiled. A forecast can also be compiled based not only on current customers but based on prospective customers. Such a forecast provides additional motivation for a salesman to convert prospective customers into actual customers.
  • Information from WUBER may also be displayed to the salesman through the sales force automation module.
  • the new salesman by consulting WUBER, can readily learn the established business engagement mles for a particular customer.
  • Information from the human performance module may also be displayed to the salesman in the form of an activity summary display.
  • activities in various categories are quantified (rows) in dollars where applicable (for both sales and purchase orders), in quantity where applicable and in duration where applicable.
  • dollars sales, dollars purchase orders, and unit volume (quantity) are displayed for the previous year, the present year, and for the previous month, as well as for the peak month (max.) and the low month (min.).
  • unit volume Quantity
  • an average time in days is displayed, between the time an order is placed and shipped and the time an invoice is sent and paid, respectively.
  • Orders may be for resale or for intemal use.
  • a field within the MSW record distinguishes the type of MWS, including whether it is for intemal use. Just as historical analysis and forecasting may be applied to customer sales, these same techniques may be applied to intemal sales. The cycles of pinch/ spend that often aflict corporate departments may therefore be avoided. Managerial personnel are able to determine easily in real time how much of a budgeted amount has been spent and how much remains to be spent.
  • the present system in contrast with known workflow systems, the present system, sometimes refe ⁇ ed to hereinafter as the ICETM (Internet Commerce Equalizer) system, represents a purpose-built application suite where all applications are both physically implemented and logically rational source or target applications in a Dynamic WorkflowTM Environment
  • the ICE system may be described as a broad-spectrum suite of Internet- optimized business applications, that are designed and built to permit the implementation and execution of workflows without the mandatory parameter setting, software switch setting, customization and workflow preparation common to all other workflow environments. This is made possible by several, simultaneous development and mntime environment characteristics and by several carefully considered simultaneous application design and development practices.
  • Examples of such environments could include SAP's workflow operating in the Dr. SchierTM graphical workflow environment or Baan's Dynamic Enterprise Modeling running in the COSATM environment. And, these environments have one common heritage with workflow ofthe past. Notwithstanding words like "dynamic" in their names, these environments are inherently static.
  • Static is used to mean that once a workflow has been built and implemented in any of these workflow environments, it stands as a defined super-application. To execute a workflow in any of today's existing workflow environments that has not been previously defined, prepared, and implemented is not possible. A user attempting to do so would find himself in the same position as a factory worker who attempted to execute an assembly procedure off the assembly line. He would find himself without resources or the means to execute any procedure for which a physical infrastructure had not yet been created.
  • the ICE system has a true dynamic workflow environment. This means that the users ofthe ICE system can go places with the application even when the metaphorical steel rails of an assembly line have not yet been built there.
  • Dynamic Workflow means that the user is not bound to one pre-defined way of doing a business procedure or of solving a problem.
  • the ICE system can enforce business procedures (in fact most routine business procedures in the ICE system are completely automated) and of course the ICE system is capable of enforcing GAAP and APICS standards in accounting and manufacturing. But wherever possible, the ICE system gives the user a choice even as it automates routine procedures. And when it comes to exception handling, the Dynamic Workflow environment in the ICE system saves significant time and effort.
  • workflows are built up using specialized development environments.
  • workflow or subsystem that is built up from either lines of code or from higher level components or applications, nothing exists that has not been previously defined and built.
  • a unique feature ofthe ICE system is its capability to support Dynamic
  • Dynamic Workflow may be described as follows:
  • the ICE system has a number of architectural characteristics that when combined, produce a unique Dynamic Workflow execution environment:
  • the ICE system is a web of business functions (methods). Potential connectivity and application-to-application workflow are universally present.
  • routine pre-defined business workflows are followed, and these are documented and programmed into the system as user guidelines, task-based menus, wizards, or procedures. Workflows may also be defined with state-transition intelligence, such that a particular data entry value will result in changing the next application along the application path.
  • the ICE system has achieved a new level of system flexibility and the ability to respond to business contingencies.
  • system does not create applica- tion functionality or business methods were none existed previously, it should also be emphasized that the system is capable of dynamically adapting business workflows to ever-changing conditions. This allows the ICE system to respond dynamically to business impacts.
  • the ICE sytem is developed using a RAD environment (e.g., 4D from ACI, Inc.) that is capable of performing automated, centralized data type checking and declaration.
  • a RAD environment e.g., 4D from ACI, Inc.
  • ICE data model can be deployed as an Oracle database for example. Data consistency cannot be violated either because of all ICE applications share identical data consistency mles. Business mles are guided (not enforced) by a combination of application logic and workflow.
  • ICE can be and is coded to enforce certain business mles without exception. These would include things like double entry bookkeeping transactions. In all other cases however, the user with a high enough level of authority can invoke applications in what ever order suits the business case.
  • Every ICE application is written as if it could be invoked by any other application in the ICE system, and contains the navigation infrastructure and user enabling to support the invocation of any other application in the ICE system. With very rare exceptions, which are only made to conform to certain accounting or business restrictions, this is the actual case.
  • ICE system workflow presents the implementation staff with a blank slate on which all workflow constructs must be implemented before they can be used.
  • the ICE system presents the users with an open white board of potential navigation paths that are typically defined by navigation guidelines.
  • each ICE application is written at a much broader level of granularity than the typical application in a conventional system.
  • Each view in the ICE system encompasses what would normally be two or three levels of drill down in a conventional system.
  • 17843 M98-28645 12/16/98 for VERNON commission & invoice GMs are different.
  • 17843 M98-28645 12/16/98 for KIM SEALE commission & invoice GMs are different.
  • MWSs have in house items that need to be ordered and/or received.
  • cusBuyerFAX_x A cusUserName_x A cusUserTel_x A cusUserFAX_x A
  • NotResellable_x B cusRstkPerc_x R venRstkPerc_x R cusCallTag_x A ltemDescrip_x A
  • a PIDLine _SchedRollB e B PIDLineQty _statusRollB ⁇ ped A PIDLineltCount _NextRollBac ption T PIDLineTtlltems _LastShipGrf 1 PIDLineDescript BORcvd

Abstract

The present invention, generally speaking, provides software that enables end-to-end, business-to-business Web commerce (Web business, or e-business) and that automates to the greatest degree possible, in a unified and synergistic fashion and using best proven business practices, the various aspects of running a successful and profitable business. Web business and business automation are both greatly facilitated using a computing model based on a single integrated database management system (DBMS) with intrinsic data synchronization that is either Web-enabled or provided with a Web front-end. The Web provides a window into a 'seamless' end-to-end internal business process. The effect of such integration on the business cycle is profound, allowing the sale of virtually anything in a transactional context (goods, services, insurance, subscriptions, etc.) to be drastically streamlined.

Description

INTEGRATED BUSINESS-TO-BUSINESS WEB COMMERCE AND BUSINESS AUTOMATION SYSTEM
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
1. Field of the Invention
The present invention relates to business-to-business Web commerce and to business automation systems.
2. State of the Art
Web commerce may be defined as the use of a computer network, such as the Internet, to do business, such as buy and sell products or services. Although Web commerce is still in its infancy, relatively speaking, Web commerce is predicted by some to soon become the dominant mode of business practice. Web commerce allows business to move much more quickly, without the burden and cost of paperwork.
Despite the promise of Web commerce, current Web commerce software is typically of very limited capability. Most Web commerce is consumer-oriented rather than business-oriented. The tacit assumption is that the purpose ofthe Internet should be to enrich people's personal lives more than to enable business to move at light speed. Furthermore, typically each transaction is treated in isolation. No on-going course of business is assumed or facilitated.
Material management functions such as procurement represent a substantial expense and burden for medium and large businesses. Purchases are typically subject to approval at multiple levels. In the case ofthe purchase of a computer, for example, an employee might submit a purchase request to the employee's supervisor, who might approve the request and forward it to the MIS (Management Information Systems) department, which might approve the request and forward it to accounting for budgetary approval. The real cost of such a process is estimated to be as much as $ 100 per purchase request. Furthermore, the time required for such a process to be completed may be weeks or months. In the meantime, productivity may suffer. Purchasing, moreover, is only part ofthe larger problem of material management. Once materials have been procured, typically they must be tagged, tracked and accounted for, both physically and in accounting terms such as depreciation, etc. The latter activities may either be conducted in an organized fashion, often at considerable expense, or haphazardly, with marginal effectiveness.
Existing Web commerce software is likewise fraught with problems for the selling company. When an order is placed through the Web, it typically results in a fax or email, information from which must be manually entered into an internal sales system that may or may not be linked to other closed systems such as accounting, human resources, purchasing, assembly, etc. Even if these various systems are linked in some fashion, such linking is fixed, not responsive to change. Hence, once an entry is made, depending on the degree of automation, additional manual intervention may be required to achieve the desired final result, e.g., ship a product to a customer. The purchaser is typically unable to determine the status of an order without placing a call or sending an email. Moreover, order fulfillment is again only a part ofthe larger problem of total customer satisfaction (which is in turn only a part ofthe larger problem of running a successful, profitable business). Returns are bound to occur and must typically be handled manually, typically by a Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) or traffic department. Also, some fraction of shipments are bound to be lost, damaged or mis-shipped. Related insurance claims typically must also be handled manually both by the traffic and accounting departments. Even though the foregoing activities are closely related functionally, the mechanisms for handling these activities, whether manual or automated, are often ad hoc, because of the unanticipated, non-routine, but inevitable nature of such events.
On a business-wide scale, the same is largely true: the various activities of the business, while they may be separately automated, are not automated in a unified, synergistic fashion. Automation is typically performed by automating, testing and implementing fixed, linear work flows for a fixed environment, resulting in systems that are not adaptable to the real, changing business environment. Most often, different departments each have separate database systems with the departments being linked by a local- or wide-area network. A person in one department obtains information from a different department by sending an email and requesting a report. Referring more particularly to Figure 1, in accordance with a typical model of business automation, various departments (e.g., sales, sales support, customer service, accounting, purchasing, receiving, engineering, assembly, shipping) are separately automated but linked together by a computer network (e.g, LAN, WAN). Each department interfaces to multiple different departments in an essentially manual fashion but using modern electronic communications tools — phone, fax, email, computer hardcopy, etc. Comparison ofthe resulting overall business process to a Rube Goldberg invention is apt, if mildly exaggerated. The process entails repeated transmission of duplicate information to different departments and repeated transmission of additional information and instructions to different departments on an as-needed basis. The party transmitting the information controls the amount and quality of information conveyed. The party receiving the information has no control over the information or the quality ofthe instructions received but rather is entirely dependent on the party transmitting the information. Duplication occurs both within departments and between departments. An external influence to the system (a call from a customer or vendor, a new customer account, a ruffled employee) can and often does cause a flurry of activities, but often produces less-than-commensurate positive results because ofthe inherent inefficiency ofthe system. The process, because it is ill-defined, is not easily reversible when an error has been made. In most systems, mistakes must be propagated to the end of a work flow before reversal can occur.
The foregoing model results in the fragmentation of information — "the right hand does not know what the left hand is doing." Information is transported from one place to another, either in hardcopy form, necessitating re-entry, or in such electronic form as to require substantial massaging, and with substantial latency such that by the time the information is to be used it is already outdated. A business executive, for lack of readily-available, accurate, verifiable information in usable form, must then rely heavily on subordinates to obtain a picture (hopefully accurate) of what is happening inside the company. Considerably employee time may be spent gathering historical data to satisfy the need for management information. The same factors that hamper management performance may also cause performance at lower levels within the company to suffer. Employees may lack timely information regarding critical tasks that need to be performed. For lack of timely information regarding returns, for example, or some other aspects of operations, accounting personnel may pay invoices that should in fact not be paid.
The lack of readily-available, verifiable information in usable form is most pronounced in relation to financial information. In the case of a sales company doing a substantial volume of business, for example, preparation of a state sales tax return may take ten man-days or more. An audit may take a similar amount of preparation. Closing the books on an accounting period is itself an arduous task. The time requirements and challenges posed by month-end and year-end closings are all-too-familiar to virtually all in-house accountants. Despite these heroics, the inherent latency ofthe process diminishes the value ofthe results. A finalized June statement, for example, might be received at the end of July or the beginning of August, hampering the ability to react quickly to changing business conditions. A real-time financial statement is non-existent.
For lack of readily-available, verifiable information in usable form, employee evaluation is often performed more on the basis of perception than objective reality. The appearance of performance then becomes at least as important as real performance. Employee performance and employee morale may suffer as a result. Numerous "high-power" database application software packages exist in the marketplace, from such industry leaders as SAP, Peoplesoft, BAAN, and Oracle. The solutions of each of these vendors have strengths and weaknesses. SAP, for example, although strong in the area of fixed asset management and financials, does not provide flexible shipping and receiving functions. To automate these functions requires the use of separate software. Furthermore, Web integration is problematic. BAAN is strong in the areas of shipping/receiving, manufacture and assembly, but is limited in the areas of fixed asset management and material handling. In particular, BAAN, SAP, etc. are bound by conventional notions of real inventory — an item must physically be in stock before it can be ordered (as contrasted with the concept of virtual inventory, explained more fully hereinafter). Peoplesoft offers strong human relations functions but is not strong in "back-end" functions. Software packages from Peoplesoft and BAAN are therefore often linked together to provided a more complete solution. Similarly, software from SAP may be linked to software from BAAN. Oracle offers discrete modules for almost all ofthe functions offered by the other software packages. The modules must be linked together in a laborious process, however, with substantial duplication of data in all modules. None of these software packages have a Web-centric design, nor has any been used to successfully implement an automatic ene-to-end business process, even in large corporations having no lack of resources.
Web-centric "e-business solutions" are offered by Pandesic (Intel and SAP), Actra (Netscape) and other (typically early-stage) companies. In the case of Pandesic, early promotional materials indicate a distinct consumer orientation as opposed to business-to-business. A conventional real inventory model is followed in which product must be warehoused and on-hand in order to allow the product to be ordered. Furthermore, Web operations are segregated from non-Web operations, necessitating duplication. In the case of Actra, a portfolio of commerce software, including legacy application integration modules, are designed to "bridge gaps between enterprises and applications," enabling business-to-business transactions, buyer-side and seller-side procurement, consumer on-line Internet storefronts, and commercial Internet publishing. This "gap-bridging" approach likewise entails substantial duplication.
Dell and Cisco each sells computer and networking equipment directly to consumers over the Web using configuration and order software developed by outside third parties. Business-to-business features, such as invoices, RMAs (particularly automatic "instant" RMAs) are lacking. The software does not provide an end-to-end Web-business solution.
The need for more powerful business solutions is especially apparent in the area of supply-chain management. Currently, demand information is forecast- based and propagates slowly through a supply chain through manual processes. The result is frequent oversupply and undersupply. The power ofthe Web has not yet been brought to bear on the supply-chain management problem.
A need therefore exists for software that enables end-to-end, business-to- business Web commerce and that automates to the greatest degree possible, in a unified and synergistic fashion, the various aspects of running a successful and profitable business. The present invention addresses this need.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention, generally speaking, provides software that enables end-to-end, business-to-business Web commerce (Web business, or e-business) and that automates to the greatest degree possible, in a unified and synergistic fashion and using best proven business practices, the various aspects of running a successful and profitable business. Web business and business automation are both greatly facilitated using a computing model based on a single integrated database management system (DBMS) with intrinsic data synchronization that is either Web-enabled or provided with a Web front-end. The Web provides a window into a "seamless" end-to-end internal business process. The effect of such integration on the business cycle is profound, allowing the sale of virtually anything in a transactional context (goods, services, insurance, subscriptions, etc.) to be drastically streamlined. In accordance with one aspect ofthe invention, business-to-business transaction processing using a database and a database management system is performed by receiving user demand information (or a user "wish list" or expression of interest interest in selected products) electronically; at least partially in response to receiving the user demand information electronically, automatically storing an order record in the database and maintaining the order record in the database throughout a life cycle ofthe order; and during the life cycle ofthe order, multiple users each accessing the order record and processing the order to accomplish a respective one of multiple business functions, and creating records related to the order. The life cycle ofthe order includes an expected period for at least one of reversal, service, and parts order, where reversal includes customer returns, cann- cellation and correction of improperly fulfilled or mistaken orders, including employee mistakes. The business software provides a Web-based, business-to- business electronic commerce framework that uses the Web as a medium for all parties involved in a transaction (customer, supplier, manufacturer, etc.) within multiple supply-chain tiers to receive up-to-the minute synchronized transaction information relating to any and all facets ofthe transaction. Information may be disseminated by push (Web broadcast) or pull methods, with a business user exercising information access control.
In the case of a just-in-time product reseller, for example, the business software operates as follows. A comprehensive product list is updated electronically in real time or at regular intervals from various sources (e.g., by file download, over the Web, or from CD or floppy distributions or other media or even manual input). A graphical Web interface allows a user to obtain a quote based on the product list. The quote is assigned a quote number and saved in the DBMS and may be retrieved and viewed at a later date. Based on the quote, a user with appropriate Web-verifiable authority may place an order on behalf of a company in accordance with a pre-existing Web-enforceable agreement with the company. An employee ofthe seller, using the same DBMS, purchases product to fill the order. When the product is received, information regarding receipt ofthe product is entered into the DBMS. Orders are assembled, shipped and billed, all using the same DBMS. Customers can retrieve previous quote records and view order and shipment status via the Web. Customer invoices are automatically generated upon shipment but may be modified if necessary by a supervisory user having the requisite authority. When a customer payment is received, details concerning the payment are entered into the DBMS. Vendor invoices and payments are also handled using the DBMS, and both customers and vendors can view payment status — invoice, credit (from returns), etc. — via the Web, allowing paper invoice copies to be dispensed with if desired. Returns are provided for and may be return of an entire piece of equipment or replacement of a warranted component part, and replacements may be electronically tracked. Parts tracking saves employee time that would otherwise be spent responding to customer inquiries, and also contributes to customer satisfaction through the convenient availability of timely information.
Throughout the foregoing process, a period (e.g., off-peak or nightly) update process is performed in which consistency checks are performed and in which accounting information (including sales tax information) is collected, journal entries made, and general-ledger entries posted. When records are edited, they are flagged to be checked during the period update so that adjusting entries may be made if necessary. At any time, the update process may be run and an accounting period closed. Real-time, audit-ready financial information accurate up to the day or up to the hour is available within minutes at the touch of a button without the need for a highly-trained accountant. A novice can facilitate the systematic performance of many functions typically performed by accountants, with periodic review and supervision by an accountant. Because the DBMS is Web-enabled, given the appropriate privileges, a complete up-to-the-minute view of every aspect of a business is available from anywhere in the world. Telecommuting is greatly facilitated, with its attendant cost savings. Furthermore, factual evaluation of employee performance, whether of a telecommuting employee or an office-based employee, is greatly facilitated by statistical analysis of accumulated historical performance data (tasks, projects, assignments, reports).
Driven by the goals of enabling widespread telecommuting and global cyberspace trading, the single database business process software provides parallel synchronized data access to all users. Users have access to all information given the proper access authority. The system provides built-in assurance of prioritized dynamic workflow and best business practice (the optimum known way that a business process should flow) based on self-correcting business knowledge algorithms. The system draws upon a knowledge base to prevent mistakes anticipated by the software designer as well as mistakes that have occurred in the past and have been corrected for by adding to the knowledge base, which is continually accumulating. The dynamic workflow assures that whatever mistakes may occur are discovered at various stages. The system lists and prioritizes uncompleted work that needs to be followed up. All user activities are tracked, and users are held accountable. Every activity performed by users are tracked statistically. Problem sources may therefore be identified. Precision training and factual performance review are made possible, significantly empowering users in their assignments.
The software provides for business scalability (as opposed to mere data processing scalability), minimizing the growing pains experienced by rapidly growing companies. In growing companies, as the responsibility for a process becomes divided among more and more people, becoming more and more diffuse, communication between group members becomes more and more difficult and the process becomes increasing difficult to manage. The present invention, with dynamic workflow, makes workflow and work quality substantially immune to changes in the number of employees and the experience level of employees. Work discipline and organization is enforced by, and teamwork and communication between users facilitated by, the database. The ease of use ofthe database system arising from dynamic workflow and the knowledge base incoφorated within the system minimizes the need for extensive employee training and allows for flexible employee roles. Business scalability also entails dramatically increased productivity through automated computer assistance, allowing business growth to greatly outstrip personnel growth. One example of business scalability is in the area of purchasing. Orders are grouped for purposes of purchasing such that the number of purchase orders to vendors does not increase as the number of orders received.
Conceptually, the invention allows for the integration and time-scale compression of what have heretofore been largely independent, human-dependent business processes. Business processes have typically been organized into separate business domains, chiefly including a products domain (e.g., engineering, manufacturing, purchasing, shipping, receiving, returns), a payments domain (e.g., accounts receivable, accounts payable), a financial performance domain (e.g, general ledger, financial statements, tax returns) and a personnel domain (e.g., employee evaluation). In accordance with one aspect ofthe invention, files for the automation of these various business domains are integrated as part of a single database schema within a single database management system run on one or multiple servers. There results a very tight integration ofthe foregoing activities and other derivatives of those activities such as product forecasting and cash-flow analysis. In particular, a universal financial report and trend report generator provides for general single or multiple General Ledger (GL) account code analysis including sales, cash flow and material.
Time-scale compression ofthe resulting integrated business automation process is achieved in two ways. First, the single database management system is Web-enabled, providing access anytime, anywhere. Second, triggers within the single database management system propagate activity from one business domain to a succeeding business domain (e.g., from shipping in the products domain to accounts payable in the payments domain) without duplication of human efforts. Data can only be entered once and is not ordinarily allowed to be changed or re- entered. Data entry is guided by a built-in best-practice knowledge base.
The integrated business automation process may be easily modularized if desired by restricting access to only files belonging to selected business domains. Hence, unlike conventional business automation suites that provide separate software modules that may be acquired separately and linked together (with sustantial data duplication), in the case ofthe present integrated business automation process, a customer receives everything but may only pay for be given access to a subset of files — e.g. AP/AR files. Later the customer may decide to pay for added capabilities. Such a change in capabilities may be readily administered remotely through the Web. In this manner, the customer is able to "pick and choose" the capabilities that the customer wants to use.
An outside Web user may also pick and choose the capabilities that the user wants to use. For example, orders may be placed by phone or fax but tracked via the Web. Or a user may use the Web only to check the amount owed on open invoices. Others user may use the Web from start to finish, to order products, track orders, track payments, etc.
Extensive measures are taken to ensure that the integrated business process is, to the greatest extent possible, error-free. Only a limited number of controlled entry points to the system are provided. At each entry point, entry validation is performed at the time of entry. Because the business process is integrated, validation may be more extensive and hence more effective than in typical systems. A periodic update process is also performed is which checks are made, including cross- checks between records of files belonging to different business domains. The system is in effect a closed system where all entries must balance appropriately. The nightly update is able to catch and flag errors (or possible errors) that may have occurred despite entry validation, including hardware or system errors, software bugs, and human errors. As errors become apparent that have escaped detection by the system, the foregoing mechanisms may be readily revised to prevent future such occurrences. Programmed process intelligence therefore continually increases as errors are detected, flagged, and trouble-shooted so as to add to the wealth ofthe knowledge base and improve the process methodology. At the same time, dynamic workflow makes possible the re-navigation of existing workflow components.
The integrated processes also automates returns and credits both on the customer side and the vendor side. Returns and credits may be necessitated by user errors that go undetected by the system, by overcharges for freight, or numerous other circumstances. Returns are only one important example of what is more generally a reversal process, or catch-all, for mistakes during work-in-progress and for post-sale activity. Return requests, Return Merchandise Authorizations, credit memos and accounting adjustments may all be handled electronically.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWING
The present invention may be further understood from the following description in conjunction with the appended drawing. In the drawing:
Figure 1 is a block diagram illustrating conceptually a conventional business process;
Figure 2 is a block diagram illustrating conceptually an automated business process in accordance with the present invention;
Figure 3 is a generalized block diagram of a system for business-to-business Web commerce in accordance with an exemplary embodiment ofthe invention;
Figure 4 is an illustration of a starting Web screen display; Figure 5 is an illustration of a first product categories screen display;
Figure 6 is an illustration of a further product categories screen display;
Figure 7 is an illustration of still a further product categories screen display;
Figure 8 is an illustration of a screen display displaying printer cables;
Figure 9 is an illustration of a shopping basket screen display;
Figure 10 is an illustration of a screen display allowing the user to search for products by manufacturer;
Figure 11 is an illustration of a multi-search screen display;
Figure 12 is an illustration of a core products search screen display;
Figure 13 is an illustration of a core products search results screen display;
Figure 14 is an illustration of a Products Search /PID screen display;
Figure 15 is an illustration of a PID search results screen display;
Figure 16 is an illustration of a PID screen display;
Figure 17 is an illustration of a Products Search/ APL screen display;
Figure 18 is an illustration of a Products Search/Previous Quotes screen display;
Figure 19 is an illustration of a quotes search results screen display;
Figure 20 is an illustration of a quote screen display;
Figure 21 is an illustration of a PID maintenance screen display;
Figure 22 is an illustration of an active PEDs screen display;
Figure 23 is an illustration of an APL maintenance screen display;
Figure 24 is a company APL maintenance screen display;
Figure 25 is an illustration of a return request screen display;
Figure 26 is an illustration of an RMA multi-search screen display;
Figure 27 is an illustration of an RMA search results screen display;
Figure 28 is an illustration of an RMA record screen display; Figure 29 is an illustration of a tracking screen display;
Figure 30 is an illustration of a sales order status screen display;
Figure 31 is an illustration of a sales order search results screen display;;
Figure 32 is an illustration of a Tracking — Return Product and Service Part Status screen display;
Figure 33 is an RMA status search results screen display;
Figure 34 is an illustration of a more detailed RMA status screen display;
Figure 35 is an illustration of a Tracking — Product Purchase History screen display;
Figure 36 is an illustration of a Tracking — Product Return History screen display;
Figure 37 is an illustration of a return history search results screen display displaying search results;
Figure 38 is an illustration of a Reports screen display;
Figure 39 is an illustration of a Back Order Reports screen display;
Figure 40 is an illustration of a Monthly Sales Reports screen display;
Figure 41 is an illustration of a resulting search results screen display;
Figure 42 is an illustration of a Packing Slips screen display;
Figure 43 is an illustration of a resulting search results screen display;
Figure 44 is an illustration of a packing slip screen display displaying a selected packing slip;
Figure 45 is an illustration detailing the authority of various internal users with respect to security parameters in accordance with an exemplary embodiment;
Figure 46 is a diagram of a typical lineage (authority) tree;
Figure 47 is an illustration of a database customer screen display;
Figure 48 is an illustration of a company price list screen display;
Figure 49 is an illustration of one of a series of dialogs used to set Web authority for an employee of a customer;
Figure 50 is an illustration of another of a series of dialogs used to set Web authority for an employee of a customer;
Figure 51 is an illustration of another of a series of dialogs used to set Web authority for an employee of a customer;
Figure 52 is an illustration of another of a series of dialogs used to set Web authority for an employee of a customer;
Figure 53 is an illustration of another of a series of dialogs used to set Web authority for an employee of a customer;
Figure 54 is an illustration of a dialog used to confirm employee information at the conclusion of Web authorization;
Figure 55 is an illustration ofthe corresponding screen display as shown in Figure 48, following Web authorization;
Figure 56 is a block diagram of a conventional Web commerce computer architecture in which different functions are automated on different computing platforms, necessitating multiple interfaces;
Figure 57 is a block diagram ofthe present Web commerce computer architecture in which all functions are automated on a single Web-enabled database, necessitating only a single interface;
Figure 58 is an illustration of a partial database schema of one implementation ofthe system of Figure 3, showing primary files and relationships;
Figure 59 is a block diagram illustrating an automated business process in accordance with an exemplary embodiment ofthe invention;
Figure 60 is an illustration of a Sales-MWS screen display;
Figure 61 is an illustration of a Quote screen display;
Figure 62 is an illustration of a Products screen display;
Figure 63 is an illustration of a MWS screen display;
Figure 64 is an illustration of a Purchasing view of a PRIS (Purchasing/ Shipping/Receiving/Installation) screen display;
Figure 65 is an illustration of a Receiving view ofthe PRIS screen display;
Figure 66 is an illustration of an Installation view ofthe PRIS screen display;
Figure 67 is an illustration of a Shipping view of the PRIS screen display;
Figure 68 is an illustration of a PRIS Item Detail screen display; Figure 69 is an illustration of an Expedite view ofthe PRIS screen display;
Figure 70 is an illustration of an Ordered Not Received screen display;
Figure 71 is an illustration of a Received Not Shipped screen display;
Figure 72 is an illustration of an Expedite pop-up, allowing expedite status to be set from a MWS screen display;
Figure 73 is an illustration of an RMA screen display;
Figure 74 is an illustration of an Add RMA screen display used to initially create an RMA;
Figure 75 is an illustration of an RMA add records screen display used to add information to an RMA;
Figure 76 is an illustration of an RMA Automatic Request Completion file;
Figure 77 is an illustration of an RMA Automatic Approval Limit file;
Figure 78 is an illustration of a Customer RMA Automatic Approval file;
Figure 79 is an illustration of a Vendor RMA Automatic Approval file;
Figure 80 is an illustration of a Manufacturer RMA Automatic Approval file;
Figure 81 is an illustration of a Web page used to automatically provide a customer with an RMA number in accordance with the foregoing automatic approval process;
Figure 82 is an illustration of a Sales Tax Register screen display, including formulas used to calculate figures to be entered within each line of a sales tax return;
Figure 83 is an illustration of a Customer Invoices screen display;
Figure 84 is an illustration ofthe Customer Invoices screen display showing collections information within a pop-up window;
Figure 85 is an illustration ofthe Customer Invoices screen display showing collections information by customer within a pop-up window;
Figure 86 is an illustration of a Customer Payments screen display;
Figure 87 is an illustration of an OverUnderPay screen display;
Figure 88 is an illustration of an OverUnderPay details screen display;
Figure 89 is an illustration of a Vendor Invoices screen display; Figure 90 is an illustration of an AP Add Invoices screen display;
Figure 91 is an illustration of a Vendor Invoice display;
Figure 92 is an illustration of a Daily Vendor Verification screen display;
Figure 93 is an illustration of a Vendor Payment Register screen display;
Figure 94 is an illustration of an Add Invoices screen display having superimposed thereon a dialog window used to enter the period for a freight bill;
Figure 95 is an illustration of an Accounting Setup defaults screen display;
Figure 96 is an illustration of a display screen used to add an account to a Chart of Accounts file;
Figure 97 is an illustration of a Chart of Accounts screen display;
Figure 98 is an illustration of a Chart of Accounts — Account Detail screen display;
Figure 99 is an illustration of an Accounts Receivable Customer Setup screen display;
Figure 100 is an illustration of an Accounts Receivable screen display;
Figure 101 is an illustration of an Accounts Receivable — Account Detail screen display;
Figure 102 is an illustration of an Accounts Payable Partner Setup screen display;
Figure 103 is an illustration of an Accounts Payable screen display;
Figure 104 is an illustration of an Accounts Payable — Account Detail screen display;
Figure 105 is an illustration of an account distribution pop-up screen used to allocate an invoice amount between different accounts;
Figure 106 is an illustration of a General Journal output screen display;
Figure 107 is an illustration of General Journal input screen display;
Figure 108 is an illustration of a screen display used for financial report definition;
Figure 109 is an illustration of a resulting financial report;
Figure 110 is an illustration of a screen display used for trend report definition; Figure 111 is an illustration of screen display including a dialog used to select trend frequency;
Figure 112 is an illustration of screen display including a window in which trend report data are displayed;
Figure 113 is an illustration of a trend report graph screen display;
Figure 114 is a block diagram of a human resource infrastructure for a virtual organization performance evaluation model;
Figure 115 is an illustration showing in greater detail portions ofthe human resource infrastructure of Figure 114;
Figure 116 is an illustration of a file structure used to track all performance metrics of interest;
Figure 117 is an illustration showing in greater detail the Factual Measurement Review process of Figure 115;
Figure 118 is an illustration of a seris of selection menus used to select an employee for whom a factual employee evaluation report is to be displayed;
Figure 119 is an illustration of screen displays used to display factual performance analysis results in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the invention;
Figure 120 is an expanded view ofthe multiple period screen display of Figure 119;
Figure 121 is an illustration of a dialog displayed as a result of qualification of user inputs during the course of adding invoices;
Figure 122 is an illustration of a further dialog of a similar type as that of Figure 121;
Figure 123 is an illustration of yet a further dialog of a similar type as that of Figure 121;
Figure 124 is a partial illustration of a pop-up menu of options available during vendor invoice display;
Figure 125 is a partial illustration of a pop-up menu of options available during vendor invoice display, showing options not shown in Figure 124;
Figure 126 is an illustration of a pop-up menu of options available during customer invoice display;
Figure 127 is an illustration of a pop-up menu of options available during display of items sold;
Figure 128 is an illustration of a pop-up menu of options available during display of sales records;
Figure 129 is a block diagram illustrating a knowledge base, the expression ofthe knowledge base in screen displays ofthe present system, and a manner in which the knowledge base is increased;
Figure 130 is an illustration of an RMA Reports screen display;
Figure 131 is an illustration of an RMAs pending approval screen display;
Figure 132 is an illustration of an open RMAs screen display;
Figure 133 is an illustration of a Shipping Reports screen display;
Figure 134 is an illustration of a summary shipping report screen display;
Figure 135 is an illustration of a detailed shipping report screen display;
Figure 136 is an illustration of a POD screen display;
Figure 137 is an illustration of an Accounting Reports screen display;
Figure 138 is an illustration of a date-range-limited accounting report screen display;
Figure 139 is an illustration of an invoice screen display;
Figure 140 is an illustration of a multiple invoice search screen display;
Figure 141 is an illustration of a customer collections screen display, showing a Get Problems dialog;
Figure 142 is an illustration ofthe customer collections screen display showing a Searches pick box;
Figure 143 is an illustration ofthe customer collections screen display showing a Select Problem dialog;
Figure 144 is an illustration ofthe customer collections screen display showing a Select Tickler dialog;
Figure 145 is an illustration of a purchasing output screen display;
Figure 146 is an illustration of an expediting output screen display;
Figure 147 is an illustration of a receiving output screen display;
Figure 148 is an illustration of an installation output screen display; Figure 149 is an illustration of a shipping output screen display;
Figure 150 is a flow diagram illustrating a percolation process for purchasing;
Figure 151 is a flow diagram illustrating a percolation process for receiving;
Figure 152 is a flow diagram illustrating a percolation process for shipping;
Figure 153 is a flow diagram illustrating a percolation process for installation/assembly;
Figure 154 is a flow diagram illustrating supply chain integration/management features ofthe present invention;
Figure 155 is a diagram of a first electronic template for specifying a customized business relationship;
Figure 156 is a diagram of a second electronic template for specifying a customized business relationship;
Figure 157 is a block diagram of a client/server business automation system in which a common database supports both end-to-end business process automation and sales force automation;
Figure 158 is a more detailed representation of sales force automation capabilities ofthe the system of Figure 157;
Figure 159 is a detailed listing of RMA types and sub-types;
Figure 160 is an illustration of a screen display showing customer-specific automatic RMA approval criteria; and
Figure 161 is an illustration of a Sales Force Automation screen display.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
Architecture
Referring now to Figure 2, the present automated business process may be imagined as a kind of information assembly line. A first system user, or "information worker," having for example a Sales assignment or activity focus, initiates an automated, end-to-end business process by entering information into a client/ server single relational database, which forms a common hub ofthe automated business process. The user's entry is qualified, or "quality checked," as repre- sented by a checkvalve. Such qualification is "experiential," i.e., derived from actual business experience, and differs qualitatively from the type of data validation typically performed in database systems. If the user's entry fails scrutiny by the system, it cannot be committed to the database. Similarly, the business process cannot continue to the next user. As a result in part of such experiential qualification, verifiable and usable management and enterprise information may be made readily available.
In the case of conventional systems, by contrast, a team of software engineers write an application based on input from groups of users from different departments to produce a definitive, linear workflow. The users, however, cannot anticipate the need for various features prior to using the software. Furthermore, the conception ofthe programmers may often differ significantly from that ofthe users. The result often leaves much to be desired. In SAP, BAAN, and other database systems, exceptions to the workflow must all be programmed. Updates are delayed until the next version ofthe software, at which point the same cycle repeats. Meanwhile, users suffer. Furthermore, because different users have different concerns, little consideration is given to the up-stream and down-stream effects of different user's actions. There results a "disconnect" between the behavior of the system and day-to-day real- world needs.
In the present system, navigation ofthe workflow is soley determined byt he access authority ofthe user. Workflow components are all pre-existing and preprogrammed. User inputs to the system, however, do undergo a qualification process. Qualification of user inputs has multiple facets. First, each user is accorded limited access privileges. An authority check is therefore performed to ensure that the user is authorized to make the entry being attempted. Second, the entry is checked in accordance with business rules that embody best practice as determined from an analysis of expected parameters and how various values of those parameters affect possible outcomes downstream. Thirdly, entries, even after then are committed to the database, are subjected to intelligent consistency checks in order to detect discrepancies and provide feedback to allow for correction. If input qualification is successful, then succeeding events in the sequential business process are triggered.
Each worker in turn builds upon the information base established by preceding workers, and each workers entries are rigorously qualified. For example, following sales, process flow may continue to Sales Support, Accounting, Purchasing, Receiving, Assembly, and Shipping.
During the process external influences occur. An external influence may be a communication from a customer or vendor, for example, to either convey information or to view information stored in the central database. An example of an external influence might be a vendor special rebate. Information may be conveyed by electronic means (e.g., Internet, intranet, EDI, satellite, remote terminal direct- dial), human-mediated telecommunications (e.g., email, phone, fax), or by physical means (letter, visit, etc.).
As compared with the conventional business process of Figure 1, the circular automated business process of Figure 2 revolves around a single integrated database that accumulates information regarding every important activity of every user and defines a non-repetitive process. Furthermore, as compared to the essentially non-reversible process of Figure 1, the process of Figure 2 is reversible. As seen in Figure 2, following Shipping is a Return/RMA (Return Merchandise Authorization) activity, or, more generally, a reversal activity. This activity enables the forward process to be reversed, or backed out of step-by-step, as part ofthe overall automated business process.
The cumulative nature ofthe database of Figure 2 and the sequential nature ofthe business process enables incisive factual analysis in the areas of employee/ vendor performance and customer satisfaction, promoting fairness and personal responsibility. Whereas a human supervisor may effectively supervise only a lim- ited number of employees, the database-implemented business methodology of Figure 2 provides for each employee what may be regarded as a "virtual mentor:" the user is guided during use ofthe system to prevent common mistakes (in fact, all mistakes made collectively by the all ofthe user's predecessors functioning in the same assignment), and the user's performance is continuously tracked and made accessible. Strengths and weaknesses in the employees performance may recommend certain changes in assignments — which changes may be made relatively easily by the employee because ofthe intuitiveness and intelligence ofthe system. An important aspect of virtual mentoring is an "open-book" information access policy: users, although they may limited access to input information, typically have few if any limits on access to information. The virtual mentoring process, described in greater detail hereinafter, promises to make the virtual office and telecommuting, with all its attendant advantages, a practical reality for a much wider segment ofthe workforce.
Referring now to Figure 3, a block diagram is shown of a computing environment in which the present invention may be used. A Web-enabled, client/server relational database management system (DBMS) is provided storing a database including files belonging to different business domains, e.g. a products domain, a payments domain, a financial performance domain and a personnel domain. (The term "product" is used generically herein to refer to items sold and may be tangible goods, financial products, subscriptions — anything that may be bought and sold in a discrete transaction.) Also provided are code modules pertaining to each ofthe different domains. Customers and vendors may obtain access to the database through the Internet or the like. The physical location ofthe database therefore becomes irrelevant — the database can be everywhere in the world, either through wired communications or wireless communications. A firewall (or other security scheme, such as encryption, implemented in either hardware or software) may be provided between the Internet and the Web interface ofthe DBMS. Internal clients may be connected to the DBMS through a local area network (LAN) or through an intranet, using the Web interface.
Web User Interface
The Web interface to the database, particularly as seen by the customer, will presently be described in greater detail.
Referring now to Figure 4, within a principal navigation path a Web user is presented with buttons representing various options. In an exemplary embodiment, these options relate to, respectively, products, returns/repair, tracking, reports, accounting and log off. Two further options are also presented, PID maintenance and APL maintenance, the functions of which will be made clear hereafter.
In the example of Figure 4, the Products button is assumed to have been selected, resulting in the display of various search options. In the illustrated embodiment, Options 1-4 draw from an electronic products catalog directly. A product listing may be obtained by product category, all manufacturers (Option 1) or a single manufacturer (Option 2), or by manufacturer, description or part number (Options 3 and 4). Options 5-8 do not draw from the electronics products catalog directly but instead allow ordering to be performed without interacting directly with an electronic products catalog as described hereafter.
Selecting Option 1 causes a screen such as that of Figure 5 to be displayed, in which various product categories are displayed next to corresponding buttons. When the "Accessories & Supplies" button is selected, a screen such as that of Figure 6 is displayed, in which various sub-categories of products are displayed next to corresponding buttons. This division and sub-division may have any number of levels. In the illustrated embodiment, selection ofthe "Cables & Connectors" button causes a screen such as that of Figure 7 to be displayed, showing still a further level of sub-division. When the "Printer" button is selected, a screen such as that of Figure 8 is displayed, showing printer cables from the electronic product catalog. The user may check items of interest and click on "Show Selected Items," whereupon only the checked items are displayed. The user may search within the selection, reset (causing all ofthe items to again be displayed) or initiate a new search by clicking on corresponding buttons at the bottom ofthe page. For example, if the user checks the first item and clicks "Show Selected Items," a "shopping basket" screen such as that of Figure 9 is displayed. The user may return to the previous products list, search for more items, create a quote with the displayed items by entering a quantity for each item, or empty the shopping basket.
Selecting Option 2 from the product search page (Figure 4) causes a screen such as that of Figure 10 to be displayed. The user inputs a manufacturer's name, or clicks on a letter ofthe alphabet to choose from a list of manufacturers whose names begin with that letter.
Selecting Option 3 from the product search page (Figure 4) causes a screen such as that of Figure 11 to be displayed. The user inputs one or more ofthe following items of information: manufacturer, item description and manufacturer part number. Multiple part numbers may be entered and search simultaneously by clicking the "Search multiple products" button.
Selecting Option 4 from the product search page (Figure 4) causes a screen substantially similar to that of Figure 10 to be displayed.
Selecting Option 5 from the product search page (Figure 4) causes a screen such as that of Figure 12 to be displayed. This screen is similar to that of Figure 11. However, instead of merely searching the electronic catalog, the search identifies products that meet the criteria specified and that have previously been purchased on the user's account ("core products"). The search may be date limited. Alternatively, the user may choose to display all core products by clicking the corresponding button. Figure 13, for example, shows a list of core products resulting from the search criterion "Compaq."
Selecting Option 6 from the product search page (Figure 4) causes a screen such as that of Figure 14 to be displayed. Rather than purchase products item by item, the present system allows the user to store groups of items that work together as pre-configured products, each identified by a user-assigned Product group ID (PID). The user may search for a specific PID or multiple specific PIDs, or the user may show all PIDs. An example of a screen display that results when the user clicks "Show all PIDs" is shown in Figure 15. PIDs may be regarded as a "favorite quotes" list that may be repeated reused by the user. An example of a PID is shown in Figure 16.
Selecting Option 7 from the product search page (Figure 4) causes a screen such as that of Figure 17 to be displayed. In addition to PIDs, the present system allows Approved Product Lists (APLs) to be stored, including both a company APL and a personal APL. The user may search an APL or show an APL in its entirety.
Selecting Option 8 from the product search page (Figure 4) causes a screen such as that of Figure 18 to be displayed. This option allows previous quotes to be found and displayed. The user may specify a particular quote by quote number or may display the quotes for the current day or the current week. The quote or quotes that are found are displayed within a screen display such as that of Figure 19. Selecting a quote and clicking "Show selected Quote" causes a screen such as that of Figure 20 to be displayed. Various actions may be taken with respect to the quote including: add/change/remove products; arrange the order of quote items; save the quote for future reference; place an order based on the quote; and duplicate the quote into a new quote. The user may also return to the last search results ofthe Products List.
PIDs and APLs may be maintained on-line by the user. Clicking on the PID Maintenance button within the screen of Figure 4 causes a screen such as that of Figure 21 to be displayed. The user may create a new PID or review existing PIDs. For example, clicking on the "Show PIDs currently Active" causes a screen such as that of Figure 22 to be displayed. The user may click on a PID number to view the PID in detail.
Clicking on the APL Maintenance button within the screen of Figure 4 causes a screen such as that of Figure 23 to be displayed. The user then chooses between company APL and personal APL. Clicking on "Company APL," for example, causes a screen such as that of Figure 24 to be displayed. The user may add or delete an item to or from the APL by manufacturer part number or take any of various action with respect to the APL, including: search for products to add to the APL; delete items from the APL; end APL maintenance; and sort APL items by part number, manufacturer, price or description.
Clicking on the Returns/Repair button within the screen of Figure 4 causes a screen such as that of Figure 25 to be displayed. This screen allows a user to identify, in any of various ways, a product to be returned or repaired. For example, the product may be identified specifically by serial number, asset tag number, or the order to which the product belongs can be identified by customer purchase order number, customer invoice number, customer Purchase Requisition Number (PRN), or customer Request For Quote (RFQ) number. Clicking on the "More Search Options" button causes a screen such as that of Figure 26 to be displayed. From this screen, the user can search for a product to be returned by manufacturer name, part number and/or purchase date. The user may also look up Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) records by date. Figure 27, for example, shows RMAs created between 6/2/98 and 7/1/98. Clicking on the RMA number causes the corresponding RMA record to be displayed as shown, for example, in Figure 28.
Clicking on the Tracking button within the screen of Figure 4 causes a screen such as that of Figure 29 to be displayed. The user selects the type of tracking information desired: sale order status, return product and service part status, product purchase history, or return and service history. If other status information is desired, the user may describe the desired information and submit a an email request. In essence, the present system allows remote users, including customers, vendors, manufacturers, etc., to view relevant status information pertaining to most or all ofthe product life cycle stages: purchasing, receiving, shipping, installation/assembly, billing, return/service, etc.
Clicking on "Sales Order Status" (Figure 29) causes a screen such as that of Figure 30 to be displayed. A sales order may be identified by customer purchase order number, customer invoice number, customer Purchase Requisition Number (PRN), or customer Request For Quote (RFQ) number or by identifying an item belonging to the order, by serial number or asset tag number. If the user does not have any of this information, the user may search for sales orders by manufacturer, part number, and/or date range. Figure 31, for example, shows the result of searching for sales orders by manufacturer (Compaq).
Clicking on "Return Product & Service Part Status" (Figure 29) causes a screen such as that of Figure 32 to be displayed. RMAs may be identified by RMA number, temporary case number, quote number, or by any ofthe various pieces of information referred to in previously (PO number, etc.). Figure 33, for example, shows RMAs identified by PO number. The user checks one or more RMAs of interest and then selects an action to take, e.g., "Get Freight Carrier & Tracking #" or "Ship to Address." Selecting "Get Freight Carrier & Tracking #" causes a screen such as that of Figure 34 to be displayed.
By clicking on "Product Purchase History" (Figure 29), the user may display by date range items previously purchased. Figure 35, for example, displays items purchased from Oct. 4, 1998 to Oct. 5, 1998. Similarly, clicking on "Product Return History" causes a screen such as that of Figure 36 to be displayed. Figure 37 displays items returned from Apr. 1, 1998 to May 1, 1998.
Clicking on the Reports button within the screen of Figure 4 causes a screen such as that of Figure 38 to be displayed. The reports may include such reports as the following: Back Order Reports, Monthly Sales Reports, Packing Slips, RMA Reports, Shipping Reports, etc.
Clicking on "Back Order Reports" (Figure 38) causes a screen such as that of Figure 39 to be displayed. Some units of an item may have been shipped but not all. If so, the 1st Ship and Last Ship fields indicate when the first unit of that item was shipped and when the last unit was shipped.
Clicking on "Monthly Sales Reports" (Figure 38) causes a screen such as that of Figure 40 to be displayed. The user selects a date range or a month and clicks "Take Action." A display such as that of Figure 41 results, listing each item sold on the user's account during the period, including total quantity, total cost, average unit cost and number of times ordered. Also displayed is the status of each purchase order for the period, the grand total of all purchases for the period, and the number of orders.
Clicking on "Packing Slips" (Figure 38) causes a screen such as that of Figure 42 to be displayed. Packing slips may be searched by providing a piece of identifying information in similar manner as described previously or may be identified by month. Figure 43, for example, shows packing slips for the month of Oct., 1998. Clicking on the packing slip number causes the packing slip to be displayed, as shown in Figure 44.
Clicking on "RMA Reports" (Figure 38) causes a screen such as that of Figure 130 to be displayed. The user is presented with various options, for example, show approved RMAs, show pending RMAs, show all open RMAs, etc. Clicking on Option 1 causes a screen such as that of Figure 131 to be displayed. By clicking on an RMA number, details ofthe RMA may be displayed. Clicking on Option 2 causes a similar screen to be displayed, showing only RMAs that have been approved. Clicking on Option 3 causes a screen such that of Figure 132 to be displayed, showing all open RMAs.
Clicking on "Shipping Reports" (Figure 38) causes a screen such as that of Figure 133 to be displayed. The user is prompted to specify a date range for gener- ating a shipping report. Clicking on "Submit" causes a screen such as that of Figure 134 to be displayed, summarizing the number of shipping records found. Clicking on "Show All Details" causes a screen such as that of Figure 135 to be displayed. Items shipped during the specified period are displayed by PO number. Clicking on "POD" for a particular item causes Proof of Delivery information for that item to be displayed as shown, for example, in Figure 136. In addition, the user may request email status updates for an order by clicking the corresponding link. As the order status changes, the user will then be automatically informed by email.
Clicking on the Accounting button within the screen of Figure 4 causes a screen such as that of Figure 137 to be displayed. The user can retrieve particular invoices and credit memos by supplying any of various pieces of identifying information, or can retrieve invoices and credit memos by date range. Retrieving by date range causes a screen such as that of Figure 138 to be displayed. By clicking on the appropriate button, the user can display a selected invoice, purchase order, or packing slip. Clicking an invoice button, for example, causes a screen such as that of Figure 139 to be displayed.
The user can also enter a list of invoice numbers to be retrieved. More particularly, selecting Option 8 within the screen of Figure 137 causes a screen such as that of Figure 140 to be displayed. The user can then enter as many invoice numbers as desired.
A user may create one or more quotes but not act on the quotes for a considerable period of time. The quotes serve as an expression of interest on the part ofthe user. As time passes, however, the liklihood of a quote becoming an order decreases. In accordance with one aspect ofthe invention, such quotes are automatically identified, and communication with the users is undertaken so as to increase the liklihood of quotes being converted to orders. The communication may be Web-based and may, for example, take the form a promotional offer. As may be appreciated from the foregoing description, the system provides for "information-rich" invoice payment status tracking and display. The simple knowledge that an invoice is open (has not been paid) is of little value. The more pressing question is why a customer invoice should be paid (e.g, has a return question been resolved?) or why vendor invoice has not been paid (e.g., was sales tax incorrectly charged?). The present system is designed to track such invoice payment status information. Because the database is Web-enabled, the same information may be readily displayed to customers and vendors, avoiding the need for telephone calls, "telephone tag," etc.
The present Web user interface is designed to accomodate a wide range of users, ranging from unsophisticated to sophisticated. To accomodate the unsophisticated user, any of various bits or pieces of information may be used to retrieve a record, for example the approximate purchase date. To accomodate the sophisticated user, multiple identifiers may be entered at a time in order to retrieve multiple records at a time, e.g., multiple part numbers, invoice numbers, RMA numbers (Return Merchandise Authorization numbers, described more fully hereafter), etc. This feature allows a user to quickly access a collection of desired information quickly with a single click. This feature is especially powerful in connection with RMAs. Instead of selecting items one at a time in order to create return requests, a user may enter several or many identifiers of a particular type (e.g., P.O. numbers, invoice numbers, asset tag numbers, etc.) and create a corresponding number of return requests.
Preferably, this same multiple-entry feature is provided in an internal client user interface in addition to the Web user interface.
Web Security
Doing business electronically poses various security risks. In the case of consumer-oriented Web commerce, much attention has been focused on secure transmission of credit card numbers and various security mechanism have been made available. In the case of business-to-business Web commerce ofthe type described, payment is usually not by credit card except for very small transactions. Instead, security risks involve potential abuse ofthe system by external parties or even internal parties. The present invention implements various security mechanisms to eliminate or minimize the potential for such abuse. Fundamentally, the security mechanisms are based on concepts of authority and lineage. A simple example is that the ship-to address for an order cannot be changed on-line. This prevents someone from ordering products and having them sent to their home or elsewhere.
Lineage relates authority to organizational hierarchy. The organizational hierarchy of Web users for a particular customer may be represented in tree fashion. A user at the leaf level may be given authority to get quotes but not to place orders. A user at a next-higher level may be given authority to view the quotes of users within a limited sub-tree and may be given limited authority to place orders. A user at the root ofthe tree may be given unlimited authority, from the standpoint ofthe customer, to view quotes of any user and place orders in any amount.
Referring generally to Figure 46, in the case of a typical company, various end users will be given different levels of authority, e.g., to create quotes but not purchase, to track orders, to perform returns, to view order information via the Web, or, in the most limited case, to have no access to Web purchasing information. To initiate the purchase process, an end user makes a quote request to his or her supervisor, who must approve the request. The request may require multiple further approvals, for example of an MIS department, an accounting department, a material management department, etc. In a typical scenario, the material management department will forward an approved request to a purchasing department. Authorized persons within the purchasing department may then send an order via the Web. In every instance, when Web access is attempted (and in fact every time a TCP packet is received), a user's authority is checked and that user's interaction via the Web is limited to the scope of that authority.
External Web authority information is stored for each customer in a customer file. An example of a customer record is shown in Figure 47. From the customer file, a company price list record such as that of Figure 48 may be displayed. For each customer, a price basis may be agreed upon for items that the customer buys regularly. External Web authority information is stored as part ofthe customer price list.
The manner in which a external Web user's authority is specified is illustrated in a series of figures beginning with Figure 49. First, the user's name is entered, first name (Figure 49) then last name (Figure 50). An employee number may then be entered (Figure 51), absent which an arbitrary employee number is generated automatically. A dialog then asks whether the user is authorized to make Web purchases (Figure 52). If the user is authorized to make Web purchases, then a further dialog calls for a purchase limit, if any, to be specified (Figure 53). A confirmation dialog is then displayed (Figure 54). The customer price list record following addition ofthe Web user with specified authority is shown in Figure 55.
The specific limits placed on a user's purchase authority may vary. Other examples of limits that may be desired by some companies are a limit on the number of purchase orders per day, a limit on the total amount of purchase orders per day, a time-of-day limitation as to when orders may be placed, etc. Various other security parameters may be added. Such limits may be set and changed remotely via the Web and given immediate effect within the system.
Limits are also placed on internal users access to security parameters so as to provide customer assurance that there exists no potential for internal abuse of the system (e.g, authorizing a crony to make illicit purchases on a customer account). A user may have authority to use (view) but not approve changes to certain security parameters, and may have authority to use and approve changes to other security parameters. In an exemplary embodiment, the authority of various users is set as illustrated in Figure 45.
Catalog Management
In the case of a company based on the conventional model of real inventory, Web catalog management is relatively straightforward. In the case of a company based on the model of virtual inventory, "the world is your warehouse." Intelligent catalog management is therefore of vital importance. Intelligent catalog management, in an exemplary embodiment, is based on a concept of "baseline." A baseline is a collection of products that functions as a standard of comparison. In an exemplary embodiment, there is both a vendor baseline and a customer baseline. Using the baseline concept, a product list without duplicates may be displayed. Furthermore, there may be displayed to the customer only products that there is some reasonable likelihood ofthe customer buying.
On the vendor side, one vendor is selected to serve as the baseline vendor. The baseline vendor will typically be a vendor found to have the most comprehensive inventory, the most useful categorization scheme, etc., and may be varied as often as desired. To create an update baseline, product listings of vendors are compared with the current baseline. If a product is already part ofthe baseline, as determined by manufacturer part number, then the product is grouped under the same baseline listing. For example, the same computer may be available through multiple different vendors. Rather than creating multiple product listings for the same product, these multiple product listing are consolidated under a single baseline product listing. If a product is not in the baseline, it may be added to a "supplemental baseline." If the baseline vendor does not carry a particular product but one or more alternate vendors carry the product, then the product will be listed in the supplemental baseline, again without duplicates.
After an updated baseline has been compiled, it is compared with the previous baseline. A product listing may be found: 1) in the old baseline only; 2) in the new baseline only; or 3) in both. Product listings in categories 1 and 2 are flagged as discontinued products and new products, respectively.
During the foregoing process, product cost and customer pricing information is updated. Also updated are URLs to vendor and manufacturer Web sites. These URLs may be used to refer Web users to these sites for product information. Product list updating may occur continuously or at regular intervals using "pull" technology, "push" technology, some combination ofthe two, or some other information retrieval technology or combination of technologies.
On the customer side, a customer baseline is formed by combining: 1) customer APLs (Approved Product Lists) for all customers or some subset of customers; and 2) historical purchase information, taking into account such factors as purchase date, volume, etc. There results a non-duplicative list of products customers have bought or are presently approved to buy. Products in the vendor baseline may be flagged as belonging or not belonging to the customer baseline.
As a result ofthe baseline concept and the power ofthe DBMS, great flexibility is provided in the manner in which products may be displayed. A user may search the product file and request to see new products, discontinued products, vendor baseline products, without duplicates, vendor baseline products expanded to show duplicates, customer baseline products, customer-specific APL products, etc. In this manner, the seeming chaos that would otherwise result from the "infinitude" of products embraced by the notion of virtual inventory is tamed and made manageable.
Much ofthe difficulty of successfully implementing a cohesive business- to-business Web commerce solution has resulted from different aspects of a company's business being automated on different computing platforms. As illustrated in Figure 56, for example, a product catalog may be implemented on one platform, shipping implemented on another platform, accounting implemented on still another platform, etc. To interface all of these different functions to the Web requires multiple interfaces. By using a single Web-enabled database and providing for all necessary functions within a single database schema, the present Web commerce solution avoids the daunting complexity characteristic ofthe prior art. Referring to Figure 57, a single universal interface may be used to place the entire contents ofthe database, or as much of those contents as desired, on the Web.
Database Schema
An important feature ofthe present system is that a single database, described by a single database schema, is used to automate an overall business process, end-to-end. To do so, the schema must, understandably, be quite complex. A general outline ofthe schema is shown in Figure 58. The complete schema, or structure diagram, is set forth as Appendix A.
Referring to Figure 58, the manner in which various automation processes relate on an inter-domain basis may be appreciated. The products domain is represented in approximately the upper third of Figure 58 and includes sales functions (5801) and shipping/receiving functions (5803). Purchasing and installation functions, now shown in Figure 58, are shown in the microfiche appendix. The payments domain is represented in approximately the middle third of Figure 58 and includes AP functions (5805), AR functions (5807) and return functions (5809). The financial performance domain is represented in approximately the lower third of Figure 58 and has financial information automatically posted to it from the payments domain, as described more fully hereinafter. The personnel domain is not shown in Figure 58 but draws upon information from the other domains in a manner described more fully hereinafter.
In an exemplary embodiment, the relational database management system provides both a "Quick Switch" option whereby any base table may be viewed or a "Related Switch" option (described in greater detail hereinafter) whereby a base table may be selected from which is then displayed a row related to a selected row in a current table. Various user options may be provided programmatically. Table 1 is a list of most of the base tables and corresponding options in an exemplary embodiment ofthe invention.
Table 1
Figure imgf000039_0001
Table 1
Figure imgf000040_0001
Table 1
Figure imgf000041_0001
Table 1
Figure imgf000042_0001
Table 1
Figure imgf000043_0001
Table 1
Figure imgf000044_0001
Table 1
Figure imgf000045_0001
Table 1
Figure imgf000046_0001
Table 1
Figure imgf000047_0001
Table 1
Figure imgf000048_0001
Various screen displays showing the options pop-up menu for that screen display are shown in Figure 124 through Figure 128.
Business Process — Overview
An overview ofthe present automated business process is shown in Figure 59. In an illustrated embodiment, the automated business process has nine entry points, designated E1-E9, at which users enter information into the system. Interaction with the system is carefully controlled and user inputs carefully qualified to ensure, to the greatest degree possible, error-free operation.
The business process is customer-driven. The first entry point El in the business process is Sales/RMAs. In response to a customer request, a user having responsibility for El enters information about the customer request into the database. If the request regards sales, the information is checked and converted to a Master Worksheet (MWS). At an entry point E2, the responsible user groups MWSs for purchasing and places orders. Information is assembled for later use in receiving (E3), installation (E4), and shipping (E5). Respective users at these entry points make entries into the database which as confirmed against the assembled Purchasing/Shipping/Receiving/Installation (PRIS) information to verify correctness.
Unlike prior art systems, the present system provides the option of carrying inventory or operating under the concept of virtual inventory. In accordance with the concept of virtual inventory, all ofthe goods available for purchase in all ofthe warehouses throughout the world are regarded as available inventory. Because the Web allows business to take place at light speed, the difference between physical inventory and no physical inventory can be merely the click of a button on a computer screen. As goods are received and shipped, these events are tracked by a virtual inventory process in which all items are presold. In one aspect ofthe invention, virtual inventory is defined as each vendor order item being related to at least one item sold record created in response to receiving user demand informa- tion directly from a user; i.e., the system is "demand driven."
Virtual inventory may be more fully understood in relation to the data processing concept of pipelining. Some delay occurs as the data pipeline is initially filled. Thereafter, results are produced at every cycle. The initial delay is the time required to perform a data operation on the data inputs. Similarly in the case of goods. An initial inventory of goods may be required to satisfy demand during a time period from when a demand is received until that demand can be filled — i.e., the manufacturing cycle. Thereafter, supply and demand should be exactly balanced. As demand increases and decreases, the rate of manufacture is varied accordingly such that supply and demand remain exactly balanced. In the case of a reseller, the manufacturing cycle is zero. The requirements for real inventory are therefore zero, enabling pure virtual inventory. In other businesses with non-zero manufacturing cycles (from days to weeks, months or years), the foregoing concept of virtual inventory may still be applied such that, in the "steady-state" condition, supply and demand remain exactly balanced.
Where physical inventory is required or desirable, it may be treated simply as an intemal demand as opposed to a customer demand. In both cases, the demand is represented by an MWS. In the case of intemal demand, however, the customer is the business itself.
Referring still to Figure 59, entry points E6 and E7 relates to customer and vendor payments, respectively. Assembled information is input to A/P and A/R modules. Customer payments are received and entered in conjunction with the A/P module. Vendor payments are made in conjunction with the A/R module.
A general ledger (GL) module tracks transactions and their financial implications in real time. It therefore receives information from the A/P, A/R and virtual inventory modules as well and entry points E6 and E7. Bank statement information is also input to the general ledger module at entry point E8.
The customer request, instead of being for sales, may be an RMA request. Information is then input from El to an RMA module. A reverse process in then executed, begun by an RMA number being communicated to the customer. In the typical case, the customer then returns merchandise authorized for return. The returned merchandise is received (entry point E3) in conjunction with the RMA module and receiving information portion ofthe assembled information. The RMA module communicates with the GL module so that appropriate accounting entries may be made.
The effect of the overall business process is two-fold. First, a response to the customer's input is produced and communicated back to the customer. Second, during the course ofthe business transaction, a wealth of historical data are accumulated that may then be subjected to factual analysis for purposes of ensuring customer satisfaction, evaluating employee performance, and evaluating vendor performance.
In the following description, the course of an order will be described within each ofthe domains identified in Figure 3, as follows: in the product domain, from quote to shipment, as well as return (although rather atypical, returns are nevertheless a common occurrence); in the payments domain, from invoice to payment (both customer and vendor); in the financial performance domain, from cashflow to financial statements; and finally, in the factual performance domain, from parameters such as time, quantity and dollar volume to individual and group employee performance.
Sales
As may be appreciated from the foregoing description, an order may be preceded by a quote. Quotes may be requested and orders may be placed in writing (e.g., by fax), verbally (e.g., by phone), or electronically via the Web. More generally, order information may be conveyed by electronic means (e.g., Internet, intranet, EDI, satellite, remote terminal direct-dial), human-mediated telecommunications (e.g., email, phone, fax), or by physical means (letter, visit, etc.). Regardless ofthe origin ofthe quote or order, the quote or order becomes a sales record.
A screen display that may be used to view sales records is shown in Figure 60. Quotes are each assigned a Quote number having a "Q" prefix. Orders are tracked via records referred to as "Master Work Sheets" (MWS). A Master Worksheet contains all ofthe vital information related to an order. As seen in Figure 60, orders are each assigned a MWS number having a MWS prefix. The screen display of Figure 60 includes a status column in which the status of each quote and order is indicated, e.g., WebSubmit, WebQuote, Purchasing, etc. The status of each record can therefore be readily ascertained and tracked.
Referring to Figure 61, the input layout of a quote is shown. During record input, the system prompts the user at every opportunity. For example, when the cursor is placed within the customer field, a list of previous customers is displayed. Assuming the customer is a repeat customer, the user can select the customer from the list. Various fields are then completed from information previously stored for that customer.
To add an item to a quote, the user clicks the "+" icon, followed by the "Go Prod" button. The Products file is then displayed, as shown in Figure 62. The Products file may contain hundred of thousands or even millions of product records of products from different vendors. When the user selects a product, the all ofthe relevant information for that product is transferred to the quote. To facilitate selection, the product file may be searched in various ways, e.g. by vendor, product category, etc. By searching the products file by manufacturer part number, the vendor offering the best price for a particular product may be identified.
When all items have been added, the user is asked to specify partial shipment status. The partial shipment status specifies what items, if any, can be shipped separately and what items, if any, are required to be shipped together. The user is further prompted to enter installation information and to ensure that all required cables, brackets, etc. have been ordered. In the case of computer equipment, for example, installation may involve installing a card or installing memory within a computer, loading software, etc. If installation is specified, installation charges are automatically added to the quote.
During the foregoing process, the user may enter notes within a screen 6101. This screen is displayed whenever the quote or MWS is displayed. If a quote is created on the Web, a separate notes screen is provided for customer notes. A corresponding notes screen for intemal use only is provided for all quotes.
When the quote is satisfactory, the user may then save the quote by pressing the post to purchasing button.
To ensure that a quote is correct, one or more additional review stages may be required before the quote is converted to an MWS for purchasing. For example, the quote may be reviewed by "inside sales" to make sure that any compatibility requirements have been met and that, from a technical viewpoint, there are no errors in the quote. In a further review stage, the quote may be compared to a paper purchase order, if one exists, to make sure there are no discrepancies. When the quote has passed whatever level of review is required, it is then marked reviewed and converted to an MWS. The format of an MWS is shown in Figure 63.
Note that, during the foregoing process, different people may have different limited privileges. Also, throughout the foregoing process and throughout the system generally, at each information entry point, the user's input is checked for accuracy in order to prevent common mistakes from occurring.
PRIS (Purchasing, Receiving, Installation, Shipping)
Purchasing, receiving, installation and shipping functions are closely interrelated. For this reason, preferably the output display/user interface presented during these different processes preserve a common look and feel.
Purchasing may be based on a real inventory model, a virtual inventory model, or a combination ofthe two. In the case ofthe virtual inventory model, automating purchasing functions in such as manner as to 1) scrupulously avoid physical inventory; and 2) achieve business scalability, becomes a challenge. The following description assumes that purchasing is based at least in part on a virtual inventory model.
A simplistic approach to purchasing is to treat each customer purchase order separately. Under this approach, however, the amount of work involved in purchasing is proportional to the number of customer purchase orders; business cannot achieve 100, 200 or 1000% growth in a short period of time without causing severe growing pains.
Instead, the purchasing module ofthe present system is designed for business scalability and maximum automation, allowing for dramatic growth without a dramatic increase in human effort and with little or no pain. Scalability is achieved by "commingling" customer orders in such as way that what appears to an outside vendor as a single large order is tracked within the system as a multitude of smaller orders.
Referring to Figure 64, purchase order sales actions result in MWS records, each MWS record including all ofthe relevant information required for purchasing. In an exemplary embodiment, this information includes intemal MWS number, customer P.O. number, sales cost, sales price, vendor, part number, manufacturer, manufacturer part number, installation grouping (within a particular MWS), shipping instructions, and stock/inventory status. Each MWS is assigned a unique MWS number which is used throughout the life of a transaction to differentiate distinct purchase orders. Any unique identifier may server the same purpose, including, for example, a material code number, a purchase requisition number, etc.
The design of a purchasing output display/user interface greatly simplifies the purchasing process. For each item to be purchased, a record is displayed including each ofthe foregoing pieces of information. Preferably, all ofthe head- ing allow for sorting on that heading. Furthermore, all items are selectable and may be expanded (by doubling clicking) into item details.
The user interface allows a variety of actions to be performed, including grouping items within the display, removing items from the display, cancelling or changing various aspects of an order, holding an item or splitting an item (e.g., in order to hold less than all ofthe items details belonging to an item), etc. In an exemplary embodiment, items may be grouped by stock status (B/O, short stock), by shipping instructions (partial shipment OK, no partial shipment), by vendor, by manufacturer, by MWSs including addendums, etc. Groups of items may be removed from the display, including any ofthe aforementioned grouping and install groups. An item sold (one or multiple physical items) may be removed or an item detail (a single physical item) may be removed. Cancellations and changes may be made to an item sold, an MWS, shipping method, and freight charges.
In accordance with the virtual inventory concept, items within a group (an installation group or a ship group, for example) are acted upon as a group. For example, if one ofthe items is removed from the purchasing screen (purchase of the item is delayed), all items in the group are removed from the display. Undes- ired inventory is therefore avoided. Otherwise, an item might be ordered and received only to find that it must be installed with or ship with an item that is back ordered. Valuable cash is then tied up in inventory waiting for the back-ordered item. The present system avoids such unwanted inventory.
In a typical scenario, a purchaser's work might proceed in the following manner.
1. Get all unfinished and new work (all items having no order date).
2. Select a subset of items to work and remove all other items from the output display.
3. Get all back ordered items and purchase them first. Eliminate related "no partial" items from the output display until the corresponding back- ordered item has been received.
4. Group items from different orders and possibly change vendor on some items to obtain quantity discounts, if possible.
5. Place order and repeat.
In a preferred embodiment, at least the latter two steps are performed via the Web or with information obtained via the Web. Orders may either be placed directly or posted for bid by interested vendors. Furthermore, in accordance with supply-chain management functions described more fully hereafter, a single purchase may be "broadcast" via the Web to all relevant vendors and manfacturers within a supply chain for that product.
Various user interface buttons relate to the actual placing of a purchase order. In a telephonic transaction, purchase cost (Pcost) on an item might be negotiated downward below the sales cost (Scost). By selecting an item and clicking on the button, the purchase cost may be input in the course of placing the order. A sales confirmation number may also be input by clicking on the corresponding button. An automatically generated PO number may be assigned by clicking on button. By clicking on the button, the output display is refreshed to remove from the display items that have been ordered. Simultaneously, the system marks the ordered items as ready to receiving, thus preparing the items for receiving.
More preferably, purchase orders, instead of being placed manually, are placed electronically by linking to the seller's network of vendors. Automated purchasing may occur continuously or at regular intervals using "pull" technology, "push" technology, some combination ofthe two, or some other information retrieval technology or combination of technologies.
Business rules guide the user to follow a pre-established routine for easily accomplishing complex business tasks including purchasing. Note, however, that dynamic workflow allows an experienced user with the requisite access authority to override business rules in order to handle new business requirements. This authority is in turn counter-balanced by various consistency checks throughout the system that ensure accountability.
Business rules implemented by the purchasing process include the following:
1. Items cannot be ordered before a quote is converted to a MWS.
2. Duplicate orders are not allowed by item or MWS.
3. Items can only be ordered from approved vendors.
4. Purchasing can only be done by authorized personnel.
5. Purchasing notes can only be viewed by authorized personnel.
6. Purchase costs can only be viewed by authorized personnel. Referring to Figure 65, purchasing information, derived from MWSs, is used in the receiving process. (An item must have been purchased to be received.) Returns (RMA) information, also derived from MWSs, is also used in the receiving process. (Return items must be received in order to give credit.)
When the receiving process is begun, only items sold having an order date but no receive date are displayed. Double clicking on a item causes specific receiving instructions for that item to be displayed, as described more fully hereinafter. The display format is very similar to that ofthe purchasing process. The possible actions that may be initiated, however, are particular to receiving. Those actions include 1) input actions; and 2) display actions.
Information input during receiving includes packing slip number, serial number (each physical item, where applicable), carrier, quantity, payment terms, number of boxes, condition upon receipt, etc. Batch input for all packing slips and items. The system automatically matches input with items that exist in the system such that the same item cannot be received twice, the wrong item cannot be received, a cancelled order cannot be received, etc.
Expected to receive will exclude refusal items. For example, a customer may change his or her mind after an order has been placed but before the item has been received. In this instance, a refuse instruction may be placed on the item to prevent it from being received.
As in the case of purchasing, in the case of receiving also, great benefit is obtained from allowing vendor access via the Web to see what products order from that vendor have been received. The vendor then obtains the information it requires to be truly responsive to its customer's needs.
Referring to Figure 66, installation is based on the same type of output display. However, only installation groups are shown. Items requiring no installation are not displayed. Furthermore, the user has the option to show all items requiring installation or to show only items requiring installation that have been received. The possible actions that may be initiated include 1) actions used to track installation in various different stages of completion; and 2) input actions, namely input of serial number and asset tag number. (Asset tag numbers may be affixed by prear- rangement with the customer and retained in the system indefinitely to assist the customer in accounting for equipment.)
An installation, once begun, may have several possible outcomes. In the typical case, the installation will be completed successfully and the installation group may be released for shipment. In other instances, installation may be only partially completed — e.g., manufacturer technical support may be required, additional parts may be required to complete installation, or additional installation may be required for some other reason. In some instances, the appropriate action may be disinstallation, for RMA purposes or for some other reason. All of these different stages of completion are tracked within the system.
Referring to Figure 67, the shipping process, like receiving, uses both purchase information and RMA information. The output display displays only items sold having a received date but no ship date. Double clicking on a item causes specific shipping instructions for that item to be displayed, as described more fully hereinafter. Input actions that may be initiated include inputting a shipping track- ing number, serial number (if not previously entered), customer specific number or asset tag number, claim value, carrier (or will call, which causes a local sales tax rate to be applied), payment terms, boxes, etc. Provision is also made to display only those items expected to ship, excluding refusal items, hold items and items with COD/cash terms.
Referring to Figure 68, throughout the foregoing processes, and in particular receiving, installation and shipping, notes conveying instructions regarding specific items may be displayed by double-clicking an item to cause a item detail display to appear. Included within the item detail display are several notes boxes, including boxes for unique installation notes, standard default notes from the customer file, unique shipping notes, standard default shipping notes from the vendor file (for RMA), RMA installation notes, receiving notes, etc.
The PRIS output display also includes an "Expedite" view, shown in Figure 69. The expedite function is to minimize delay in receipt of ordered products. Expedite actions include entering the Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA) of a product based on contact with the vendor and/or shipper and marking items in accordance with various expedite categories, as well as entering notes if necessary concerning the problem and expected solution.
In accordance with one embodiment ofthe invention, expedite information may be brought up from the MWS screen, as shown in Figure 70. In Figure 70, a radio button has been clicked to cause a Not Received Report to be displayed. This report shows percentage of order completion in terms of ordering, receiving and shipping, as well as the age ofthe order in days. Various filtering options are provided. Expedite status for each item may be entered by clicking on one of a large number of status buttons, e.g., "Urgent," "Wrong Product," etc. A Not Shipped report screen display is shown in Figure 71.
Expedite status may also be set using a more abbreviated expedite pop-up, shown in Figure 72. Figure 145 through Figure 149 show different output displays tailored for purchasing, receiving, installation and shipping in accordance with another embodiment ofthe invention. These output displays are different views ofthe same underlying data stored in the Item Detail records — the basis "currency" of the system.
Figure 145 shows a purchasing output display. Various columns are common to all ofthe PRIS output displays, e.g., MWS number and date, intemal PO number, customer name and PO number, item description, etc. Columns of particular interest for purposes of purchasing are Scost/Pcost (expected cost at time of sale and actual purchasing cost), Vendor/Conf#, Mfr./Vendor part number (PN), Lprice/Lcost (the last sales price and purchasing cost for this item), Rebate, Special, and Pcomments, or purchasing comments.
Figure 146 shows an Expedite output display. Of particular interest for purposes of expediting are Order/ETA (expected time of arrival at the time of order), Epd ET A Status (latest ETA, reason for delay, etc.) and Epd Condition.
Figure 147 shows a Receiving output display. Of particular interest for purposes of receiving is Receive Condition.
Figure 148 shows an Installation output display. Of particular interest for purposes of installation are Install/Date and Install Group. Items within a same install group are to be installed together to form a single functional product or assembly.
Figure 149 shows a Shipping output display. Of particular interest for purposes of shipping are Order/Reed and Ship Group. Items within a same ship group are to be shipped together.
As with both purchasing and receiving, preferably vendors are given access via the Web to expedite information relating to that vendor.
The foregoing principles explained in relation to PRIS may be adapted to other businesses in which, instead of installation, any type of transformation may be performed. In channel assembly, for example, parts are assembled into a product mere days or even hours before the product is shipped to a customer. The transformation may therefore be assembly instead of installation. In other businesses, the transformation may be quite different, e.g., testing, buming-in, mixing, aging, curing, machining, etc. The transformation may be a single-step transformation or a multiple-step transformation in which intermediate products are produced. Whatever the nature ofthe transformation, information conceming what materials have been transformed, various stages of transformation, etc., are tracked in the database. The purchasing, shipping and receiving functions described previously therefore become part of a comprehensive materials management system.
RMAs
Normally, the order will be successfully shipped to and received by the customer, who would then begin to use the products. In some instances, however, the product may not work as intended, the product may be lost or damaged in shipping, duplicate products may be shipped, or the customer may change his or her mind, necessitating that a product be returned. Returns are provided for through a Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) mechanism. The same mechanism may be used for other account adjustments other than actual returns, for example freight adjustments, etc. In fact, in some sense, the RMA mechanism may be regarded as a garbage can of sorts — any action that is later found to be incorrect, for any reason, can be reversed through the RMA mechanism. Furthermore, the existence of an RMA has immediate effect throughout the system, on purchasing, receiving, installation, shipping, accounts payable, and accounts receivable. For example, if an RMA is received and the corresponding vendor invoice has not yet been paid, the vendor invoice will not be paid until the return product is received and shipped back to the vendor and a credit received from the vendor. The immediacy ofthe effect of creating an RMA is achieved through the use of a central underlying table — item detail — that functions as the building block upon which other tables depend. In essence, most data is viewed within the system simply as a "window" into the item detail table.
An RMA may also be used for warranty replacement parts. This feature, coupled with Web access, allows customer's to track replacement parts themselves without contacting a technician or service representative. A customer may request an RMA in any ofthe ways previously described for obtaining a quote or placing an order. When an RMA request is received, an RMA record is created. An RMA screen display is shown in Figure 73.
Referring again to Figure 63, a MWS display includes an RMA button. When this button is clicked, the user is prompted to select an item from the displayed MWS for return. An Add RMA Record screen display such as that of Figure 74 is then used to specify return type, reason, etc. A typical RMA has two "sides," the customer side and the vendor side. When the item to be returned is selected, preferably both the customer side and the vendor side are filled out by the system. Any changes may be made from a screen display such as that of Figure 75. By clicking a button, the screen display of Figure 75 allows for display ofthe customer side only, the vendor side only, or both sides of the transaction, as well as claims information.
A return may be made for any of a number of different reasons. Different return types are therefore defined. Depending on the return type, some RMA fields will not be applicable. Preferably, the system is provided with sufficient intelligence to automatically fill in these fields as "N/A."
As shown in Figure 76, a lookup table may be used complete various fields of an RMA record based on the selected return type. If a return is for credit, for example, then return type 1 is the corresponding return type. Depending on whether payment was by check, credit card or credit memo, different fields may be applicable. In the present example, however, the mode of payment does not affect the manner in which the RMA is completed. As noted previously, an RMA has both a customer side and a vendor side. In Figure 76 therefore, each table cell has an upper half corresponding to the vendor side (V) and a lower half corresponding to the customer side (C). To take a few example fields, in the case of a return for credit, no replacement product is called for, hence the Repl MWS column is marked N, for no. Since no replacement product is expected, then on the vendor side, the Rec'd column is N/A, and on the customer side, the Ship column is N/A. Similar logic dictates the way in which the remainder ofthe table is completed.
Similar logic tables may be used to automatically approve RMAs and provide an RMA number instantaneously for most RMA requests. Again, approval has a customer side and a vendor or manufacturer side, at least in the case of a virtual inventory model. (RMAs eliminate, or at least minimize, the hazard of accumulating obsolete inventory as a result of retums.) In an exemplary embodiment, a series of limit checks are performed on an RMA request. Referring to Figure 77, a limit file is shown, having a customer portion, a vendor portion and a manufacturer portion. Assume once again that the return type is return for credit, and assume further that the payment mode was check. The first column has a Y value, indicating that automatic approval of RMAs of this return type are allowed. The next three columns relate to the manufacturer and contain the values Y, Y and N, respectively, indicating that for the RMA to be approved the manufacturer must allow retums, that the manufacturer must further allow open box retums, and that the time to RMA cannot exceed the manufacturer's allowed maximum time duration. For a particular manufacturer, the manufacturer's specific return policies are stored in a table such as that shown in Figure 78.
Referring again to Figure 77, the next two columns relate to vendor and contain the values N and N/A, respectively, indicating that the time to RMA cannot exceed the vendor's allowed maximum time duration and that the vendor's restocking fee policies are not applicable for this type of return. For a particular vendor, the vendor's specific return policies are stored in a table such as that shown in Figure 79.
Referring again to Figure 77, the next four columns relate to customer and contain the values N, N, N and N/A, respectively, indicating that the time to RMA cannot exceed the maximum time duration allowed for this customer, that there must be no restocking fee, that the sales price cannot exceed the maximum allowed for this customer, and that customer service fee policies are not applicable for this type of retum. For a particular customer, specific retum policies for that customer are stored in a table such as that shown in Figure 80.
If an RMA request meet all ofthe applicable automatic approval criteria, then it may be automatically approved, instantly, and an RMA number communicated to the customer as shown, for example, in Figure 81.
A more detailed listing of RMA types, subtypes and conditions is provided in Figure 159.
Business rules implemented by the RMA module include the following:
1. RMAs can only be created for items shipped to customer.
2. One item per RMA (quantities are OK).
3. Replacement Quotes are created by the user specifying the appropriate replacement product.
4. Generation of printed/faxed RMAs with Retum packing slips for customer use.
5. Receiving can only receive items from customers with valid RMA issued.
6. Wrong or defective products automatically create RMAs.
7. Replacement MWSs can only be shipped after being released by purchasing.
8. Vendor RMAs must have vendor RMA numbers before shipping.
9. Complete control of RMA module by executive group. One characteristic feature ofthe present system perhaps most evident in relation to RMAs is the display of information in a very complete way and in such a manner as to allow ready interaction. In conventional database applications, information is presented in simple row format within an output display. Multiple levels of "drill-down" may be required to display a particular detail. Furthermore, entry or manipulation of information can typically only be performed from a sepa rate input screen.
In the case ofthe present system, by contrast, as exemplified by the RMA display of Figure 73, records are presented in a very information-rich format. Entry or manipulation of information is enabled within the same screen display. In the case of RMAs, for example, a user with the proper authority is able to approve or cancel an RMA, change an RMA to a different type, release a replacement shipment, etc.
A further important feature also greatly facilitates convenient navigation and ease of use. In most systems, to display related records, a search editor is used to enter a search. In the present system, by contrast, a "related-switch" menu bar is provided within most displays. Using this related switch feature, a user may select one or more records within the output display and select a related file from a popup of related files. The system then searches in the related file for records related to the selected records and displays the related records in the output display format of the related file. In the case of RMAs, for example, the related switch capability may be used to switch to related customer invoices, vendor invoices, credit memos, etc. One file may be related to another file but only indirectly, through a third file. In this instance, an intermediate search is required, the results of which are not displayed. Of course, the number of intermediate files may be more than one.
Preferably, vendors are given access via the Web to RMA information pertaining to them. A vendor may then immediately provide an RMA number without requiring any human intervention.
With vendor access to purchasing information, receiving information, expedite information and RMA information pertaining to that vendor, a truly integrated supply chain results. Such an arrangment makes global commerce just as convenient as local commerce. For example, a seller may have ten or hundreds of vendors worldwide, many in locations where the time difference would ordinarily make doing business difficult and tedious. Such difficulty is removed in the case of the present system, because all ofthe intelligence needed to do business resides in the system and is readily accessible at each party's convenience wherever in the world that party may be.
As previously described in relation to PRIS, the present single-database system contains information about installation and product configuration. This information may be used to advantage to avoid a common problem encountered in relation to RMAs. When a product is returned that has other add-on products installed, the user may forget to remove these add-on products before shipping the product to be returned. For example, a printer may have installed a memory upgrade and a network card. If the printer is returned to the vendor with the memory upgrade and the network card installed, there is some likelihood ofthe memory upgrade and network card being removed during service and not re-installed. These add-on products may then become lost.
To avoid this problem, when an RMA is requested for a product that has had one or more add-on products installed, a dialog is displayed to the user reminding the user to remove the add-in products prior to shipping back the product. The same reminder may instead, or in addition, be sent by e-mail, fax, etc.
The PRIS capabilities described previously may also be used to advantage to track RMA status and display status information via the Web. The stages of an RMA typically include some or all ofthe following: 1) shipped from customer to reseller; 2) received by reseller; 3) shipped by reseller to vendor; 4) received by vendor; 5) shipped by vendor; 6) received by reseller from vendor; and 7) shipped from reseller back to customer. With the possible exception of number 5, status information with respect to each ofthe foregoing stages is available within the database or, in the case of number 4, through conventional electronic tracking services offered by carriers such as UPS, Federal Express, etc.
Design Philosophy: Self-Correcting Knowledge-Based System
The information-rich action-oriented displays previously mentioned are a manifestation of a design philosophy in which a system knowledge base is continuously expanded with user assistance and reflected in the manner in which users interact with the system. Other manifestations of this design philosophy are found in the options described previously (Table 1 and Figure 124 through Figure 128) and the experiential constraints alluded to previously and described in greater detail hereinafter. Referring to Figure 129, a knowledge base is initially created based on system analysis and design considerations, considering the range of possible outcomes at each stage ofthe business process, and considering further the goal of total automation, phones free and paper and pencil free. These system analysis and design consideration will necessarily be incomplete — hence the need for dynamic workflow. No pretense is made that a single predetermined workflow definition will prove adequate in practice.
The knowledge base affects user interaction with the system through two different kinds of displays, a data input display and a process display. The data input display is used to actually enter data into the system. During the course of data entry at entry points E1-E9 (Figure 59), rigorous entry qualification occurs to eliminate errors. In the case of PRIS, for example, during receiving, only ordered items are allowed to be received. To cite a further example, during vendor invoice entry, described hereinafter in relation to Figure 121 through Figure 123, the system detects an attempt to enter a duplicate invoice number and prevents the duplicate from being entered. The process display is used to act on the data within the system to move an item to the next stage, and in the course of such action has the effect of changing the status of records acted upon. In the case of RMAs, for example, the user may easily, with the click of a button, approve or cancel an RMA, issue a customer credit memo, change the N/A settings ofthe RMA, etc. In the case of expedite, the user may easily, with the click of a button, record the reason that a product has not been received. To cite further examples, in the case of vendor invoices and customer invoices, described hereinafter, the user may easily, with a click of a botton, mark a vendor invoice for approval or cause an aging report window to be displayed for customer invoices.
The knowledge base and the application of it to data input and user actions is what makes an automated, end-to-end, sequential business process possible. Depending on the skill level ofthe user, the user is given some level of authority ranging from minimum authority to maximum authority. For users with minimum authority, the system ensures that work gets done in a prescribed, correct manner. For users with greater authority, dynamic workflow provides myriad additional possibilities while maintaining accountability.
During use ofthe system, unanticipated circumstances are bound to arise in which the user cannot accomplish his or her task (or accomplish it as well) in a phones free, paper and pencil free manner using the current features ofthe system. In this event, the knowledge base ofthe system is then added to to solves the user's problem. In some instances, the user may be able to add to the knowledge base directly. For example, the user may wish to add a further retum type by adding an entry to the table of Figure 75. Similarly, in the case of factual performance evaluation, described hereinafter, the user may choose different performance metrics or combinations of metrics to be tracked and displayed. In other instances, adding to the knowledge base may require administrative intervention. In the case ofthe options of Table 1 and Figure 124 through Figure 128, adding further options may require the efforts of a programmer. Having described for an order the course of events in the product domain, the course of events in the payments domain will now be described, first in relation to sales tax and sales commissions, then in relation to customer payments and finally in relation to vendor payments.
Sales Tax and Sales Commissions
Sales tax and sales commissions are automatically computed and stored in the system based on applicable tax rates and commission rates.
In the case of sales tax, a sales tax table contains state tax rates and local tax rates. For a particular sale, the applicable tax rate is determined based on the ship-to address. Typically, preliminary tax payments are made each month and a final tax payment is made each quarter. Sales tax records are automatically added to a sales tax register (first prepayment, second prepayment, or final quarterly payment) for the appropriate period. As shown in Figure 82, the sales tax module automatically calculates the figures to be entered on each line of a sales tax retum, or may be programmed to print out the actual retum.
In the case of commissions, commission rates are stored within a Sales Rep file and a Sales Support file. Because each order is worked on by both outside sales and inside sales, each order will typically have two commissions. Commission records are created at the time a customer invoice is issued. Commissions are then approved and scheduled to a commission register for payment in a similar manner as accounts payable, described hereinafter. Multiple levels of commissions are provided for. A simple example of multiple commissions is where an outside salesperson responsible for customer interface is supported by an inside salesperson that reviews orders for correctness and troubleshoots the order, if necessary, during the fulfillment process. In more complex organization structures (e.g., multi-level marketing), the number of commissions may be greater than two.
Accounts Receivable When an order is shipped, a customer invoice is automatically issued, i.e., entered into the computer system. If paper invoices are required, then at regular intervals (each day, for example) an accounts payable clerk prints out, checks and mails customer invoices issued during the preceding interval. (Alternatively, the printing and mailing of customer invoices may also be automated.) In an exemplary embodiment, invoices are issued using the "Issue invoices" option within the customer invoice file. A customer invoice screen display is shown in Figure 83. With the passage of time from the invoice date, invoices pass from one category to another, e.g., 30 days, 60 days, 90 days, etc. At any time, the accounts payable clerk may view invoices within different categories. Also, as is the case with other output screen displays, the user is able to manipulate information and interact with the system, e.g., to analyze an account, add a comment or note, etc., all without paper and pencil.
Referring more particularly to Figure 84, from a MWS output screen display, the user can select a group of invoices and click on a collections button to cause a collections summary to appear. By further clicking on a By Customer button, the selected invoices are broken down by customer as shown in Figure 85.
When a customer payment is received, a payables clerk clicks an add record button to add a customer payment record. The clerk is then presented with a pick list of customers. The clerk selects the customer from which the payment has been received. The customer is then prompted in turn to enter the mode of payment (check, cash, etc.) and the payment date. A customer payment record such as that shown in Figure 86 is created. A payment may correspond to multiple invoices. The clerk enters from the check stub reference numbers and invoice numbers, as well as the respective amounts, for each invoice (or credit) to which the check purportedly applies. Referring to Figure 86, for example, the check #429069, as indicated on the check stub, pertains to five different items, or reference numbers, the first three of which are invoices and the last two of which (DM32890/4829 and DM32889/4695) are credits.
After the reference and invoice numbers have been entered from the check stub, the system attempts to match the entries to the corresponding invoices within the system. The clerk is prompted to enter the type of each item (e.g., invoice or credit) and the amount indicated on the check stub. The system then checks to see if the amounts indicated coincide with the expected amounts stored within the system and indicates each item as being reconciled or not reconciled. The clerk then saves the record, which may then be approved and posted by supervisory personnel.
Discrepancies may occur between payment amounts and invoice amounts, i.e., both overpayment and underpayment may occur. An OverUnderPay file is used to track and resolve such discrepancies. An OverUnderPay screen display is shown in Figure 87. A corresponding record detail screen display is shown in Figure 88. OverUnderPay is an example of dynamic workflow and allows for the application of user discretion in handling overpay and underpay situations given the requisite authority.
Business rules implemented by the A R module include the following:
1. Invoices will be automatically created on shipment of products to customers.
2. Items can only be invoiced once.
3. Invoices must be issued by accounting before they are valid.
4. EDI invoices are provided for. EDI invoices will automatically be sent via EDI.
5. EDI invoices PID numbers must match PO PID numbers in the EDI file.
6. Customer invoice numbers indicated on the check stub must match with existing customer invoice numbers in the system. The amounts must correspond, else an overpay/underpay records is created as described above. Customer Collections
An important object ofthe present system is to allow routine operation of an entire business without paper and pencil. In the course of performing a business function, a person will typically gather information from various sources and jot down the information for reference while performing the business function. This reliance on paper and pencil is perhaps most apparent in the area of customer collections. Every invoice to be collected presents a different situation, as does every customer. Previous contacts with the customer may need to be followed up on, or, conversely, the customer may become annoyed at too frequent contact.
The present system overcomes these problems by providing a highly- usable customer collections "environment." Referring more particularly to Figure 141, the customer collections environment is shown within the bottom portion of the screen. Within the top portion ofthe screen is displayed a Customer Invoice output display showing selected invoices of a particular customer.
The customer collections environment within the bottom portion ofthe screen is composed of various different panels. A "Get" panel presents aged A/R information and allows the user to retrieve invoices within the different age categories. Pressing "Get" for a particular category causes the corresponding invoices to be listed within the Invoice panel to the left, from which the user can select a particular invoice for display.
The "Get" panels also provides a get Problem/Tickler option. Each invoice may be marked with one or more problems and/or one or more ticklers. When an invoice is selected, problem codes representing problems associated with that invoice are displayed within a Problems list box. Similarly, ticklers associated with that invoice are displayed within a Tickler Log. The user can add and remove problems and ticklers to and from an invoice as appropriate.
A Contact Log is used to record contacts and attempted contacts with the customer. For example, if the customer says "Please don't call again for six weeks," this information can be recorded in the Contact Log. Below the Tickler Log is located a financial summary ofthe current selected invoice. Below the Contact Log is located payment details ofthe current invoice. Below the financial summary panel are located text box for invoice-specific notes and invoice-specific keywords. The ability to assign keywords to record and retrieve records using those keywords is provided for the user's convenience. Below the payment details panel is located customer contact information, and to the right ofthe customer contact information is located a text box for customer-specific notes.
In Figure 141, the user has selected a Get Problems option. As shown in Figure 143, a text box is then displayed listing various possible problems. To mark an invoice as having a particular problem, the user selects that problem and clicks OK. If instead the user selects Get Tickler, a text box as shown in Figure 144 is displayed listing various ticklers. To mark an invoice with a particular tickler, the user selects that tickler and clicks OK.
Referring to Figure 142, the user may also search for invoices within particular categories, regardless of whether a particular invoice has been marked as having a problem or not. The categories (e.g., "With addendums," "Replacements without credit memo," etc.) will typically have implications that affect collection. Dealing with categories of invoices in this manner increases efficiency.
Because all of the relevant information needed to perform collection, including client contact information, is captured in the database and displayed in a readily-accessible and usable fashion, the collections function can be performed by a relatively unskilled worker following a minimum amount of training. Furthermore, the collections function may be performed by one person one day and another person the next day without confusion or loss of effectiveness, minimizing the effect of sickness and/or employee turnover.
Accounts Payable
The accounts payable module is designed to ensure that invoices are timely paid but to prevent double payment, overpayment, etc., and to systematically resolve problems with invoices so that they may be paid. The payment policy may be more or less aggressive. On the aggressive side, for example, the system may provide that a vendor invoice is paid only after a coπesponding customer payment has been received, thereby assuring a stable cash flow.
A vendor invoice screen display is shown in Figure 89. When vendor invoices are received, they are entered within a grid such as that of Figure 90. The invoice number and PO number are entered manually from the invoice. The payee and vendor are preferably selected from pick lists. The invoice date, total billed, tax and freight are entered manually from the invoice. For each entry within the Add Invoices screen, a vendor invoice such as that of Figure 91 is created. Based on the PO number, the system displays items sold from the MWS (with or without addendum, or possibly even multiple addendums) to which the invoice pertains.
The vendor payment process begins by an accounts payable clerk invoking a Daily Vendor Verification option. Referring to Figure 92, this option identifies all of the open vendor invoices and runs them through a "sieve" to determine which invoices are "clean," i.e., fully reconciled, and which invoices are not clean, i.e., have discrepancies. Within each the categories clean and not clean, there are numerous sub-categories arranged in order from most important to least important. A given clean invoice may in fact fall within several sub-categories, but is categorized at any given time into the highest sub-category to which it belongs. Similarly, a given invoice that is not clean is categorized at any given time into the highest sub-category to which it belongs. By double clicking on a particular category, invoices belonging to that category are displayed. Typically, the payables clerk will pre-approve clean invoices for approval by supervisory personnel having authority to approve payment. Invoices that have been approved are then scheduled by the payables clerk to a payment register, an example of which is shown in Figure 93, for payment in accordance with their respective due dates. For invoices that are not clean, the payables clerk displays invoices from the highest sub-category, investigates each invoice and attempts to fix the particular discrepancy involved with that sub-category. The same approach is followed with the invoices of each sub-category in turn. The verification is then re-run. Some invoices may have become clean, whereas other invoices may have passed to a next-lower sub-category but may still not be clean.
Referring again to Figure 90, prior to entering invoices, the user is prompted as to which type of invoices to be entered, including as one possibility freight bills. When a freight bill is entered, the user enters the invoice number, PO number, and payee (the latter from a pick list), and instead of a vendor list, picks a carrier from a carrier list. The user is then prompted to enter a date range specifying a period to which the freight bill pertains (Figure 94). Shipping records are then searched, and freight charges for shipments with the specified carrier during the specified period are totalled. Invoice entry is then completed in the usual manner. If the invoice amount entered from the invoice equals the expected total charges, then the resulting invoice record is marked reconciled. If not, then the invoice record is marked not reconciled.
Qualification of user inputs, previously described, occurs at each entry point E1-E9 of Figure 59 but is most readily illustrated with respect to invoice entry. Figure 121, Figure 122 and Figure 123, respectively, illustrate various warning dialogs used to prevent entry of erroneous data. If entry of a duplicate invoice number is attempted, for example, a dialog such as that of Figure 121 is displayed, and the system refuses to permit the duplicate entry. If an attempt is made to enter the same invoice twice during an entry session, then a dialog such as that of Figure 122 is displayed. If the system detects that the same invoice number has been used previously but with respect to an apparently different vendor, then the user is notified (Figure 123) and may choose whether or not to proceed.
Note that each item can have only one active customer invoice and one active vendor invoice. This feature prevents may common AR AP errors. For example, if duplicate vendor invoices are received in relation to a single item, only one of those invoices will be matched with the item record representing the physical item. The other vendor invoice finds no place in the system.
Business rules implemented by the AP module include the following:
1. Items can only be billed once by a vendor.
2. Vendor invoices must reconcile with purchasing costs and terms (freight, tax, payment dates, etc.).
3. No duplicate vendor invoices are allowed. A vendor invoice is identified by a combination of vendor invoice number and MWS number. Hence, the same vendor invoice number may be billed against different MWS numbers (since some vendor's numbering systems may generate duplicate numbers), but not against the same MWS number.
Vendor verification is merely exemplary of a more general methodology for accomplishing a business task. This more general methodology allows a user to perform a business task without the need to refer to different sources of information. In an exemplary embodiment, it involves the following steps:
1. A classification scheme is specified, consistent with common business practice and terminology.
2. An algorithm is applied whereby items are classified, marked and displayed according to category.
3. Within a single display screen, the categorized items are displayed along with one or more user interface controls for taking action with respect to an item.
The items may be items within any ofthe foregoing domains — products (e.g., computer equipment), payments (e.g., vendor invoices, customer invoices, payment registers), performance (e.g., accounts), or personnel (e.g., activity sum- maries). Furthermore, the items may be single items or groups of items (e.g., master worksheets).
Other exemplary uses ofthe foregoing methodology will be briefly described. Still others will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art.
The items may be customer invoices and the business task may be collections. The invoices may be classified into various classifications according to the reason for non-payment, e.g, never received, retum requested, price discrepancy, etc. The items may be order items and the business task may be an expedite task. The items may be classified into various classifications, e.g., vendor lost order, (re)seller lost item, item damaged, wrong item, empty box, etc. The items may be master worksheets and the task may be purchasing. The master worksheets may be classified into various classifications, e.g., replacement MWS, addendum, intemal use, etc. The items may be payment registers and the business task may be reporting. The payment registers may be classified into various classifications according to payee, e.g., vendor, federal government, state government, local government, service providers, etc.
Nightly or Periodic System Update
In addition to the foregoing business rules, or experiential constraints, implemented within each ofthe individual modules, recall that cross-checks between various domains are performed at intervals. Such cross-checks may be performed nightly or at other periods of low system activity. When performed nightly, the cross-check routine may be referred to as a nightly update. As a result ofthe nightly update, a nightly update report is generated, all or selected portions of which are automatically emailed to responsible individuals for receipt the following morning. An example of a nightly update report is provided as Appendix A.
General Ledger and Real-time Financials
Having described for an order the course of events in the payments domain, the course of events in the financial performance domain will now be described.
The most "tasking task" for most small- and medium-sized business is accounting. Accounting packages typically come in one of two flavors, packages for non-accountants that mask the complexity of generally-accepted accounting principles (GAAP) but do not provide information in "accountant-ready" form, and packages for accountants that are not readily understood or used by non- accountants. The need for real accounting documents coupled with the difficulty of producing them has necessitated considerable reliance on accountants, either outside accountants or full-time paid staff. If an outside accountant is used, the accountant brings the books up-to-date only at intervals. Even in the case of full- time paid staff accountants, the books are typically brought up to date only monthly, or at most weekly, because ofthe arduousness ofthe process. Typically, invoices are reviewed and confirmed, then manually posted, then a trial balance is run, adjustments are made, etc.
Accounting information is presented in the form of financial statements. Information about each item appearing on the financial statements is gathered in an account. An account exist for each asset, liability, revenue, expense, and category of owner's equity of a company. More particularly, the classic accounting process involves the following steps:
1. Analyzing business and financial transaction to determine if they affect accounts;
2. Journalizing transactions affecting the accounts;
3. Posting journal entries to accounts;
4. Determining the balance in each account using incoming bank statements;
5. Preparing a total of all the account balances, called a trial balance;
6. Determining whether any adjusting entries are necessary and journalizing and posting such adjusting entries; 7. Preparing financial statements;
8. Closing income statement accounts and establishing ending balances for use in the next accounting cycle.
In classic accounting practice, the effects of a transaction are not recorded directly into the accounts. Rather, they are recorded in a joumal entry in a general joumal, or general ledger (GL). The process of transferring the information from the joumal entry to the accounts is called posting. At the end ofthe fiscal period, before making any adjusting entries, an accountant prepares a schedule listing all the individual account titles and their respective debit or credit balances. Following the trial balance, various adjusting entries may be required to assure that revenues are reported in the period they were realized and that all expenses are matched with the revenues they produced. An adjusted trial balance is then produced. Financial statements are generally prepared on worksheets from the adjusted trial balance. Whereas balance sheet accounts are permanent (or real) accounts, income statement accounts are temporary (or nominal) accounts. Because the data collected in an income statement account is only for the current fiscal period, the balance is not carried forward but is eliminated at the end of each fiscal period. The process of eliminating the balance in each ofthe revenue and expense accounts (by transferring the balance to a different permanent account) is called closing the accounts.
As a result ofthe cumbersomeness ofthe foregoing process, management processes accommodate the limited availability of accounting-derived management information. In reality, however, the need for management information is constant and ongoing, and cannot be expected to synchronize itself to the availability of accounting information without sacrificing performance.
The present software takes a different approach to financial performance activity. In contrast to typical practice in which an accountant gathers data from all departments and performs accounting functions after the fact, in the present sys- tem, accounting functions are performed concommitant with data entry. Instead of manual posting of accounting entries, posting is automatic, either continuous or at user-specified intervals (e.g., nightly). For non-accountants, the complexities of accounting are hidden completely — users simply go about their usual activities of running the business. The automatic posting process, however, generates entries in GAAP format. Furthermore, instead of a limited number of "canned" reports, a GUI-based report- writer is provided that allows any kind of report to readily generated, either on command or on schedule. At any time, a user may simply press a button and obtain a real-time, accurate financial report.
Because posting is automatic, posted entries are not guaranteed to be correct. (Because ofthe stringent qualification of user entries, however, eπors are greatly minimized.) Therefore, unlike conventional accounting packages, entries are allowed to be modified. In the case of invoices, for example, invoices are allowed to be modified up until the time they are paid. As invoices and other records are viewed and modified, they are flagged to be checked by a centralized GL module to determine if the modification requires an adjusting entry. If so, the adjusting entry is made automatically alongside the original entry.
Although in an exemplary embodiment the GL module is a centralized module, the functionality ofthe GL module may be distributed among the various modules so as to operate continuously. For example, an AR portion ofthe GL functionality would make general ledger entries immediately to reflect payment information as it is input, a purchasing portion would make general ledger entries immediately to reflect obligations as incurred through purchase orders, etc.
To use the real-time financial capabilities ofthe present system, the user sets up accounts, then assigns accounts to different line items of records within the system. More than one account may be assigned to a line item. If only one account (i.e., a single default account) is assigned to a line item and an automatic posting option is selected, then the line item is automatically posted to that account. Default accounts are set up for various different files, such as AP, AR, cash, credit card transactions, commissions, payroll, etc., as shown in Figure 95. The manner in which these defaults are established will be described.
Accounts are set up within a chart of accounts. The chart of accounts keeps a record of each account including the name of the account, type of account, account code, etc. To add an account, the user enters information about the account within an entry screen such as that of Figure 96. Whereas debits and credits are intelligible primarily to accountants, increasing and decreasing a balance are concepts easily understood by non-accountants. Hence, when an account is first established, a button is selected designating whether the account balance is increased by a debit or by a credit. Thereafter, user may use the more familiar concepts of increase and decrease. An exemplary chart of accounts display is shown in Figure 97. Doubling clicking on a particular account results in a display such as that of Figure 98. The date of each transaction contributing to the balance is shown, together with an explanation, the joumal reference number, and the amount. This screen display may be used to modify account information as necessary.
For accounts receivable, a correspondence between line items on a customer invoice and specific accounts is set up through a customer setup display, shown in Figure 99. Generally speaking, each of the different list boxes corresponds to an amount that is (or is derivable from) a line item (or multiple line items) on the customer invoice or other record. The account or possible accounts to which the amount is to be or may be posted are specified by clicking the "+" button and selecting from a pop-up list of accounts ofthe appropriate type. If multiple accounts are selected, one may be selected as a default account, the effect of which is explained hereinafter. If for each list box only a single account is selected and is designated as the default account (using the Set Def button), then posting is automatic and is performed on a continuous basis or at regular intervals (e.g., daily). As a result, a truly up-to-date financial report can be run at any time. Referring to Figure 100, an accounts receivable display is shown in accordance with an exemplary embodiment ofthe invention. For each customer account, there is shown the GL account to which balances are posted, the current account balance, and amounts 30, 60, and 90 days overdue, respectively. By double-clicking on a balance field, transactions records relating to that balance field are displayed. For example, double-clicking on the current balance of $2,712.75 shown in Figure 100 results in a display such as that of Figure 101. The date of each transaction contributing to the balance is shown, together with an explanation, the joumal reference number, and the amount.
Corresponding screen displays for accounts payable as those of Figure 99, Figure 100 and Figure 101 for accounts receivable are shown in Figure 102, Figure 103 and Figure 104, respectively.
If the setup of accounts indicates that an amount may be posted to more than one account, then manual account distribution is required. Referring to Figure 105, a pop-up screen display used for this purpose is shown. The assigned accounts are displayed, and the user enters debits or credits for the accounts as appropriate. The effect of a debit or credit (increase or decrease in the account) is displayed as an aid to the novice user.
Referring to Figure 106, a general joumal display is shown in accordance with an exemplary embodiment ofthe invention. For each transaction there is displayed a joumal reference number, account titles and explanation, and posting reference to the account codes ofthe accounts debited or credited as result ofthe transaction. Doubling-clicking on a particular account results in a display such as that of Figure 107. The date of each transaction contributing to the balance is shown, together with an explanation, the joumal reference number, and the amount.
As a result ofthe continuous, automatic posting activity described, once a financial report has been defined, it may be run at any time (or at scheduled times) and is assured to be up-to-date. Moreover, it is verifiable, i.e., every supporting transaction may be readily retrieved and viewed. In an exemplary embodiment a financial report is defined using a display screen such as that of Figure 108. The display follows a familiar spread-sheet-like format. For each line ofthe report, a line item description is entered. Then, in the appropriate column, the user enters either an account (by selecting from the chart of accounts pop-up), a calculation formula, or even the result of another report. When a report is mn that requires the result of another report, that other report is run first. An actual report generated using the report definition of Figure 108 is shown in Figure 109.
A report, instead of being the line-time type of Figure 109, may be a trend analysis report. Trend analysis provides a powerful tool for understanding interrelationships between various aspects of a business. Referring to Figure 110, a trend analysis report is defined in similar manner as an ordinary financial report. A cell is selected and the user is prompted as to whether the cell contents is to be a local balance, a linked field (from another report), or a calculated field. In the illustrated example, local balance is selected, and the user selects an account from the chart of accounts pop-up, in this instance Cash in Bank #1. To investigate the inter-relation of different accounts, a further account would then be selected, say Trade Accounts Payable. Plot labels may be entered by the user that differ from the actual names ofthe accounts themselves. Referring to Figure 111, a trend frequency is then selected. In the example of Figure 111, the trend frequency has been set to daily. The trend analysis is then n and the raw data displayed as shown in Figure 112. Referring to Figure 113, various graphing options are provided. In the illustrated example, the data is presented in the form of line graphs.
Trend reports, aside from comparing one account to another over the identical period, may also compare the same account over different periods. Hence, in the case of both financial reports and trend analyses, an important feature is that the date range ofthe report is arbitrary. Historical data for all past periods (or at least a considerable number of past periods) is stored in the database, enabling reports to be mn for any period of time, not just the current period.
Human, Group and Organization Performance
Having described for an order the course of events in the financial performance domain, the course of events in the personnel domain will now be described.
By and large, present-day work activities are based on the model of an 8- hour work day, 40-hour work week. What is tracked quantitatively is time and attendance. Actual performance, by and large, is tracked qualitatively. Although such a model may have been adequate for the industrial revolution, it is inadequate and without basis for purposes ofthe information revolution. Instead, the present system allows performance to be quantitatively tracked.
Referring to Figure 114, there is shown a human resource infrastructure for a virtual organization performance evaluation model. All company personnel are linked to a digital "HR backbone," including operational management (V.P.s, managers), engineering, strategic management (president), financial and legal personnel (CPA, lawyer), and staff within various departments (customer service, shipping/receiving, technical, accounting, purchasing, etc.). In concept, the HR backbone could be any information conduit. In an exemplary embodiment, the HR backbone is realized by the same integrated, Web-enabled, client/server database as described heretofore. Various functional blocks manipulate data stored within the database and form a personnel module.
Two functional blocks in particular from the basis for performance evaluation, a Measurement Factors block and a Score Keeper block. For each individual whose performance is to be tracked, a list of tasks performed by the individual is compiled, together with an estimate of what percentage ofthe individual's overall assignment each particular task constitutes. Using this information, the individual participates in the setting of realistic goals within various categories. These goals are stored so as to readily accessible to the individual for frequent review. The goals in turn dictate measurement factors/parameters tracked by the "descriptive" Measurement Factors block. These factors/parameters form the answer to the question "What is the pertinent data within the database upon which to evaluate the performance ofthe individual?," both individually and as a team player. Suggestions received from within the organization may influence the pertinent measurement factors/parameters.
The question, "How should the data be viewed?" is answered by a group of "normative" functional blocks. These blocks generate outputs to the Score Keeper block, which measures the degree of success or failure with respect to each goal. The same outputs are input to a "presentation" block that serves to educate employees as to the effects of various normative performance measures on financial performance and on factors affecting customer satisfaction, to help employees identify trends, etc.
Customer feedback (both commendations and complaints) are preferably also be received by and input to the system. A firewall provides security for internal data and allows limited access by customers to provide feedback. Customer feedback, although not strictly objective like the other factual measures of performance tracked by the database, can be an important indicator of performance.
Referring to Figure 115, a more detailed view is shown ofthe kinds of data stored in the human resources portion ofthe database. With the exception of data relating to performance measurement factual review, the data represented in Figure 115 is static or semi-static data that changes relatively infrequently or not at all. The top portion ofthe figure relates to candidate data, whereas the bottom portion ofthe figure relates to employee data.
For candidates, data stored in the database includes personal data, previous employment data, and previous performance data. The data is obtained from the candidate and from other outside sources, and may also be made available to the candidate, e.g., through the Web. During the hiring process, employment documents are scanned (or input directly by the candidate during the application process) into the database. For employees, data stored in the database also includes personal data, employment data and performance data. In addition, for employees, data regarding achievements and special recognition is stored.
Performance measurement factual review is dynamic in nature and may be performed in a manner illustrated in Figure 116. Depending on the organizational level, performance measurement is either financial-oriented or assignment oriented. For branches, divisions, subsidiary companies and their parent company, for example, performance measurement is financial-oriented and uses financial analysis algorithms. In particular, using the universal financial report generator described previously, any desired financial ratio may be tracked, as well as any arbitrary combination of account codes in order to discover relationships. Cash flow statements and budget analyses may also be generated. Based on this information financial performance goals may be set and contributing goals may be accurately derived.
At the department, group and employee level, performance measurement is assignment oriented.
Refeπing to Figure 116, evaluation of human performance is made possible by collecting an assemblage of activity data to which analysis algorithms may be applied. This assemblage of activity data is referred to as Algorithm of Activity Data. For each different assignment (e.g, Quotes, MWSs, Customer Invoices, etc.), activity is tracked in three principal ways: quantity per period, dollar volume by period, and time between stages of completion (e.g., time from posting of quote to conversion to MWS). The relevant period is preferably user-selectable. In addition, the responsible department and the upstream and downstream departments that affect and are affected by the assignment are identified (and refined, if necessary, as experience with the system is gained). RMAs affect all assignments and are therefore tracked in relation to each assignment. For example, quotes made during a period may total one million dollars but may have ultimately resulted in half a million dollars of RMAs.
The Algorithm of Activity Data serves as a foundation for human performance evaluation. Referring to Figure 117, for each individual employee to be evaluated, various metrics from the Algorithm of Activity Data are chosen and tracked for that employee, resulting in Employee Specific Task/Assignment Activity Data. Different aspects (e.g, quantity, dollar volume, completion times) of an assignment (e.g, Quotes, MWSs, Customer Invoices) may be chosen as metric for evaluation for a particular employee.
The Factual Performance Analysis Measurement process performs calculation on the Employee Specific Task/ Assignment Activity Data, for example calculating time "deltas" between different stages of completion of an assignment. Resulting data is supplied to at least three destinations: a Measuring Algorithm, a Historical Data Comparison Algorithm, and an output display structure, indicated by dashed lines. The Measuring Algorithm compares actual performance to desired performance established by goals. Preferably, goals are set by employees in consultation with management. In an exemplary embodiment, the Measuring Algorithm compares actual performance to desired performance in three different categories: routine assignments (daily, on-going), scheduled tasks (not on-going) and special projects (typically short-lived). In addition, unique date-independent measurements may programmed, for example as alerts. For example, the user may program the Measuring Algorithm to alert the user whenever the time delta between creation of a quote and posting ofthe quote is seven days or greater. Various priorities may be established in accordance with corresponding parameters. For example, a particular order may be marked as critical, causing an alert to be displayed if there is any slippage in schedule.
The Historical Data Comparison Algorithm archives the daily output ofthe Factual Performance Analysis Measurement and the Measuring Algorithm blocks and allows for comparison of performance data for different dates.
Within the output display structure, a hierarchy of views is presented. A first view is a complete list, based on the Algorithm of Activity Data, of departments and the tasks and projects for which they are responsible. From this complete list, the user may create the users own "short list" of departments for performance review. Different layers of management, for example, may have different departments within their scope of review.
To display performance data, the user selects a department, causing performance data to be displayed for the department as a whole. The user may further select a specific individual within that department, in which case a Dynamic Personal Tracking view is displayed. The Dynamic Personal Tracking view displays all ofthe chosen metrics for the selected employee. From the Dynamic Personal Tracking view, the user may transition to a Factual Performance Display. The Factual Performance Display is a subset ofthe Dynamic Personal Tracking view and focuses on those metrics presently deemed by the user to be most important (e.g., metrics related to sales growth, metrics related to customer service, etc.)
The Factual Performance Display highlights strengths and weaknesses of the employee and is linked, either automatically or manually, to static human resources "personal growth guides." Based on the Factual Performance Display, it may be evident, for example, that the employee in question needs training in a certain area. In this manner, the system allows training efforts to be narrowly targeted where they will obtain greatest benefit. A career path may be charted for each employee that is calculated to maximize that employee's potential.
Screen displays used for factual performance evaluation in accordance with an exemplary embodiment ofthe invention are shown in Figure 118, Figure 119 and Figure 120, respectively. Selection of an employee is accomplished as illustrated in Figure 118. Referring to Figure 119, performance results may be viewed for a single period or multiple periods, with the period being user selectable (a day, a week, a month, a quarter, etc.). In the case ofthe single period display, performance results for various performance metrics in different categories and sub-categories are displayed, for example: Productivity (A), including quantity per period (Al), dollar volume per period (A2) and percent profit per period (A3); Quality (B), including timliness (Bl) and customer credit memos (B2); and Profitability (C). In the case ofthe multi-period display, the same information is viewable for multiple periods but, because of display contraints, not all ofthe information at the same time. Rather the user selects the categories and sub-categories of interest for viewing at any particular time. For example, if sub-category A2 is selected, then dollar volume per period is displayed for all ofthe periods (e.g., six).
Percolation — Automated Low-Level Decision-Making
In order to automate a small-to-medium size business, relatively complex tasks must be automated so as to be accomplished with a few clicks ofthe mouse. The present system accomplishes such automation using a technique referred to herein as "percolation." Percolation involves automatically classifying records of a given type into multiple classifications for workflow processing. One or more users interact with the relational database system to take a prescribed action with respect to multiple records having a particular classification. The records of a given type are classified into multiple classifications based on "experiential" criteria having real-world business significance based on past business experience. A record may belong to a multiple categories. Records are sorted in accordance with a hierarchy of categories such that a record belonging to both a category higher in the hierarchy and a category lower in the hierarchy is sorted into a group of records belonging to the higher category. The relational database system does not allow users to take at least some actions other than the prescribed action with respect to the records. Users interact with the relational database system to change information within records, whereupon the records are automatically reclassified. Percolation may be applied to any business function, but has found to be particularly effective as applied to PRIS (purchasing, shipping, receiving, installation and assembly), vendor invoice verification, customer collections and processing of retums. Percolation may be single-level or multi-level.
Percolation as applied to vendor invoice verification has been described previously. As was previously observed, the hierarchy of classifications is important in order to obtain the desired results. To take advantage of dynamic workflow, however, it is desirable that a user having the requisite authority be provided with the ability to change hierarchies (specify a new order of classification), both within a single level and on multiple levels. There results a very powerful ability to "slice and dice" data records stored within the database, which in turn provides for dynamic response to outside influences.
Referring to Figure 150, percolation as it applies to purchasing will be described. Sales orders resulting from quotes undergo a first level of percolation to identify sales orders on credit hold, sales orders exceeding credit limits, sales orders with customer invoices 60 days or more past due, sales orders with freight problems, sales orders with installation, sales orders with installation and/or shipping problems, sales orders with a ship group, sales orders with partial ship, etc. As a result of this first-level percolation, certain orders may be placed on hold, or coπections may be made to the order as required.
There follows a second-level percolation at the item level preparatory to placing vendor orders. Items undergo percolation to identify items with higher sales cost than sales price, items with higher purchasing cost that sales cost, items on back order with groups (install/ship), msh items, items with back order received in a "no partial" sales order, items with promotion or rebate, etc. In accordance with one aspect ofthe invention, such percolation in effect identifies "critical path" items for fulfilling an order, items that will take the longest to fill based on availably, installation instructions, shipping instructions, etc. Coπections may be made and reclassification performed until such point as the user is ready to order. The user then prepares a purchase order request, either using a default vendor determined at the time the order was placed (lowest cost vendor) or selecting a different vendor. The vendor order may then be placed by posting via the Web, or the vendor order may be posted on the Web for bid. In the latter instance, bid results are received via the Web, and the vendor order is then placed based on the bid results. The order is filled by the vendor and shipped to the reseller or drop shipped to the customer.
Note that purchasing may or may not involve vendor selection. At the time a quote is created, a default vendor is selected based on lowest advertised price. Order information may, if desired, be automatically transmitted to the default vendor. In fact, N-tier order information may be automatically transmitted to multiple corresponding vendors as described more fully hereafter in relation to supply chain management.
Refeπing to Figure 151, percolation as it applies to receiving will be described. Sales orders for which vendor orders have been place and that need to be received undergo a first level of percolation to identify receiving sales orders to be refused or cancelled (because of RMA, for example), COD sales orders, express delivery, sales orders marked for special tracking (e.g., call upon receipt), replacement sales orders, no partial or restricted partial sales orders with only one item, sales orders expecting back order items, sales orders with installation, sales orders without installation, inventory sales orders, supply sales orders, RMA retums expected from customer, RMA retums expected from vendor, RMA retums requiring install/de-install, etc.
There follows a second-level percolation at the item level preparatory to actually receiving items. Items undergo percolation to identify items cancelled, items to be refused, items with COD, items with express delivery, items for replacement orders, items marked back order, items in an auto-tracked sales order, items holding up installation, items holding up ship group, RMA items needing deinstall, etc. Coπections may be made and reclassification performed until such point as the user is ready to receive. The user then starts the receiving process and, optionally, receiving status is posted via the Web or via email to selected customers and/or vendors.
Shipping percolation is in large part analogous to receiving percolation, previously described, and is illustrated in Figure 152.
Installation percolation is illustrated in Figure 153. Installation percolation may be single-level, identifying sales orders with a large quantity of installation, sales orders ready for software network integration, sales orders ready for assembling, sales orders missing one last item, sales orders with a defective component for RMA processing, sales orders with RMA waiting for vendor shipment, sales orders with RMA needing de-installation, sales orders with RMA needing re- installation, sales orders with RMA for warranty repair (off-site, on-site), sales orders with RMA for out of waπanty repair, etc.
Supply Chain Integration/Management
The present software program provides for Web access by various business partners to all ofthe information relevant to the business. The software may therefore be described as Web-enabled Enterprise Resource Planning (WERP) software. The present WERP software allows for an unprecedented degree of supply chain integration/management. Refeπing to Figure 154, a left-hand side ofthe figure illustrates a sell/demand chain, and a right-hand side ofthe figure illustrates a supply/assembly chain. User demand information is gathered by a user following a URL link from a customer Web site. The link accesses the present WERP software. Using the software, the user creates a quote. Assuming the ordered item is not discontinued, the quote may be converted into an order. The item may be sold complete with no component assembly required, or may be sold with component assembly required. In the former instance, the order is posted to purchasing, and the item is ordered, e.g., by communicating order information to a vendor Web site and a manufacturer Web site. In the latter instance (component assembly is required), a component file is accessed to retrieve a unique set of components for a specific item SKU. Given the order quantity, a total component requirement is determined. Within PRIS, component grouping is performed, e.g, such that multiple "child" MWSs each contain (in bill-of-material fashion) all ofthe components required to assembly a single one ofthe ordered items, and a "parent" MWS ofthe children MWSs contains the corresponding number of complete items. The components are ordered by, as in the previous instance, communicating order information to a vendor Web site and a manufacturer Web site.
Note that, if an item is discontinued or not available (i.e., backordered), if the items component parts are still available, the item may still be sold, the component parts ordered and assembled, and the item shipped. Equivalent components may be substituted where necessary or convenient. Also, order information may be conveyed to a hierarchy of suppliers. In the case of a computer, for example, the vendor may be Ingram and the manufacturer may be Compaq. Compaq's suppliers may include makers of microprocessors, memories, disk drives, etc., whose suppliers may include in turn wafer manufacturers, platter companies, plastic companies, etc.
One key to the type of supply chain management described is breaking down items into multiple "tiers," each successive tier including component parts for items of a previous tier, and creating a record for each component part. Supplier relationships from one tier to the next may be identified based on information that is automatically updated on a frequent or substantially continuous basis. Percolation ofthe type previously described may then be performed on component parts, with classification being performed on the basis of availability within multiple tiers. Availability information within multiple tiers may be obtained via the Web. If customer specified installation and/or shipping instructions are likely to cause substantial delay in filling an order given availability information, the customer may be contacted to see if the customer desires to change instructions in order to minimize delay. In the case of channel assembly, when component parts are received, they are assembled into items for shipment to the customer.
There results a virtual inventory system with no backorders in which the order cycle time for the entire supply chain is compressed to that of a single order (single stage of a typical supply chain).
Web Universal Business Engagement Rules (WUBER)
Various customer-specific customizations ofthe behavior ofthe present WERP software have been described. Information representing desired customizations for a particular customer are stored in a customer file of that customer. During operation ofthe software, whenever customizable operations are performed, the software checks the customer file to determine how to proceed.
Such customization may be extended to embrace virtually all ofthe "business engagement mles," both general and industry-specific, commonly negotiated between business partners. Such business mles serve as an electronic template for specifying a customized business relationship. By providing Web access to a comprehensive ("universal") set of relevant business engagement mles, the creation and management of information-age business relationships is greatly simplified. The feature of providing Web access to a comprehensive set of relevant business engagement mles is referred to herein as WUBER ("Web Univeral Business Engagement Rules").
In a preferred embodiment, WUBER not only provides for the specification of business engagement mles, WUBER also provides for the enforcement of the business engagement mles during the course of business operations. For example, during the course of a business relationship, the customer may decide that all shipments are to be made via a specific carrier. Once that carrier has been specified for that customer within WUBER, the software will not permit shipments to be made via a different carrier.
The extent to which a customer may freely change that customer's business engagement mles may vary by customer. For some WUBER fields, all customer's may freely select any available menu choice. For other fields, bounds may be set within which the field may be changed. These bounds may vary from customer to customer. Hence, whereas an acceptable retum period for one customer may be up to 90 days, an acceptable retum period for another customer may be up to 180 days, for example.
New business engagement mles may be easily added to WUBER. Presently, as new business engagement mles are added, enforcement code must be manually written and added to the software program. In the future, such enforcement code may be automatically generated.
A specific example of a WUBER electronic template in table form is shown in Figure 155. Within the header row ofthe table are listed various customizable program tasks. Each column ofthe table lists various options pertaining to a particular task. Various fields ofthe template will be briefly described.
Various options in the Price Update column govern how products are priced and display for a particular customer. If an Activate flag is set, the options selected within the column will be enforced during operations ofthe software. If the Activate flag is not set, program defaults will be applied instead. Pricing may be fixed price or cost plus. The frequency with which prices are updated is selectable, e.g., daily, weekly, monthly. If a customer has obtained a quote but not yet placed an order, for example, the customer may want the quote price to not change (even if in the customer's favor) for a specified period of time. Furthermore, a price minimum update amount may be specified; for example, price changes less than a dollor (or, say, less than 1% ofthe previous price) might be ignored. Various other options relate to the manner in which products are displayed, for example all products, new products, discount products, products of a specific manufacturer, etc. A Personal Product List (PPL) is a user-specific list of frequently-purchased products. A Product ID (PID) is a collection of products (usually related) saved under a single identifier.
In the Quotes column, the customer may specify which system users may create quotes, which may save/retrieve quotes, which may modify quotes, and which may submit quotes. The customer may further specify various limits, e.g., a per-quote dollar limit, a per-day quantity limit, a limit on the number of quotes made per day, etc. Similar options are provided in relation to Orders and RMAs. Note, however, that an important option in relation to RMAs is automatic RMA approval.
In the Service & Repair column, various options may be specified, including service contract length and service response time, whether service to occur on- site or off-site, various service charges, etc. In the Shipping column, various delivery options are specified. In the Tracking column, various options are specified regarding how customer order information is to be tracked, e.g., whether tracking by serial number is desired, as well as various tracking thresholds by dollar amount, how recent the transaction is, quantity, etc.
In the Invoice column, various options relating to invoice delivery are presented. In addition, the customer may specify a billing frequency and whether credits are to be applied to invoices, whether replacement invoices are to be issued, etc. In the Credit Memo column, the customer may specify whether credit memos are to be issued to the customer (external) or whether an intemal credit is to be issued, etc.
In the Payment column, various payment options are specified, including whether the ability to retrieve payment information is desired, credit card limits (credit card purchase dollar limit and frequency limit), check information, and EFT (Electronic Funds Transfer) limits.
In the Security column, various security options are specified, including for example, encryption, SET (Secure Electronic Transactions), security certificate, VPN (virtual private network), etc. Security may be handled by the customer on its own behalf or may be handled by the vendor. The present WERP software may in some instances be installed within the customer's firewall such that it becomes in essence part ofthe company.
The Access Group column is used to specify the access rights of different users. In the case of viewing quotes, for example, access may range from access only to one's own quotes (individual access), access to one's own quotes and those of user's whom one supervises (supervisory access), or universal access (in the case of a high-ranking executive, for example).
The Business Activities column is used by the customer to request that certain information about its business activities be tracked and made accessible. Such information may include, for example, the busiest order period (week, month) the slowest order period (week, month), etc.
The electronic template of Figure 155 is for the customer side of a business relationship. A coπesponding template may also be provided for the vendor side of a business relationship. That is, from the point of view of a reseller, the template of Figure 155 expresses demands ofthe reseller's customers on the reseller. The template of Figure 156 expresses the demands ofthe reseller on the reseller's vendors.
A further example of WUBER is shown in Figure 160, showing a customer file screen display. Within the right-hand portion ofthe display, the customer is able to, via the Web, set customer-specific criteria for automatic RMA approval.
Virtual Intelligent Guide (VIG)
As should be apparent from the foregoing description, the present WERP software is designed to minimize the impact of personnel changes. To achieve this goal, the WERP software incorporates a Virtual Intelligent Guide (VIG). The VIG: 1) defines a task path for accomplishing each functional task by interacting with the system; and 2) captures and applies employee knowledge to refine each task path and disallow errors. The result is to enable relatively unskilled personnel to quickly become proficient at performing complex functional tasks in a simple manner using the software. An example of VIG was described previously in relation to accounts payable. The same model may be applied to accounts receivable, RMAs, sales, PRIS, etc.
Tracking Prospective Customers and Vendors
Customer and vendor files may be provided not only for existing customers and vendors but also for prospective customers and vendors. In the case of vendors, prospective vendor files provide a mechanism for capturing the knowledge of buyers in purchasing and of minimizing the impact of personnel changes. In the case of customers, prospective customer files facilitate sales force automation as will be presently described.
Sales Force Automation
During sales calls, a salesman will often be asked various question about particulars of various business transactions. If the salesman happens to know the answer, the salesman can answer immediately. More typically, the salesman doesn't know the answer and is forced to reply "I'll have to get back to you on that." "Getting back to you" will usually take days and may even take weeks, or may simply not happen at all. Current sales force automation software does little to address this situation.
The present WERP software provides the ultimate sales force automation tool. Instead of "I'll have to bet back to you on that," the salesman can instead say "Let's check on that." The salesman may then immediately use the Web to access the information needed to answer the customer's question. Web access may be through a desktop or laptop computer, either wired or unwired, or may be wireless through a handheld or palmtop computer. Alternatively, connection to the Web may be made prior to a sales call to download for a particular customer — all ofthe records, the most recent records, or some other subset of particular interest. In addition to the foregoing functionality, various features of existing sales force automation tools may be added to the present WERP software, including such features as contact management (contact profile, contact history), account management (account information, outstanding and historical activities, order entry, order history, lead tracking, sales cycle analysis), sales force management (expense reporting, territory assignment, activity reporting, special events tracking), time management (calendar, single and multi-user scheduling, to-do lists, ticklers, notes, timestamps), telemarketing (call list assembly, call recording, call planning, call reporting), customer service (request assignment, tracking and reporting, order status and tracking), etc. All of these functions can be performed "on-the-fly," in real-time with up-to-the-minute information. This real-time operation is made possible because the underlying data is the same item sold/item detail data used throughout the system, simply viewed from an SFA perspective.
Figure 157 is a block diagram of a client server business automation system in which a common database supports both end-to-end business process automation and sales force automation.
Referring to Figure 158, the sales force automation capabilities ofthe system of Figure 157 are represented in greater detail. A sales force automation module combines known sales force automation functions with additional functions made possible only by the end-to-end business process knowledge base stored in the single database described previously.
Known sales force automation functions include, for example, activity logging (actual time and data of daily activites by customer), intelligent notes (sort- able and editable), and triggers (reminders) for follow-up calls, major opportunities, etc. The functions are supported by a summary display (drawn from the customer file) used to display contact information for customers by department and title. Various other functions may also be provided.
An expense reporting function is also provided. Unlike conventional sales force automation tools, however, expense information is combined with compensation information stored in the database in order to gain a complete picture ofthe profitability of a saleman. Based on profitability, a rewards structure may adjust the compensation ofthe salesman and provide performance feedback to the salesman through the sales force automation module.
Forecasting information may also be displayed to the salesman through the sales force automation module. Because the database stores complete historical transaction information, a sales forecast can be readily compiled based on the historical base. Other types of forecasts can also be compiled. For example, market projection information may be entered into the database (downloaded or entered manually), and based on this information, a forecast can be compiled. A forecast can also be compiled based not only on current customers but based on prospective customers. Such a forecast provides additional motivation for a salesman to convert prospective customers into actual customers.
Information from WUBER may also be displayed to the salesman through the sales force automation module. When a new salesman succeeds a departing salesman, the new salesman, by consulting WUBER, can readily learn the established business engagement mles for a particular customer.
Information from the human performance module may also be displayed to the salesman in the form of an activity summary display. In an exemplary embodiment, activities in various categories (columns) are quantified (rows) in dollars where applicable (for both sales and purchase orders), in quantity where applicable and in duration where applicable. For example, dollars sales, dollars purchase orders, and unit volume (quantity) are displayed for the previous year, the present year, and for the previous month, as well as for the peak month (max.) and the low month (min.). In other categories, e.g., ship-to-date and payment history, an average time in days is displayed, between the time an order is placed and shipped and the time an invoice is sent and paid, respectively.
An example of a screen display for Sales Force Automation is shown in Figure 161. Purchase Requisition Budget Forecast
Orders, represented by MWSs, may be for resale or for intemal use. A field within the MSW record distinguishes the type of MWS, including whether it is for intemal use. Just as historical analysis and forecasting may be applied to customer sales, these same techniques may be applied to intemal sales. The cycles of pinch/ spend that often aflict corporate departments may therefore be avoided. Managerial personnel are able to determine easily in real time how much of a budgeted amount has been spent and how much remains to be spent.
Comparison With Known Workflow Systems
In contrast with known workflow systems, the present system, sometimes refeπed to hereinafter as the ICE™ (Internet Commerce Equalizer) system, represents a purpose-built application suite where all applications are both physically implemented and logically rational source or target applications in a Dynamic Workflow™ Environment
The ICE system may be described as a broad-spectrum suite of Internet- optimized business applications, that are designed and built to permit the implementation and execution of workflows without the mandatory parameter setting, software switch setting, customization and workflow preparation common to all other workflow environments. This is made possible by several, simultaneous development and mntime environment characteristics and by several carefully considered simultaneous application design and development practices.
To appreciate the difference between the ICE system and conventional workflow systems, the background of conventional workflow systems will be briefly described.
Arguably the origins of workflow are as ancient as the origins of industry. In modem industry, workflow has taken the form (under different names) ofthe assembly lines of Henry Ford, or as the doctrines of time and motion as formalized by industrial theorists like Taylor and Gilbraith. Very recently, (the 1980s) workflow has appeared in computing and office automation in the form of task-based menus and wizards. Most recently, (the mid- 1990s) workflows have taken the form of environments that tie ordinary business applications together into larger, structured super-applications that consist of applications tied together in a workflow definition environment driven by workflow "engines."
These environments have the capability of performing state-transition or branching logic in contrast to the more mundane task-based menus. And unlike wizards which are normally used for intelligent installation procedures, workflows are usually used to support the structured execution of routine business applications.
Examples of such environments could include SAP's workflow operating in the Dr. Schier™ graphical workflow environment or Baan's Dynamic Enterprise Modeling running in the COSA™ environment. And, these environments have one common heritage with workflow ofthe past. Notwithstanding words like "dynamic" in their names, these environments are inherently static.
Static is used to mean that once a workflow has been built and implemented in any of these workflow environments, it stands as a defined super-application. To execute a workflow in any of today's existing workflow environments that has not been previously defined, prepared, and implemented is not possible. A user attempting to do so would find himself in the same position as a factory worker who attempted to execute an assembly procedure off the assembly line. He would find himself without resources or the means to execute any procedure for which a physical infrastructure had not yet been created.
The ICE system has a true dynamic workflow environment. This means that the users ofthe ICE system can go places with the application even when the metaphorical steel rails of an assembly line have not yet been built there.
In order for this to happen, the ICE environment must be fundamentally different from competing pre-defined, structured workflow environments. The basis of this dynamic flexibility and the goal of all recent design efforts is the enabling of all ICE applications as potential sources or targets in a workflow.
This potential must be inherent, and not the result of extensive preparation, switch setting, or parameter setting of older-generation applications. It does not even matter if this preparation is largely automated in a separate (static) definition and development environment, because such relative ease of building workflow scaffolding is qualitatively different than not requiring scaffolding for workflow mobility in the first place.
Real-world business users of older-generation enterprise applications have made comments like, "it's like taking off handcuffs," to navigate and solve business problems in the ICE system. Dynamic Workflow means that the user is not bound to one pre-defined way of doing a business procedure or of solving a problem.
Of course, the ICE system can enforce business procedures (in fact most routine business procedures in the ICE system are completely automated) and of course the ICE system is capable of enforcing GAAP and APICS standards in accounting and manufacturing. But wherever possible, the ICE system gives the user a choice even as it automates routine procedures. And when it comes to exception handling, the Dynamic Workflow environment in the ICE system saves significant time and effort.
In ordinary ERP and business systems, sequences of applications known as workflows are built up using specialized development environments. As with any other application, workflow or subsystem that is built up from either lines of code or from higher level components or applications, nothing exists that has not been previously defined and built.
In other words, to execute a particular workflow, someone must first implement it. The implementation system must follow strict mles and in many cases perform complex re-configurations ofthe workflow applications so that they are properly enabled as "source" or "target" applications. The workflow environment starts out either as a template of other pre-existing workflows, or simply as a blank slate on which to build the workflows that are to eventually be executed.
In the ICE system, by contrast, it is possible to navigate a comprehensive "web" of applications in any way needed by the user, with each and every application already a potential source or target application to every member ofthe navigation web.
A unique feature ofthe ICE system is its capability to support Dynamic
Workflow. Dynamic Workflow may be described as follows:
Conventional workflow starts with a blank slate and then builds up the workflow from individual applications or components. Even when workflow templates are used those templates simply specify which components are added by default to the blank slate.
• In conventional workflow systems, applications must be carefully conditioned, parameterized, and otherwise programmed to work together in a specific workflow, because they must often pass messages, passed parameters, or transactions between them. Those transactions must be data-type and business-rule-logic compatible.
• The applications that comprise a workflow will rarely work outside of the specific work flows they were designed for. This is because in conventional application systems the applications work more or less independently and are typically constructed around one or more specific (and independent) data files.
This means that work flows must be constructed just like applications. Nothing is executable unless it has already been defined and implemented. The only difference is that applications are built up from routines and workflows are built up from applications. Workflows are simply hyper-applications that are built from components at a coarser level of granularity and a higher level of abstraction than the individual applications that make up the workflows.
• Even the most sophisticated and flexible of the existing workflow systems require active developer, designer, analyst and system-support intervention before the workflow can be implemented.
Conventional workflow works as a "start with nothing and build" method. No application-to-application pathway exists unless and until it is actively implemented.
The ICE system has a number of architectural characteristics that when combined, produce a unique Dynamic Workflow execution environment:
• It is a characteristic of the ICE architecture that all applications are object-based methods that interface with a unified, synchronous, "solid-state" database.
These methods are written in such a way that most of them can be safely invoked in any order. Because these methods are actually only different logical views ofthe same "solid-state" database, any changes made by one method to the "solid-state" database, are simultaneously, instantaneously, and synchronously virtually "posted" to all other methods, in the ICE system.
It should be noted that this posting is strictly virtual. No physical parameter passing is done and none is required, because there is only one database operating under strict rules of commit control. All database updates are accomplished synchronously, and under the protection of intemal database commit control such that any data update is instantaneously and simultaneously propagated through any view that sees that data.
In contrast to workflow systems where business objects are placed on a blank slate, and where no workflow exists that has not been previously defined, the ICE system is a web of business functions (methods). Potential connectivity and application-to-application workflow are universally present.
This permits a "start with everything and set guidelines" workflow model.
• Normally, in the routine user interaction with the ICE system, routine, pre-defined business workflows are followed, and these are documented and programmed into the system as user guidelines, task-based menus, wizards, or procedures. Workflows may also be defined with state-transition intelligence, such that a particular data entry value will result in changing the next application along the application path.
At end-user security levels, these procedures can be defined so that any change from a normal business procedure requires supervisor approval. User roles, rights and authorities can be comprehensively managed.
• However, if an exception condition arises, the user of the system has the option of invoking whatever necessary relevant application is required, with the assurance that data integrity, data consistency, and in most cases, business mles will not be violated.
Occasionally, management or supervisors will want to change business mles on purpose, and this can be done at a high enough level of supervisory system authority.
Furthermore, all workflows in the system and the applications that comprise those workflows are structured in such a way that the workflows can readily be reversed at any time. An example would be when a sales situation turns into an RMA. In such a situation, the same workflow can be changed into a reverse workflow at any stage by simply reversing navigation.
It should be noted, that whenever necessary, rational business mles can be overlaid on top of this "universal navigation Web" as would be the case if the invocation of a method results of posting the general ledger.
In such a case, business mles dictate that the original posting general ledger must remain intact, and the corresponding opposite entry must be made. Even when such exception conditions are defined, universal navigation ofthe system is still possible if the user has a high enough level of authority.
By creating a workflow environment where nearly any business method invocation sequence can be followed without violating system integrity, the ICE system has achieved a new level of system flexibility and the ability to respond to business contingencies.
Even in the most flexible conventional workflow systems, situations arise where new methods need to be inserted into a workflow sequence, or other methods need to be removed, or an alternate method substituted for the original method. In a conventional workflow system, the new procedure must be defined, the applications properly prepared, through the setting of parameters and switches, and then the workflow must be tested.
In such a situation, both application logic and database changes can have a negative "ripple effect" throughout the system often requiring extensive impact analyses.
Obviously, this process is time-consuming, and is not practical for response in a contingency or exception situation. In the ICE system predefined workflows are set out as guidelines for normal business procedures such as order entry. At the same time, the user is able to override these guidelines whenever necessary. It means that the system can respond dynamically to changing business conditions.
While it should be emphasized that the system does not create applica- tion functionality or business methods were none existed previously, it should also be emphasized that the system is capable of dynamically adapting business workflows to ever-changing conditions. This allows the ICE system to respond dynamically to business impacts.
• Even where new methods are required to support previously undefined and non-implemented business method functions, the developer workload to create such new functions is greatly reduced in the ICE architecture because of its natural immunity to ripple effect. A new business method has zero impact on all existing business or future new business methods, and any additions to the database have zero impact on all existing or future new business methods..
• Even in the rare instance of a change to the database, automated data type declaration and synchronization in the ICE development environment allows the rapid, comprehensive and automated update of all the business methods in the system. This is an extremely powerful feature, and a necessary one because in order to be intrinsically workflow- enabled, all ICE applications must conform to the same data integrity and consistency mles.
• In practice much ofthe work of creating workflows in standard workflow environments consists of analyzing and controlling ripple effect, achieving project scope control, and conditioning the existing applications to work in the workflows that the designer wishes to implement. The ICE system eliminates these traditional bottlenecks to workflow development.
The foregoing discussion has focussed on the background, rationale and benefits of Dynamic Workflow. The following discussion will focus on keys to Dynamic Workflow in the ICE sytem.
• Eliminate the need to pass physical transactions or parameters between applications
An important purpose is served by eliminating the requirement to pass physical transactions or parameters between applications. Much ofthe conditioning and preparation of conventional workflow systems involves detailed data type checking and transaction matching from a source object to a target object. This is tme whether the source object is a "pure" object or a hybrid object consisting of a more conventional database table and corresponding application.
If all the applications in an application system are actually methods that act on a unified "solid-state" database, and if all data type checking is done centrally, then one major source of potential application incompatibility is eliminated. This is exactly what is done in the ICE system. The ICE sytem is developed using a RAD environment (e.g., 4D from ACI, Inc.) that is capable of performing automated, centralized data type checking and declaration.
In fact, in the ICE system, data or parameters cannot be passed to any ICE application because once any data in the ICE system are updated, they are already in any and every method or view in the system. While this architecture could conceivably create cuπency problems and scalability limits in very large implementations, presently, no single ICE instance is designed to support more than a hundred or so users. Thus, ICE can operate on a "solid-state" instance of persistent data.
In this environment, data integrity mles are enforced by conventional RDBMS mechanisms. In fact, the ICE data model can be deployed as an Oracle database for example. Data consistency cannot be violated either because of all ICE applications share identical data consistency mles. Business mles are guided (not enforced) by a combination of application logic and workflow.
ICE can be and is coded to enforce certain business mles without exception. These would include things like double entry bookkeeping transactions. In all other cases however, the user with a high enough level of authority can invoke applications in what ever order suits the business case.
• ICE applications are coded to "open navigation Web" standards.
Every ICE application is written as if it could be invoked by any other application in the ICE system, and contains the navigation infrastructure and user enabling to support the invocation of any other application in the ICE system. With very rare exceptions, which are only made to conform to certain accounting or business restrictions, this is the actual case.
For the purpose of facilitating the execution of routine business processes, task-based, conventional workflow, and automated procedures or agents can be used. The big difference comes in when it becomes necessary to oveπide an established procedure, or possibly even create, on-the-fly as it were, new procedures or exception-handling workflows.
One metaphor that describes the ICE system workflow in contrast to conventional workflow is that conventional workflow presents the implementation staff with a blank slate on which all workflow constructs must be implemented before they can be used. The ICE system presents the users with an open white board of potential navigation paths that are typically defined by navigation guidelines.
Regardless of which ICE application a user happens to be in, a direct navigation path exists to any other ICE application. When the user gets there, the user can almost always perform meaningful create, read, update, or delete operations on the data that they see through the new "window" that they have chosen.
Furthermore, each ICE application is written at a much broader level of granularity than the typical application in a conventional system. Each view in the ICE system encompasses what would normally be two or three levels of drill down in a conventional system.
Even the "fast path" user in a conventional system typically cannot make any changes to the data that they access through the manually invoked applications, without potentially violating one or more business mles. In any case, the user of a conventional system is looking at data that were designed to be stored either as unit records or as the rows of data in a relational database designed to be displayed on one 80 column by 24 line screen.
This is tme even in systems that have been retrofitted with modem graphical user interfaces. In such systems, the graphical user interface is an aesthetically pleasing overlay on top of applications and data definitions that were designed to completely different standards.
The following table first lists in bold some of the primary architectural characteristics that distinguish the ICE system from conventional workflow systems. The rest ofthe table lists some ofthe consequences and spinoffs of this architecture.
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000112_0001
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
It will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art that the invention can be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the spirit or essen tial character thereof. The presently disclosed embodiments are therefore considered in all respects to be illustrative and not restrictive. The scope ofthe invention is indicated by the appended claims rather than the foregoing description, and all changes which come within the meaning and range of equivalents thereof are intended to be embraced therein.
Iι3
APPENDIX A: NIGHTLY UPDATE REPORT
Subject: MegaNetworkNightly report (12/18/98 10:45 PM) Sent: 12/19 6:39 AM Received: 12/18 10:44 PM From: MeαaNiαhtlv®meαanetwork.com To: Charles @ meoanetwork.com john @ meaanetwork.com ennv ®meqanetworK,com kim@meaanetwork.com wendv @ meaanetwork.com won®meqanβt QrK-com
No reminders today .
Nightly Update Reports Follow
All MWS numbers are in sequence.
No MWS cancellation problems were found
The following sales records had ord/rcv/shp date problems which were repaired succesfully. No other date problems found.
M98-28538 11/5/98
No MWSs with unit X qty price/cost problems were found.
The following sales records have items that are received and not shipped.
M98-28619 12/7/98 NoPartial UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA
M98-28632 12 9/98 NoPartial UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA
M98-28633 12/9/98 NoPartial UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA
M98-28639 12 11/98 NoPartial UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA M98-28640 12/11/98 NoPartial UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA
M98-28657 12/17/98 NoPartial UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA
M98-28658 12/17/98 NoPartial UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA
M98-28659 12 17/98 NoPartial UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA
M98-28660 12/17/98 NoPartial UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA
M98-28662 12/17/98 NoPartial UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA
The following shipping records shipped in the last 7 days have defualt manifest f rt totals.
11/23/98 UPS Pickup#: 99076868
11/24/98 CALL TAG Pickup*: 502960111 12/1/98 CALL TAG Pickup*: 504632811 124/98 0306-243219- Pickup*:
12/11/98 UPS Pickup*: 200 monitor
12/14/98 UPS Pickup*: 990768
12/14/98 UPS Pickup*: 990768
12/14/98 SECURITYEXP Pickup*: F71649
12/14/98 SECURITYEXP Pickup*: F71650
12/15/98 SECURITYEXP Pickup*: F71651
1215/98 SECURITYEXP Pickup*: F71652
12/15/98 UPS Pickup*: 990768
12/16/98 SECURITYEXP Pickup*: F71653
12/16/98 SECURITYEXP Pickup*: F71654
12/16/98 UPS Pickup*: 990768
12/17/98 UPS Pickup*: 990768
12/18/98 UPS Pickup*: 990768
The following RMAs have date or qty problems and were NOT fixed.
R-272186CR 7/24/97 R-274615XDM 8/12/97 R-292761CR 12/22 97
No RMA credit problems were fuond.
The following RMAs have been received from customers in the last 30 days and need credit memos.
R-321917CR Invoice: 12/1/98 R-322083CR Invoice: 12/15/98 R-322118CR Invoice: 12/16/98 R-322267CR Invoice: 12/15/98
No RMAs have been received from customers in the last 30 days that need replacement MWS attention.
All customer invoices that have been printed have been issued.
The following customer invoices are issued and not printed. *=Old
*17803 Customer UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA 12/8/98 Paid in full
*17827 Addendum UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA 12/14/98 Paid in full
*17828 Addendum UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA 12/14/98 Paid in full
*17829 Addendum UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA 12/14/98 Paid in full
*17845 Customer SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON 12/16/98
*17857 Customer SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON 12/18/98
17858 Customer UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA 12/18/98
17859 Customer UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA 12/18/98
17860 Customer UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA 12/18/98
17861 Customer UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA 12/18/98
17862 Customer SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON 12/18/98
All items shipped in the last 30 days have been invoiced.
The following customer invoices were found to have commission problems:
M97-25714 10/15/97 for Charles commission & invoice GMs are different.
17843 M98-28645 12/16/98 for VERNON commission & invoice GMs are different. 17843 M98-28645 12/16/98 for KIM SEALE commission & invoice GMs are different.
Commission dates were all found to be valid.
All customer invoices issued in the last 90 days have 2 commissions.
No duplicate vendor invoices were encountered. 11 1*
All vendor invoice billed amounts equal payment register totals.
All items received in the last 30 days have been fully shipped.
The following MWSs have in house items that need to be ordered and/or received.
M98-28657 12/17/98
M98-28658 12/17/98
M98-28659 12/17/98
M98-28660 12/17/98
M98-28662 12/17/98
M98-28663 12/18/98
All items on hold or cancelled are not on a payment register.
All Vendor Payment Register payment amounts match Ven Invoice payments.
All Vendor Payment Register credit amounts match Ven Collection amounts.
All Vendor Payment Register Credits have been issued properly.
No PrePaid Vendor Invoices were found on Non PrePay Vendor Payment Registers.
The following vendor credits have possible duplicate expected credits.
Exp-4478 00/00/00 Invoice:
Exp-5185 00/00/00 Invoice: 50-10686-21
All expected credits have an invoice assigned.
All Vendor Invoices have payment schedules that match the Invoice total.
All Ven Invoices are assigned to an AP Invoice Register.
All Ven Collection records are assigned to an AP register.
All Paid Ven Invoices are assigned to an AP Payment register. m
All used Vendor Credits are assigned to an AP Payment register
The following MWSs have shipped in the last 30 days but are NOT fully or over invoiced, or not printed. *= New
*M98-28573 Customer SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON Unprinted invoices
*M98-28647 Customer SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON Unprinted invoices
*M98-28649 Customer UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA Unprinted invoices
M98-28651 Customer UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA Unprinted invoices
*M98-28652 Customer UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA Unprinted invoices
*M98-28653 Customer UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA Unprinted invoices
No customer invoice tax problems were found.
All unissued customer invoices were successfully issued.
The following Customer Credits have no tax and are taxable.
CM-10432-2-10 5/15/97 Restock
Won Choi
Mega Network, Inc.
Phone:(408)730-9138 x839
Fax:(408)720-1293 won ® meqanetwork.com APPENDIX B II ύ Structure for Mega3.5.4 Bl
Figure imgf000120_0001
Structure for Mega3.5.4
Figure imgf000121_0001
Structure for Mega3.5.4
Figure imgf000122_0001
Structure for Mega3.5.4
Figure imgf000123_0002
Figure imgf000123_0001
Structure for Mega3.5.4
Figure imgf000124_0001
U3
Structure for Mega3.5.4
Structure for Mega3.5.4
US Structure for Mega3.5.4
Structure for Mega3.5.4
Figure imgf000128_0001
Structure for Mega3.5.4
.EmployPurch qMemoryl
CustSeq L Systemsj
EmployeeName A MemoryUC
_UniquelD A _EmployeeShipTo Contact_F
BillToSeq L EmplyeeUnique _NextQSo
EmployeeNumber A ShipToSeq _NextMSo
ShipToSeq L Purch_Cor
AuthPurchaser B Backup N(
PurchaseLimit R SalesSui
UserPassword A SupCo m
LastWebAct T TotalComr
First Name A TotalSupC
Last Name A Receivei
PassWordChanged B _ShipChrg
Requester B ZipCode
EndUser B _qUPSSpe
Telephone A qHandimg.
Fax A _FreigtCo;
Email A Frgtlπsure
AcctAuthorized B Freight_Sf
RMAAuthorized B No_Partial
CompPPLAccess B Handling,.!
Figure imgf000129_0001
PersPPLAuth B UPSSpec
PIDAccess B Ship_Hndl MWS_Ty _CostAdjT ShipComrr _FrtToDat(
_ShipGroups Partiallnst
MWS_Seq L CostAdjus
Group A _Allocat
IDSeq L qlnstall_C
Rcvd B lnstall_Co Cancelle Ordered' _Custorr Urgent PostedT' Shipped' Cancel_R< Keywords _RMATem BackOrd _ATSLoc P I D
RMA_Nuι ManuaICo: FrtCostTol Invoiced POCustCc Temporary PurchCh _SRSeq GrossMa Creator ShipHolc
RhinHnlrtR S
Structure for Mega3.5.4 10
Figure imgf000130_0001
tø?
Structure for Mega3.5.4 1 1
Figure imgf000131_0001
Structure for Mega3.5.4 ^2
Figure imgf000132_0001
/3/
Structure for Mega3.5.4 1 3
cusBuyerFAX_x A cusUserName_x A cusUserTel_x A cusUserFAX_x A
AplyToPayDate_x D venCrdVouchNo_x A venCallTagNo_x A
NotResellable_x B cusRstkPerc_x R venRstkPerc_x R cusCallTag_x A ltemDescrip_x A
VenNA B
_ReplSeq_x L
ExpectedCredit R
FaxedToCust B
VendorCosts R
CustCredTodate R
CreditRMA_Rcvd B
_NextCustCredSq I
VenRMAShpd B
Keywords *
CustCredStatus I
Custlnvoice A
CustlnvoiceAmnt R
.Updated B
ReplReleased B
Keywords
CrossShip B
VenCredZero B Word
CusRcvDateNA B
VenShipDateNA B
VenRcvDateNA B
CusShipDateNA B
KeyComment A
Printed B
CredNotExpected B
CredDifReason A
VenProposedCred R
PropCredDifReas A
VenFrtCredNum A
VendorFrtCredit R
CustCallTagReq B
VenPackingSlip A
DateApproved D
OpenCustNotes T
WebRMA B
Weblnitiator A
WebNotes T
DeleteMe B
WebLocked B I3P
Structure for Mega3.5.4 14
3
Structure for Mega3.5.4 15
Figure imgf000135_0001
< < 0 < O rr
Ή oo σs α E o E
CΛ < z **
JS ω' o o o
Q. υ CO O Q LU >
itp n t ae omi
Figure imgf000136_0001
)TP
Structure for Mega3.5.4 17
Figure imgf000137_0001
I 3 t
Structure for Mega3.5.4 1 8
u 1 nυυυutu uotno M Location te B PidQty ShipCommen
A PIDLine _SchedRollB: e B PIDLineQty _statusRollBι ped A PIDLineltCount _NextRollBac ption T PIDLineTtlltems _LastShipGrf 1 PIDLineDescript BORcvd
1 PidLinePrice Prelnvoice e B PidLineExtPrice ReplacedB
B PidLinePCost
_PurchDockE ription T PidLineExtPCost
AllocatedR
A PidLineVendor
PaidlnAdv
PIDLineVenPNo
PAdvRei
PIDLineMfg PAdvAmnt
PIDLineMfgPNo WrngPrdRc
PIDLineOrdDate
WPPackSlip
PIDLineRcvdDate
WPExpectc
PIDLineShipDate
FrtCharge
PIDLineOrToDate
__lnlnvento
PIDLineRcToDate
GLPCost
PIDLineShToDate
CreditConfl
PIDLineBOQty
PIDLineOrdered
PIDLineReceived
PIDLineShipped
PIDFlag
VenCollection
-Sequence L
MemoNumber A
:pCred Amount R _VenCredDistr s UsedToDate R PaymentReg
CashRcpt B MegaVoucher
Rcvd_Used B Amount nt VenRMANum A DateDistributed
CheckNum A _AP_RegSEq
CheckAmount R StringDate
MemoDate D Ven Pmnt Regs
-CMSeq
Purct.asingMWS A CreditToCost Register L
Vendor A VenComment VenRegisterDate D
Comments T RcvdAfterPay PaymentCount 1
RcvdDate D -Distribution Approved B
CredNotExpected B _APSubLSeq Paid B
EntryDate D ApprovedDate D
CreditType A PaymentsTotal R
Φ
MegaVoucher A CreditsTotal R
__RMASeq L Disbursement R
VenlnvSeq L CreditsReconcil B
Expected B CreditCount 1
_UniqueKey A Comments T
Keywords * VonMi iltir.ror. DiscountRate R Structure for Me Xga3.5.4 1 9
1 OtherType A DiscountReg B
MemoNumber DiscountTotal R
1 Approved B
Amount
Cancelled B Vendor A
Keywords MemoDate
ReleasedAmount R Payee A
3rd A RcvdDate
Payee A Cancelled B
CreditType
MultilnvSeq L PrePaymentReg B
Payee
PreApproved B ReceiptsReg B
UnReconciledAmt
Scheduled B Collectiontotal R
.Sequence
CreditToCost R VenDebitArrays P
Reconciled
MultiCreditSort 1 Closed B
Vendor
Receipts B GL_EntrylD L
-LastRecID
ManualReconcile B Disbursements *
Cancelled
AutoRecRMA A
_UniqueKey
CreditLeft R
OtherType
CashRcvdSeq L
EntryDate
PaymentReg A
CreditToCost
ChkDbReconciled B
Receipts
TotalChkChgs R
DistribCouπt
ChckCharges *
_APRegSeq L
GLEntrylD L
AP_Registers
_DepositSeq L harges CheckBankID Register
A
DepositDate D InvoiceTotal
DepositTime H InvoiceCount
-DepositBankSeq L CreditTotal
_APSubLSeq L CreditCount
CheckMe B Posted
GLPostedAmnt R PeriodStart
-GLPostState 1 PeriodEnd
ResetLog T PostDate
Locked B Comments
NetTotal
RegDate
RegisterType
Structure for Mega3.5.4 20
Figure imgf000140_0001
y31
Structure for Mega3.5.4 21
Structure for Mega3.5.4 22
_ActsCustAsg
Account
Description
CustomerSeq
L A A B
L _ShortStock D MfgPartNum B Stock A SSDate
MegaWaiting HI
Structure for Mega3.5.4 23
Structure for Mega3.5.4 24
Details
_ShiplDBoxLink atus ShipSeq
IDSeq
BoxSeq
Ship_ID_Key
DSSeq
Ate .RcvlDBoxLink InvoiceNum
RcvSeq L RMANum
ISeq IDSeq L RMACus1Ven2 eq BoxSeq L RMAIDSeq
Rcv_ID_Key A Freight
PackingSlip A _ARSubLSeq_lnv
From A
INo RMACus1Ven2 I Receiving rer RMAIDSeq L -Sequence L lo PackSlipStripd A RcvdDate D
_ARSubLSeq_lnv L Carrier A
Tracking No A
No Posted B Seq Rcvd Boxes Shipment From A
.Sequence Weight R From BoxCount 1
Tracking_No1 PalletCount 1
Tracking_No2 HundredWt
ItemsinBoxCount ShipSeq
Pallet PickUpNum
.Seq Box FrtCharge
Overpack DeclaredValue
InsuranceChrg
Total iheck
VenlnvSeq xxx H3
Structure for Mega3.5.4 25
Figure imgf000145_0001
xx\
Structure for Mega3.5.4 26
Figure imgf000146_0001
ιy
Structure for Mega3.5.4 27
Figure imgf000147_0001
Structure for xn
Mega3.5.4 28
Hi
Structure for Mega3.5.4 29
Figure imgf000149_0001
Structure for Mega3.5.4 30
Figure imgf000150_0001
Structure for Mega3.5.4 31
Figure imgf000151_0001
Structure for Mega3.5.4 32
Freight_lnput R LastPayDate D
Value R
ReconciledFrt B _LastWeight R AR_Voucher A
DeclaredValue R CollectionStat A
MWSNu A
BoxCount 1 Paid_To_Date R
PackingSlip L
PalletCount 1 PostedAR B
Invoice L
MnfstlnsCh_Act R _NextSalesAdj 1
OverPack B
MnftFrt_Act R FrtManual B
_VenlnvSeq L
100WtTotal_act R CredCardType A
DeclaredValue R
MnfstTotalChrge R _CredNumber A
TtHOOFrt R CredExpDate D
TtHOODecl R CredlnfoValid B
Packing Slips ttMOOinsChrg R CredConfirmNum A
PSNum L
TotaHOOCharge R CredBatchNum A
ShipDate D
MnfstModified B Settlement 1
_CheckMe B Comments T CredDate D
-GLFryPosted R Intemal Commen T CredName A
ShipTo A DropShip B
PalletCount 1 Deleted B
BoxCount 1 NoTaxReason A
ItemCount 1 Age 1
Value R Age306090 1
Insurance R -SRCommlssued B
ComputedWeight R SupCommlssued B
ActualWeight R Printed B
Freight-Ttl R SplitJoinOrigin L
OverpackCount 1 _ARRegister L
-22Z A -ARSubLSeq L
_xxxx R
_GLCheckMe B
-GL-ARSeq L
_GL_SalesSeq L
_GL_TaxSeq L
-GL-FrtSeq L
-GL_LaborSeq L
_GL_MscSeq L
_GLPst_ARSeq L
_GLPst_AR R
_GLPst_SalesSeq L
_GLPst_Sales R
_GLPst_TaxSeq L
_GLPst_Tax R
Commissions *
_GLPst_FrtSeq L
Sales__Support 1 SalesRep__Code A
1 _GLPst_Frt R
SupRep-Code A Sales-Rep A ,
_GLPst_LaborSeq L
SalesSup_Rep A CommissionRate R
_GLPst_Labor R
CommissionRate R EntryType A
_GLPst_MscSeq L
-User A Ref Invoice L
_GLPst_Msc R
Active B Ref_Credit
_CCPostedCPay B
WebPassword A CustomerPO A j _GLEntrylD_CC L
MegaEMail T MWS A
CollectionProbs *
Distributed B 1 ContactLog * CommRegister L i HasCollectProbs B
PayDate D
CollectionTickl *
Commission R \
Sales_Reps xxlnvoiceNum L
Comment T j
SalesRep-Code A l xxCustomerPO A
Approved B t Sales-Rep A | xxlnvoiceDate D
Hold B JXi
Structure for Mega3.5.4 33
Figure imgf000153_0001
Structure for Mega3.5.4 34
l axes _GLPst_Tax R
Dunty_Descrip A BadDebt
_GLPst_Frt R ty_District * ResoldlntUse
_GLPst_Labor R ixRate R Retumedltems
_GLPst_Msc R fectiveDate D Discounts
_GLCheckMe B sde A Freight
_GLPostState 1 tate A OutOfStatTxPaid
_GLPst_ARSeq L
>ecιal_Zips * PrePayRegister
_GL_ARSeq L
:pιrationDate D Adjustment
_GLPst_SalesSeq L l-Counties B Paid B
_GL_SalesSeq L jmments T OutofState R
_GLPst_TaxSeq L
WillCall B
_GL_TaxSeq L
_CountyTaxes PriceCredit R
_GLPst_FrtSeq L
FreightCredit R
SalesTaxSeq L
LaborCredit R _GL_FrtSeq L
County A
OutOfStateAdj R _GLPst_LaborSeq L
CountyTaxableTt R
TaxCredit R _GL_LaborSeq L
CntyDescription A
GovernmentAdjus R _GLPst_MscSeq L
CityDescription A
ResaleAdjust R _GL_MscSeq L
DistrSequence L
FoodAdjust R
NonTaxableTtls R
Hold B
Creditslssue R
Cancelled B
NotTxbleCreds R
.Sequence L
CountyTax R
TotalCouπtyTax R
IntUseTrans B
TaxRegister
Register L Financials
Prepayment B .Sequence
StartPeriod D Report_Name
EndPeriod D StartDate
Paid B EndDate
PaidDate D ColumnCount
State A Portrait
Comments T ColDefiinitions
AmountDue R DefFont vPeriodStart D DefFontSize
LastUpdate D DefFontSTyle
DueDate D ColDefiinitions
ProcName Fin
-Reglext T Column
TrendReport Col
_StoredSets P Width Typ.
AternateCalc B Header Con
PaynientMade R UseHeader Bal.
Version Bale
GLEntrylD -r* Cal
Calc
Cell
Links Cel
_Discriptors
CelllD A Cell
Version A SourceCelllD A Cell
LineNotes T Value A Balε
QRInstr T ValueSet B _xx
SrcFinName A
FinNa e A /X~3
Structure for Mega3.5.4 35
i si
Structure for Mega3.5.4 36
Figure imgf000156_0001
Structure for Mega3.5.4 37
LastUpdate 1
FLDebug B
VlnvRecCheckOff B
BULoglntTicks L
RemoteUpdateOn B
4DBackupOn B
4DBULocatιon T
MidDayBUTime H
PrsMinSize L
PrsStdSize L
PrsOptSize L
PrsMaxSize L
VenVerSets P
DailyVenVerOff B
VendorArraysOk B
AutoConvMonOn B
Monitorlnterval L
VendorLock B
MldDayLag 1
WmgPrd_Lead A
DefProd-lead A
DefParts_Lead A
ShippingUser A
SuppliesCust A
InternalUseCust A
InventoryCust A
ScheduledCust A
DefSchedLead A
ExpNotOrdArrays P
ExpNotRcvArrays P
ExpNotShpArrays P
ExpD ShpArrays P
CollectionBndl P
ReplSalesRep A
PreLaunchPrs B
CostAdj R
CredCardCostAdj R
RMAFaxText T
VenlnvVer2 P
VenlnvPaidOff B
HTMLTextblob P
SaleTaxModuleON B
MWSFaxON B
MWSFaxNum A
MWSEmaii T
CommEMail T
EMailToDesigner B
DesignerEmail A
SRLockOn B
APRegOn B
ARRegOn B
LastintCheckSeq L
OrphanMFGs P
FlushCount L
ImportScnpts *
4DHTMLPath T _r ImportScnpts | o Structure for Mega3.5.4 38
Figure imgf000158_0001
'7
Structure for Mega3.5.4 39
LastCoreMWSSeq L
OnSiteServDef R CυstPayments
GL Rebate Def L Check_Ref
GL_Dιvιd_Def L RcptCredDate
ScreenPWNotReq B PayAmount
LoginCopyRight T InternalNotes
CheckingOn B Customer
Entry_Date
Type_
_CustPayDιstr TotalDisbursed Sequence
InvoiceNum
PayBalance
DistDate
Amount ReconToCash
Reference CredDebitlssued
InvNσtUpdated InvTotalDisb
_DetlD CMTotalDisb
-DetUnique Reconciled
ARSubLSeq Posted GL_PstAmnt CreatedBy xxxxxx Approved xxxxxxx AR_Voucher
_CustPayPetaιls xxxxxxxx Approved_Date
Seq L Post_Date
Type_ A _CustomerSeq
StubAmount R _LastDetlD
Reconciled B StubDistrAlert
StubRef A DepositSeq
AppliedAmnt R _ARRegister
AppliedRef A PostBalance
-DetailiD L StubBalance
-DetUnique A GLEntrylD
Relatedinv L GL_CashAct_Seq
_CustCredDιst ReconToCash R GL_CheckME
MemoNumber IssuedCredDeb R GL_PstAmnt
DistDate _ARSubLSeq_CC L NewGLMeth
Amount GLEntrylD_Log
Reference CheckBankID
CMNotUpdated DepositDate
-DetID DepositTime
_DetUnιque .Deposit Ban kSeq
Issue
_ARSubLSeq
GL_PstAmnt
CollectionProbs
Probs Resolved
ContactLoq
ContactType A
CurrentDate D
Comments A
_current time H
ActivityDate D Structure for Mega3.5.4 40
Figure imgf000160_0001
ιs<j
Structure for Mega3.5.4 41
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Structure for Mega3.5.4 42
CalcAssignments
CalclD
Mutiplier
O 99/33016
Structure for Mega3.5.4 43
Figure imgf000163_0001
O 99/33016
Λ2-
Structure for Mega3.5.4 44 ui Yooiα i υ 1
PriceMTD R Sequences
-FileAdmin
Price YTD R Sequence I
Name A
MaxPriceYTD R NextNumber L
MinPriceYTD Procedure T
R SequenceName A
AvgPriceYTD AdminFile A
R ReuseMe *
Info T
QtySoldYTD 1
Warn B
LastSaleDate D
CurrentMonth Parent A
1
Folder
CurrentYear B
1
Access. A
QtylnStock 1
StockA ail 1
3
Structure for Mega3.5.4 45
Figure imgf000165_0001
Structure for Mega3.5.4 46
A D R
T
A
D
A
OverUnderPay
R
L Customer
R Amount
R Reason
R .PaymentSeq
R ToCash
R CredDebissued
B Closed
B AmountFrmCPmnt
A BadDebt
B
A
D
D
L
L
B
L
L
R
R
L
L
B
R
B
A D H
L
GLEntrylD.Log
GLEntrylD
Structure for Mega3.5.4 47
Figure imgf000167_0001
Structure for Mega3.5.4 48
Figure imgf000168_0001
11 Structure for Mega3.5.4 49 neciviiu in unique .ivπuπopaue.:
Balance R
DepositAmnt R
TransactionTime H
DepositDate D
DepositTime H
DepVerifyDate D
DepVerifyTime H
PayableTo T
CashRecptSeq L
CashDisbSeq L
Figure imgf000169_0001
Structure for Mega3.5.4 50
.Letters
A
T it A e R
T
-ont A
Size R
T ont A
;ize R itPage B le 1
Style 1 ityle 1
Mignment A
.lignment A ignment A iie A
P
Figure imgf000170_0001
.BadVendors
XX B
XXX B xxxx B xxxxx B xxxxxxxxx B xxxxxxx B
Structure for Mega3.5.4 51
Figure imgf000171_0001
Structure for M nega3o.5.4 52
n i
Structure for Mega3.5.4 53
Structure for Mega3.5.4 5
I 73
Structure for Mega3.5.4 55
_GLBankRg_Split
BankRegSequence L
GL.AccountSeq L
Debit R
Credit R
Sort. 1
ActType A
GL.Account A
Editable B
CashRcptSeq L
Explanation A
CashDisbSeq L

Claims

n "iWhat is claimed is:
1. A method of business-to-business transaction processing using a database and a database management system, comprising: receiving user demand information electronically; at least partially in response to receiving the user demand information electronically, automatically storing an order record in the database and maintaining the order record in the database throughout a life cycle of the order; and during the life cycle ofthe order, multiple users each accessing the order record and processing the order to accomplish a respective one of multiple business functions, and creating records related to the order.
2. The method of Claim 1 , wherein the life cycle of the order includes an expected period for at least one of reversal, service, and parts order.
3. The method of Claim 2, wherein reversal includes customer returns and correction of improperly fulfilled or mistaken orders.
4. The method of Claim 1, or Claim 2 or Claim 3, further comprising: providing within the database management system at least one of a table switch function and a related table switch function, wherein: the table switch function enables a user to freely view records of any of various tables except as otherwise prohibited by access authority defined by a supervisory user; the related table switch function enables a user to freely view records of any of various tables related to a selected record, except as otherwise prohibited by access authority defined by a supervisory user. n '
5. The method of Claim 4, wherein the related switch function is used to display information to a user via the Web.
6. The method of any of the preceding claims, further comprising defining automated workflow processes for a plurality of business functions using the database and the database management system, wherein the workflow processes constrain user inputs and actions but allow use of at least one ofthe table switch function and the related table switch function.
7. The method of Claim 6, further comprising allowing a user with proper authority to access all tables containing transaction-relevant information.
8. The method of any ofthe preceding claims, further comprising providing a central table supporting multiple business functions, whereby changes made by one user performing one business function can be viewed immediately thereafter by other users performing other business functions.
9. The method of Claim 8, wherein the central table is an item detail table.
10. The method of Claim 8, further comprising: users, in response to business events, entering information affecting financials into the database; and posting general ledger entries in the database such that latency between entry of said information and posting of a corresponding general ledger entry is either negligible or not greater than a predetermined small time period. n (>
11. The method of Claim 10, wherein the predetermined small time period is one day, allowing for the preparation of substantially real-time financial reports.
12. The method of any ofthe preceding claims, further comprising processing information stored within the database to provide functionality within a majority ofthe following categories: enterprise resource planning, sales force automation, supply chain management, purchasing automation and electronic commerce.
13. The method of any of the preceding claims, further comprising: in response to receiving the user demand information electronically, automatically storing a quote record in the database; receiving further user demand information electronically; in response to receiving the further user demand information electronically, automatically converting a quote record to an order record.
14. The method of any of the preceding claims, wherein the database management system is Web-enabled, and at least one of said user demand information and said further user demand information is received via the Web.
15. The method of any of the preceding claims, further comprising a user retrieving a quote record that has not yet been converted into an order record, modifying the quote record, and updating the quote record.
16. The method of any ofthe preceding claims, further comprising a user retrieving an order or quote record, duplicating the order record as a quote record, modifying the quote record, and saving the quote record as a new quote record.
17. The method of any of the preceding claims further comprising allowing a supervisor to view quotes created by subordinates of that supervisor.
18. The method of any of the preceding claims, further comprising, for each of a plurality of users, storing within the database management system a plurality of favorite quotes of that user for ready duplication.
19. The method of Claim 18, further comprising allowing a user to change that user's favorite quotes and effecting the changes on-the-fly in real time.
20. The method of any ofthe preceding claims, further comprising eliciting user demand information by displaying to a user products approved for purchase by that user.
21. The method of any ofthe preceding claims, further comprising eliciting user demand information by displaying to a user a summary of products frequently purchased or recently purchased by that user.
22. The method of any of the preceding claims wherein the user demand information includes at least one of installation instructions and shipping instructions.
23. The method of Claim 22, further comprising automatically enforcing dependencies based on at least one of ship group and installation group.
24. The method of any of the preceding claims, further comprising: automatically identifying quote records less likely to be converted into order records; and communicating with users so as to increase the liklihood ofthe quote records being converted into order records.
25. The method of Claim 24, wherein communicating with users comprises automatically communicating with users via the Web.
26. The method of Claim 25, further comprising automatically communicating a promotional offer.
27. The method of any ofthe preceding claims, further comprising processing via the Web a post-sale transaction relating to a product previously sold, comprising the steps of: a user communicating a request via the Web, causing a related record related to an existing order record to be stored; and processing the request using an automated workflow process.
28. The method of Claim 27, wherein the post-sale transaction is one of the following: return, service, and parts order.
29. The method of any ofthe preceding claims, wherein the existence of an open retum request is automatically taken into account within a plurality of workflow processes.
30. The method of any of the preceding claims, further comprising automatically approving a retum request in accordance with stored criteria and communicating approval to a user electronically.
31. The method of Claim 30, wherein the stored criteria are modified by a user having authority to do so.
32. The method of any of the previous claims, further comprising electronically communicating status information to a user. O c{
33. The method of Claim 32, wherein the status information pertains to an order.
34. The method of Claim 32, wherein the status information is communicated upon receiving an electronic request at the time of request.
35. The method of Claim 32, wherein the status information is communicated upon the occurrence of a status change based upon a previous request.
36. The method of Claim 32, wherein the status information pertains to a post-sale transaction request.
37. The method of Claim 32, wherein the status information is detailed status information concerning payment or non-payment.
38. The method of any of the preceding claims, further comprising: automatically classifying records of a given type into multiple classifications for workflow processing; one or more users interacting with the relational database system to take a prescribed action with respect to multiple records having a particular classification.
39. The method of Claim 38, wherein the records of a given type are classified into multiple classifications based on experiential criteria.
40. The method of Claim 38, wherein a record may belong to a plurality of categories, the method further comprising sorting records in accordance with a hierarchy of categories such that a record belong to both a category higher in the hierarchy and a category lower in the hierarchy is sorted into a group of records belonging to the higher category. l i
41. The method of Claim 40, further comprising a user rearranging classifications within a hierarchy to effect a business purpose.
42. The method of Claim 38, further comprising the relational database system not allowing the one or more users to take at least some actions other than the prescribed action with respect to the records.
43. The method of Claim 42, further comprising a user with requisite authority to take an action not allowed for other users not having the requisite authority.
44. The method of Claim 38, further comprising: a user interacting with the relational database system to change information within a record; and automatically reclassifying the record.
45. The method of any one of Claims 26-35 wherein the records of a given type are of one ofthe following types: customer invoices, vendor invoices, item sold and retum merchandise authorization requests.
46. The method of Claim 45, further comprising: classifying item sold records; forming a group of particular item sold records; and creating a vendor order including a vendor order item corresponding to the group of particular item sold records and representing one or more units.
47. The method of Claim 46, wherein forming a group comprises grouping and regrouping item sold records as many times as desired. /* /
48. The method of Claim 46, wherein each vendor order item is related to at least one item sold record created in response to receiving directly from a user user demand information.
49. The method of Claim 48, wherein an item sold record represents one or more units, and an item detail record related to the item sold record is created for each unit.
50. The method of Claim 49, further comprising: receiving one or more units of a vendor order item; and for each unit, changing an item detail record to indicate receipt of that unit.
51. The method of Claim 50, further comprising physically manipulating a unit in accordance with a workflow process defined within the database and changing an item detail record ofthe unit to reflect the physical manipulation.
52. The method of Claim 51 , wherein physically manipulating the unit comprises installing the unit within a larger assembly.
53. The method of any of Claims 26-43 wherein classifying comprises identifying critical path items for fulfilling an order.
54. The method of any of Claims 26-44 wherein classifying is performed on the basis of at least a plurality ofthe following: item, availability, installation instructions, and shipping instructions.
55. The method of any of Claims 26-45 further comprising breaking down items into multiple tiers, each successive tier including component parts for items of a previous tier, and creating a record for each component part.
56. The method of Claim 55, wherein classifying is performed on the basis of availability within multiple tiers.
57. The method of Claim 56, wherein availability information within multiple tiers is obtained via the Web.
58. The method of Claim 56, further comprising communicating availability information to a customer and, if the customer desires, changing at least one of installation instructions and shipping instructions.
59. The method of Claim 55, further comprising ordering component parts from a vendor, receiving the component parts, and assemblying the component parts into an item.
60. The method of Claim 55, further comprising identifying suppliers for the component parts of at least one tier.
61. The method of Claim 60, further comprising ordering an item from a vendor and automatically communicating demand information to at least one other supplier of a component part ofthe item via the Web.
62. The method of Claim 61, wherein communicating via the Web is accomplished by one of Web push methods and Web pull methods.
63. The method of any of the preceding claims further comprising using the data in the database to perform systematic quantitative evaluation of at least one of employee performance, vendor performance and customer performance. / l? 3
64. The method of Claim 63, further comprising at least one of an employee, a vendor and a customer remotely accessing the database and viewing its own quantitative performance data.
65. The method of Claim 63, wherein said evaluation is based entirely upon data in the database.
66. The method of Claim 63, wherein said evaluation takes into account reversals of orders.
67. The method of any ofthe preceding claims, wherein the user demand information includes, at least implicitly, vendor identification information, further comprising automatically transmitting corresponding order information to a designated vendor for fulfillment ofthe order.
68. The method of Claim 67, further comprising automatically transmitting N-tier order information to multiple corresponding vendors.
69. The method of Claim 1 , further comprising: displaying to a Web user multiple electronic commerce course-of- dealing options including at least one option relating to products and at least one option relating to payments; the Web user setting at least one electronic commerce course-of- dealing option in accordance with a choice ofthe user; and the electronic commerce system effectuating the choice ofthe Web user for each of multiple subsequent electronic commerce transactions.
70. The method of Claim 69, further comprising effectuating the choice ofthe Web user on-the-fly in real time.
71. The method of Claim 69, wherein displaying comprises displaying a multiplicity of electronic commerce course-of-dealing options in tabular form.
72. The method of Claim 69, wherein course-of-dealing information is read during transaction processing of an electronic commerce transaction.
73. The method of Claim 69, further comprising: setting authorities of multiple Web users; and allowing a Web user to set an electronic commerce course-of-dealing option only if the Web user is authorized to do so.
74. The method of Claim 73, further comprising effectuating the settings on-the-fly in real time.
75. The method of any of claims 61 -64, wherein a second, working- level electronic commerce course-of-dealing option relates to the authority of a Web user to perform a predetermined action authorized in accordance with a first, enterprise-level electronic commerce course-of-dealing option.
76. The method of any ofthe foregoing claims, further comprising making remotely accessible to a user status information pertaining to each of a majority ofthe following product life cycle stages: purchasing, receiving, shipping, installation/assembly, billing, and returns/service.
77. The method of any of the foregoing claims, further comprising a user executing a dynamic workflow process not explicitly provided for.
78. The method of any ofthe foregoing claims, further comprising an external user remotely setting or changing authority of one or more users.
79. The method of Claim 78, further comprising the system immediately effecting the changes in authority.
PCT/US1998/027496 1997-12-22 1998-12-22 Integrated business-to-business web commerce and business automation system WO1999033016A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2000525852A JP2001527248A (en) 1997-12-22 1998-12-22 Integrated business-to-business web commerce and business automation system
KR1020007006942A KR20010033456A (en) 1997-12-22 1998-12-22 Integrated business-to-business web commerce and business automation system
EP98966078A EP1055185A1 (en) 1997-12-22 1998-12-22 Integrated business-to-business web commerce and business automation system
AU22057/99A AU2205799A (en) 1997-12-22 1998-12-22 Integrated business-to-business web commerce and business automation system

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US08/995,591 US6115690A (en) 1997-12-22 1997-12-22 Integrated business-to-business Web commerce and business automation system
US08/995,591 1997-12-22

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1999033016A1 true WO1999033016A1 (en) 1999-07-01
WO1999033016A9 WO1999033016A9 (en) 1999-11-04

Family

ID=25541977

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1998/027496 WO1999033016A1 (en) 1997-12-22 1998-12-22 Integrated business-to-business web commerce and business automation system

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (2) US6115690A (en)
EP (1) EP1055185A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2001527248A (en)
KR (1) KR20010033456A (en)
AU (1) AU2205799A (en)
WO (1) WO1999033016A1 (en)

Cited By (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001045010A1 (en) * 1999-12-15 2001-06-21 Clickreturns.Com Product return logistics processing
WO2001050374A1 (en) * 1999-12-30 2001-07-12 General Electric Company Method and system for releasing shipments from a complex order over a computer network
WO2001050375A1 (en) * 1999-12-30 2001-07-12 General Electric Company On-line issue tracking method and apparatus for a purchasing system
WO2001050373A1 (en) * 1999-12-30 2001-07-12 General Electric Company Pricing method and apparatus for an on-line purchasing system
JP2001265892A (en) * 2000-01-07 2001-09-28 General Electric Co <Ge> Method and system for obtaining aircraft component, information, and service
JP2002091536A (en) * 2000-09-13 2002-03-29 Nippon Steel Corp Managing method for integrated manufacture of steel product, scheduling device and storage medium
JPWO2002023420A1 (en) * 2000-09-14 2004-01-22 株式会社東芝 Settlement agency system
US6868393B1 (en) 2000-02-24 2005-03-15 International Business Machines Corporation Client-centric internet shopping system, method and program
US7184973B2 (en) 2000-07-11 2007-02-27 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Method and apparatus for communicating order entries in a network environment
US7444298B2 (en) 2001-08-28 2008-10-28 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Order and payment visibility process
US7660721B2 (en) 2000-03-28 2010-02-09 Stamps.Com Inc. Apparatus, systems and methods for online, multi-parcel, multi-carrier, multi-service parcel returns shipping management
US7664651B1 (en) 1999-10-06 2010-02-16 Stamps.Com Inc. Apparatus, systems and methods for online, multi-carrier, multi-service parcel shipping management
US8321313B2 (en) 2000-03-06 2012-11-27 Wellogix Technology Licensing, Llc Method and process for providing relevant data, comparing proposal alternatives, and reconciling proposals, invoices, and purchase orders with actual costs in a workflow process
US8386341B2 (en) 1999-10-06 2013-02-26 Stamps.Com Inc. Apparatus, systems and methods for applying billing options for multiple carriers for online, multi-carrier, multi-service parcel shipping management
US8566231B2 (en) 2004-06-17 2013-10-22 Visa International Service Association Method and system for providing buyer bank payable discounting aggregation services
WO2015053613A1 (en) * 2013-10-09 2015-04-16 Raig Technologies (M) Sdn Bhd A system and method for processing of orders related to financial transaction using a computer readable graphical code
US9633347B2 (en) 2012-05-04 2017-04-25 e2interactive. Inc Systems and/or methods for selling non-inventory items at point-of-sale (POS) locations
US9846871B2 (en) 2010-04-12 2017-12-19 E2Interactive, Inc. Systems and/or methods for determining item serial number structure and intelligence
US10296916B2 (en) 2009-09-11 2019-05-21 Maridee Joy Maraz System and/or method for handling recalled product purchases and/or return/warranty requests
US10445743B2 (en) 2001-11-15 2019-10-15 E2Interactive, Inc. Non-serialized electronic product registration system and method of operating same
CN112488816A (en) * 2020-11-27 2021-03-12 西安热工研究院有限公司 Method for sharing invoice information between collaborative management system and project management system
US20220215447A1 (en) * 2021-01-07 2022-07-07 Stripe, Inc. Invoice Numbering

Families Citing this family (773)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6289322B1 (en) * 1998-03-03 2001-09-11 Checkfree Corporation Electronic bill processing
US6858024B1 (en) * 1994-02-14 2005-02-22 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Guide catheter having selected flexural modulus segments
US8006260B2 (en) 1996-04-01 2011-08-23 Gemstar Development Corporation Apparatus and method for parental control using V-chip plus+ and master password
WO2000030014A1 (en) * 1998-11-13 2000-05-25 Nintendo Of America Inc. Method and apparatus for verifying product sale transactions and processing product returns
US6757663B1 (en) 1996-10-02 2004-06-29 Nintendo Of America Electronic registration system for product transactions
US8788432B2 (en) 1996-10-02 2014-07-22 Nintendo Of America Inc. Method and apparatus for efficient handling of product return transactions
US8156026B2 (en) 2000-05-12 2012-04-10 Nintendo of America Ltd. Method and apparatus for enabling purchasers of products to obtain return information and to initiate product returns via an on-line network connection
US7797164B2 (en) * 1996-10-02 2010-09-14 Nintendo Of America, Inc. Method and apparatus for enabling purchasers of products to obtain return information and to initiate product returns via an on-line network connection
US6085172A (en) 1996-10-02 2000-07-04 Nintendo Of America Inc. Method and apparatus for efficient handling of product return transactions
US8745493B2 (en) * 1996-10-25 2014-06-03 Karen A. McKirchy Method and apparatus for providing instructional help, at multiple levels of sophistication, in a learning application
JPH11110441A (en) * 1997-10-02 1999-04-23 Fujitsu Ltd Electronic transaction system
US20050027870A1 (en) * 1998-04-14 2005-02-03 Trebes Harold Herman System and method for providing peer-oriented control of telecommunication services
US8095391B2 (en) * 1998-08-05 2012-01-10 Ccc Information Services, Inc. System and method for performing reinspection in insurance claim processing
US6401111B1 (en) * 1998-09-11 2002-06-04 International Business Machines Corporation Interaction monitor and interaction history for service applications
US6701523B1 (en) * 1998-09-16 2004-03-02 Index Systems, Inc. V-Chip plus+in-guide user interface apparatus and method for programmable blocking of television and other viewable programming, such as for parental control of a television receiver
EP1131759A2 (en) 1998-11-13 2001-09-12 The Chase Manhattan Bank System and method for multicurrency and multibank processing over a non-secure network
US7379899B1 (en) 1998-11-13 2008-05-27 Nintendo Of America Inc. Method and apparatus for verifying product sale transactions and processing product returns
EP1188135A2 (en) 1998-12-23 2002-03-20 The Chase Manhattan Bank System and method for integrating trading operations including the generation, processing and tracking of trade documents
US6381579B1 (en) * 1998-12-23 2002-04-30 International Business Machines Corporation System and method to provide secure navigation to resources on the internet
AU769742B2 (en) 1999-03-02 2004-02-05 Amway Corp. Electronic commerce transactions within a marketing system that may contain a membership buying opportunity
US7353194B1 (en) * 1999-03-02 2008-04-01 Alticor Investments, Inc. System and method for managing recurring orders in a computer network
US7962367B1 (en) * 1999-03-09 2011-06-14 Privateer Ltd. Method and apparatus for permitting stage-door access to on-line vendor information
US7117172B1 (en) * 1999-03-11 2006-10-03 Corecard Software, Inc. Methods and systems for managing financial accounts
US6438535B1 (en) * 1999-03-18 2002-08-20 Lockheed Martin Corporation Relational database method for accessing information useful for the manufacture of, to interconnect nodes in, to repair and to maintain product and system units
US6975937B1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2005-12-13 Christopher Kantarjiev Technique for processing customer service transactions at customer site using mobile computing device
WO2000068856A2 (en) 1999-05-11 2000-11-16 Webvan Group, Inc. Electronic commerce enabled delivery system and method
US7197547B1 (en) 1999-05-11 2007-03-27 Andrew Karl Miller Load balancing technique implemented in a data network device utilizing a data cache
US7139637B1 (en) 1999-05-11 2006-11-21 William Henry Waddington Order allocation to minimize container stops in a distribution center
US7068832B1 (en) 1999-05-11 2006-06-27 The Chase Manhattan Bank Lockbox imaging system
US7177825B1 (en) 1999-05-11 2007-02-13 Borders Louis H Integrated system for ordering, fulfillment, and delivery of consumer products using a data network
US7370005B1 (en) 1999-05-11 2008-05-06 Peter Ham Inventory replication based upon order fulfillment rates
US6269361B1 (en) * 1999-05-28 2001-07-31 Goto.Com System and method for influencing a position on a search result list generated by a computer network search engine
US6952741B1 (en) * 1999-06-30 2005-10-04 Computer Sciences Corporation System and method for synchronizing copies of data in a computer system
US7058817B1 (en) 1999-07-02 2006-06-06 The Chase Manhattan Bank System and method for single sign on process for websites with multiple applications and services
US7124088B2 (en) 1999-07-30 2006-10-17 Progressive Casualty Insurance Company Apparatus for internet on-line insurance policy service
US7340426B1 (en) 1999-07-30 2008-03-04 Computer Sciences Corporation Event-triggered transaction processing for electronic data interchange
US6961687B1 (en) * 1999-08-03 2005-11-01 Lockheed Martin Corporation Internet based product data management (PDM) system
AU6780200A (en) * 1999-08-20 2001-03-19 Eproductivity.Com, Inc. Business method and processing system
US6970844B1 (en) 1999-08-27 2005-11-29 Computer Sciences Corporation Flow designer for establishing and maintaining assignment and strategy process maps
US6961708B1 (en) 1999-08-27 2005-11-01 Computer Sciences Corporation External interface for requesting data from remote systems in a generic fashion
US7003489B1 (en) * 1999-09-08 2006-02-21 Ge Capital Commercial Finance, Inc. Methods and apparatus for submitting information to an automated lending system
US6901376B1 (en) 1999-09-10 2005-05-31 M&R Marking Systems, Inc. Method and system for facilitating reseller transactions
US20060167768A1 (en) * 1999-09-10 2006-07-27 Sculler Steven J Method and system for facilitating reseller transactions
US7280978B1 (en) * 1999-09-17 2007-10-09 Raymond Anthony Joao Apparatus and method for providing and/or for fulfilling subscription services
US6959268B1 (en) * 1999-09-21 2005-10-25 Lockheed Martin Corporation Product catalog for use in a collaborative engineering environment and method for using same
US7319986B2 (en) * 1999-09-28 2008-01-15 Bank Of America Corporation Dynamic payment cards and related management systems and associated methods
US20010037248A1 (en) * 2000-05-01 2001-11-01 Elliot Klein Product warranty registration system and method
US6965866B2 (en) * 2000-05-01 2005-11-15 Elliot Klein Product warranty registration system and method
US7016851B1 (en) 1999-09-30 2006-03-21 Eugene M. Lee Systems and methods for preparation of an intellectual property filing in accordance with jurisdiction- and/or agent specific requirements
US6928411B1 (en) * 1999-09-30 2005-08-09 International Business Machines Corporation Invoice processing system
US20090307577A1 (en) * 2001-08-28 2009-12-10 Lee Eugene M System for providing a binding cost for foreign filing a patent application
US7016852B1 (en) 1999-09-30 2006-03-21 Eugene M. Lee Fee transaction system and method for intellectual property acquisition and/or maintenance
US7693731B1 (en) 1999-09-30 2010-04-06 Computer Sciences Corporation Business process framework for reinsurance
US20020138297A1 (en) * 2001-03-21 2002-09-26 Lee Eugene M. Apparatus for and method of analyzing intellectual property information
US20020046046A1 (en) * 1999-09-30 2002-04-18 Barrott John Christopher Computerized family advising system and method for making funeral arrangements
US6401079B1 (en) * 1999-10-01 2002-06-04 Inleague, Inc. System for web-based payroll and benefits administration
US7418407B2 (en) * 1999-10-14 2008-08-26 Jarbridge, Inc. Method for electronic gifting using merging images
US7805365B1 (en) 1999-10-25 2010-09-28 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Automated statement presentation, adjustment and payment system and method therefor
US7526487B1 (en) 1999-10-29 2009-04-28 Computer Sciences Corporation Business transaction processing systems and methods
US6925468B1 (en) 1999-10-29 2005-08-02 Computer Sciences Corporation Configuring systems for generating business transaction reports using processing relationships among entities of an organization
US7353196B1 (en) 1999-10-29 2008-04-01 Computer Sciences Corporation Configuring dynamic database packageset switching for use in processing business transactions
US7356541B1 (en) 1999-10-29 2008-04-08 Computer Sciences Corporation Processing business data using user-configured keys
US7363264B1 (en) 1999-10-29 2008-04-22 Computer Sciences Corporation Processing business transactions using dynamic database packageset switching
US7693844B1 (en) 1999-10-29 2010-04-06 Computer Sciences Corporation Configuring processing relationships among entities of an organization
US7546304B1 (en) 1999-10-29 2009-06-09 Computer Sciences Corporation Configuring keys for use in processing business data
US7571171B1 (en) 1999-10-29 2009-08-04 Computer Sciences Corporation Smart trigger for use in processing business transactions
WO2001033477A2 (en) 1999-11-04 2001-05-10 Jpmorgan Chase Bank System and method for automated financial project management
US6876991B1 (en) 1999-11-08 2005-04-05 Collaborative Decision Platforms, Llc. System, method and computer program product for a collaborative decision platform
AU3269301A (en) * 1999-11-15 2001-05-30 Lance A. Liotta Real-time delivery of medical test data to portable communications devices
US7716077B1 (en) 1999-11-22 2010-05-11 Accenture Global Services Gmbh Scheduling and planning maintenance and service in a network-based supply chain environment
US7130807B1 (en) * 1999-11-22 2006-10-31 Accenture Llp Technology sharing during demand and supply planning in a network-based supply chain environment
US7437304B2 (en) * 1999-11-22 2008-10-14 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for project preparing a procurement and accounts payable system
US8032409B1 (en) 1999-11-22 2011-10-04 Accenture Global Services Limited Enhanced visibility during installation management in a network-based supply chain environment
US8271336B2 (en) 1999-11-22 2012-09-18 Accenture Global Services Gmbh Increased visibility during order management in a network-based supply chain environment
US7124101B1 (en) 1999-11-22 2006-10-17 Accenture Llp Asset tracking in a network-based supply chain environment
US8571975B1 (en) 1999-11-24 2013-10-29 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for sending money via E-mail over the internet
US10275780B1 (en) 1999-11-24 2019-04-30 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Method and apparatus for sending a rebate via electronic mail over the internet
US7337389B1 (en) 1999-12-07 2008-02-26 Microsoft Corporation System and method for annotating an electronic document independently of its content
US7028267B1 (en) * 1999-12-07 2006-04-11 Microsoft Corporation Method and apparatus for capturing and rendering text annotations for non-modifiable electronic content
US9424240B2 (en) 1999-12-07 2016-08-23 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Annotations for electronic content
US20020046051A1 (en) * 1999-12-10 2002-04-18 Elliot Katzman Electronic concession stand
EP1295225A1 (en) * 1999-12-21 2003-03-26 David Michie Merchant-specific computer peripheral device and method of promoting business
US20010032143A1 (en) * 1999-12-30 2001-10-18 Enhance, Inc. Method and system providing out-sourced, merchandise return services
US20020049617A1 (en) * 1999-12-30 2002-04-25 Choicelinx Corporation System and method for facilitating selection of benefits
US7251612B1 (en) 2000-01-10 2007-07-31 Parker John E Method and system for scheduling distribution routes and timeslots
US10055772B1 (en) 2000-01-14 2018-08-21 Versata Development Group, Inc. Method and apparatus for product comparison
US7206756B1 (en) 2000-01-14 2007-04-17 Trilogy Development Group, Inc. System and method for facilitating commercial transactions over a data network
CA2331429A1 (en) 2000-01-18 2001-07-18 James Stein System and method for real-time updating service provider ratings
US7231433B1 (en) 2000-01-19 2007-06-12 Reynolds And Reynolds Holdings, Inc. Enterlink for providing a federated business to business system that interconnects applications of multiple companies
US6647420B2 (en) * 2001-01-18 2003-11-11 Reynolds And Reynolds Holdings, Inc. Enterlink for providing a federated business to business system that interconnects applications of multiple companies
WO2001055817A2 (en) * 2000-01-27 2001-08-02 Ronald Johnson System and methods for on-line, real-time inventory display, monitoring and control
EP1250685B1 (en) * 2000-01-28 2004-07-28 Fundamo (Proprietary) Limited Banking system with enhanced identification of financial accounts
US6944652B1 (en) * 2000-01-31 2005-09-13 Journyx, Inc. Method and apparatus for providing frequent flyer miles and incentives for timely interaction with a time records system
US7069498B1 (en) * 2000-01-31 2006-06-27 Journyx, Inc. Method and apparatus for a web based punch clock/time clock
EP1215611A4 (en) * 2000-02-14 2003-01-29 Canon Kk Collecting method by information processor, and ordering method or sale method
US7822656B2 (en) 2000-02-15 2010-10-26 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. International banking system and method
US6867789B1 (en) * 2000-02-15 2005-03-15 Bank One, Delaware, National Association System and method for generating graphical user interfaces
US7181420B2 (en) * 2000-02-18 2007-02-20 Oracle International Corporation Methods and systems for online self-service receivables management and automated online receivables dispute resolution
US8768836B1 (en) 2000-02-18 2014-07-01 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for electronic deposit of a financial instrument by banking customers from remote locations by use of a digital image
US7457628B2 (en) 2000-02-29 2008-11-25 Smarter Agent, Llc System and method for providing information based on geographic position
US7072665B1 (en) 2000-02-29 2006-07-04 Blumberg Brad W Position-based information access device and method of searching
US7599795B1 (en) 2000-02-29 2009-10-06 Smarter Agent, Llc Mobile location aware search engine and method of providing content for same
US7069235B1 (en) * 2000-03-03 2006-06-27 Pcorder.Com, Inc. System and method for multi-source transaction processing
US20010037265A1 (en) * 2000-03-14 2001-11-01 Kleinberg Hershel Alan Method and apparatus for on-line retailing of insurance goods and services
JP3758454B2 (en) * 2000-03-16 2006-03-22 株式会社デンソー Parts information management system
US20010032123A1 (en) * 2000-03-20 2001-10-18 Megan Burns Electronic commerce utilizing a value parameter
JP2001283079A (en) 2000-03-28 2001-10-12 Sony Corp Communication service method, its device, communication terminal unit, communication system and advertisement publicizing method
AU2001246271A1 (en) * 2000-03-31 2001-10-15 Mdsi Mobile Data Solutions, Inc. Assigning technique for a scheduling system
US20010034726A1 (en) * 2000-03-31 2001-10-25 Mcmahon Terry L. Method and system for automating quote generation
US20020002494A1 (en) * 2000-04-05 2002-01-03 Bruce Beam System and method for facilitating appraisals
JP2001357126A (en) * 2000-04-14 2001-12-26 Canon Inc Service providing method and device, display method and device, charging processing system, device and method, computer program, and computer-readable storage medium
JP2001306838A (en) * 2000-04-17 2001-11-02 Nec Corp Network transaction method, method and system for data processing, terminal equipment, and information storage medium
US20040215572A1 (en) * 2000-04-26 2004-10-28 Tsuyoshi Uehara Method of managing transaction and settlement, and method of informing information on consumption trends
WO2001084394A1 (en) * 2000-04-28 2001-11-08 Fujitsu Limited Interactive control system
US7389214B1 (en) 2000-05-01 2008-06-17 Accenture, Llp Category analysis in a market management
US7395193B1 (en) * 2000-05-01 2008-07-01 Accenture, Llp Manufacture for a market management framework
US7240283B1 (en) 2000-11-10 2007-07-03 Narasimha Rao Paila Data transmission and rendering techniques implemented over a client-server system
US7139721B2 (en) * 2000-05-10 2006-11-21 Borders Louis H Scheduling delivery of products via the internet
US20020091991A1 (en) * 2000-05-11 2002-07-11 Castro Juan Carlos Unified real-time microprocessor computer
US7908200B2 (en) 2000-05-16 2011-03-15 Versata Development Group, Inc. Method and apparatus for efficiently generating electronic requests for quote
WO2001091022A2 (en) * 2000-05-19 2001-11-29 Enron Broadband Services, Inc. Commodity trading of bandwidth
US20050033602A1 (en) * 2000-05-25 2005-02-10 Mark Cirinna Business-to-employee web services
US6754677B1 (en) 2000-05-30 2004-06-22 Outlooksoft Corporation Method and system for facilitating information exchange
JP3529127B2 (en) * 2000-06-07 2004-05-24 本田技研工業株式会社 Automatic price correction system
US7426530B1 (en) 2000-06-12 2008-09-16 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for providing customers with seamless entry to a remote server
AU2001255714A1 (en) * 2000-06-13 2001-12-24 Industria Solutions, Incorporated Systems and methods for the collaborative design, construction, and maintenance of fluid processing plants
US7849021B1 (en) * 2000-06-15 2010-12-07 Teradata Us, Inc. Pooling data in shared data warehouse
US7363246B1 (en) 2000-06-19 2008-04-22 Vulcan Portals, Inc. System and method for enhancing buyer and seller interaction during a group-buying sale
US7409356B1 (en) * 2000-06-21 2008-08-05 Applied Systems Intelligence, Inc. Method and system for intelligent supply chain collaboration
US10185936B2 (en) 2000-06-22 2019-01-22 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Method and system for processing internet payments
US7343307B1 (en) 2000-06-23 2008-03-11 Computer Sciences Corporation Dynamic help method and system for an insurance claims processing system
US7095426B1 (en) 2000-06-23 2006-08-22 Computer Sciences Corporation Graphical user interface with a hide/show feature for a reference system in an insurance claims processing system
WO2002001322A2 (en) * 2000-06-28 2002-01-03 Rohsen Technology & Marketing, Inc. Methods and systems for business-to-business sourcing services
US6999941B1 (en) * 2000-07-11 2006-02-14 Amazon.Com, Inc. Providing gift clustering functionality to assist a user in ordering multiple items for a recipient
JP2002032595A (en) * 2000-07-17 2002-01-31 Nec Corp System and method for merchandise sales and recording medium
US7266512B2 (en) 2000-07-18 2007-09-04 Cnet Networks, Inc. System and method for establishing business to business connections via the internet
US8510171B2 (en) 2000-07-25 2013-08-13 Nintendo Of America Inc. Electronic product registration system with customizable return/warranty programs
US7702541B2 (en) * 2000-08-01 2010-04-20 Yahoo! Inc. Targeted e-commerce system
US8468071B2 (en) 2000-08-01 2013-06-18 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Processing transactions using a register portion to track transactions
US20040199456A1 (en) * 2000-08-01 2004-10-07 Andrew Flint Method and apparatus for explaining credit scores
US7280980B1 (en) * 2000-08-01 2007-10-09 Fair Isaac Corporation Algorithm for explaining credit scores
WO2002015098A2 (en) 2000-08-11 2002-02-21 Loy John J Trade receivable processing method and apparatus
US7206768B1 (en) * 2000-08-14 2007-04-17 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Electronic multiparty accounts receivable and accounts payable system
US20050049937A1 (en) * 2000-08-16 2005-03-03 Aaron Sanders Business method and processing system
US20070214075A1 (en) * 2000-08-23 2007-09-13 Ablan Gerald H Auction management system
US8311901B1 (en) * 2000-08-25 2012-11-13 International Apparel Group, Llc Methods and systems for distributing products via a wide-area network such as the internet
US6556991B1 (en) 2000-09-01 2003-04-29 E-Centives, Inc. Item name normalization
JP2002073855A (en) * 2000-09-01 2002-03-12 Nikon Corp Product maintenance system
US7155403B2 (en) * 2001-03-22 2006-12-26 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for leveraging procurement across companies and company groups
US7283976B2 (en) * 2001-03-22 2007-10-16 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for invoice imaging through negative confirmation process
US7356496B2 (en) * 2001-03-22 2008-04-08 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for synchronizing ledger accounts by company group
US7386495B2 (en) * 2001-03-23 2008-06-10 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for processing tax codes by company group
US7197480B1 (en) * 2000-09-07 2007-03-27 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for front end business logic and validation
US8027892B2 (en) * 2001-03-28 2011-09-27 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for automating invoice processing with positive confirmation
US20030004825A1 (en) * 2000-09-18 2003-01-02 Alatron Corporation Sample administration process and system
US8335855B2 (en) 2001-09-19 2012-12-18 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for portal infrastructure tracking
US7742936B2 (en) * 2000-10-02 2010-06-22 Computer Sciences Corporation Computerized method and system of assessing liability for an accident using impact groups
US7386475B2 (en) * 2000-10-05 2008-06-10 I2 Technologies Us, Inc. Generation and execution of custom requests for quote
US7370009B1 (en) * 2000-10-05 2008-05-06 I2 Technologies Us, Inc. Extreme capacity management in an electronic marketplace environment
WO2002031809A1 (en) 2000-10-10 2002-04-18 Nintendo Of America Inc. Voice recognition method and apparatus using model number lookup
US20020178021A1 (en) * 2000-10-16 2002-11-28 Peter Melchior Purchase order amendment and negotiation in a full service trade system
JP2002203139A (en) * 2000-10-27 2002-07-19 Toyo Engineering Corp Electronic commerce method and system
US20020052801A1 (en) * 2000-11-02 2002-05-02 Norton Phillip G. Hosted asset procurement system and method
WO2002037386A1 (en) 2000-11-06 2002-05-10 First Usa Bank, N.A. System and method for selectable funding of electronic transactions
US6675178B1 (en) 2000-11-09 2004-01-06 Accenture Llp Method and system for enhancing a commercial transaction conducted via a communications network
US7809600B1 (en) * 2000-11-09 2010-10-05 Accenture Llp Method and system for business planning via a communications network
ATE387675T1 (en) * 2000-11-09 2008-03-15 Accenture Llp METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVING A COMMERCIAL TRANSACTION PERFORMED OVER A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK
CA2327210A1 (en) * 2000-12-01 2002-06-01 Accu-Star Systems, Inc. System and method for facilitating shipment transaction, creation and monitoring
US7047215B2 (en) 2000-12-06 2006-05-16 International Business Machines Corporation Parts requirement planning system and method across an extended supply chain
US7328186B2 (en) * 2000-12-12 2008-02-05 International Business Machines Corporation Client account and information management system and method
US20020077956A1 (en) * 2000-12-15 2002-06-20 Karsten Manufacturing Corporation Method for providing in-transit authentication, repair and customization of auctioned goods
US20020082968A1 (en) * 2000-12-22 2002-06-27 Knowles Deric Blair Virtual procurement folder
US20030028388A1 (en) * 2000-12-22 2003-02-06 Jorgenson Nathan H. Method for managing shipments
US7233914B1 (en) 2000-12-27 2007-06-19 Joyo Wijaya Technique for implementing item substitution for unavailable items relating to a customer order
JP2002203125A (en) * 2000-12-28 2002-07-19 Yamaha Corp Computer for site or trader, recording medium recorded with program used for the computer, and method of selling article using the computer
US20020091618A1 (en) * 2001-01-05 2002-07-11 Yang Chen Shi On-line sale client web site managing system
EP1352355A2 (en) * 2001-01-08 2003-10-15 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Method, server system and computer program product for user registration and electronic commerce system
US7359874B2 (en) * 2001-01-08 2008-04-15 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for facilitating parts procurement and production planning across an extended supply chain
US7529698B2 (en) * 2001-01-16 2009-05-05 Raymond Anthony Joao Apparatus and method for providing transaction history information, account history information, and/or charge-back information
US7082569B2 (en) * 2001-01-17 2006-07-25 Outlooksoft Corporation Systems and methods providing dynamic spreadsheet functionality
US8805739B2 (en) 2001-01-30 2014-08-12 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, National Association System and method for electronic bill pay and presentment
US8326754B2 (en) * 2001-02-05 2012-12-04 Oracle International Corporation Method and system for processing transactions
US6882983B2 (en) * 2001-02-05 2005-04-19 Notiva Corporation Method and system for processing transactions
US7957999B2 (en) * 2001-02-13 2011-06-07 American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. Electronic acquisition system and method
US7464045B2 (en) * 2001-02-14 2008-12-09 The Workplace Helpline, Llc Method and apparatus for managing workplace services and products
US7013289B2 (en) 2001-02-21 2006-03-14 Michel Horn Global electronic commerce system
US20020116241A1 (en) * 2001-02-21 2002-08-22 Virender Sandhu Enterprise resource planning system for ordering, tracking and shipping goods from a seller to a buyer
US8078524B2 (en) * 2001-02-22 2011-12-13 Fair Isaac Corporation Method and apparatus for explaining credit scores
US7711635B2 (en) * 2001-02-22 2010-05-04 Fair Isaac Corporation System and method for helping consumers understand and interpret credit scores
US7509288B2 (en) * 2001-02-22 2009-03-24 International Business Machines Corporation Invoice processing system
KR20020069663A (en) * 2001-02-27 2002-09-05 아이티멕스 주식회사 electronic commerce intermediate method between companies
US7243077B2 (en) 2001-03-02 2007-07-10 International Business Machines Corporation Method and computer program product for managing an internet trading network
US20020152133A1 (en) * 2001-03-09 2002-10-17 King John Thorne Marketplaces for on-line contract negotiation, formation, and price and availability querying
JP4907775B2 (en) * 2001-03-14 2012-04-04 富士通株式会社 Analysis apparatus, program, and analysis method
AU2002255774A1 (en) 2001-03-14 2002-09-24 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Systems and methods for initiating returns over a network
US7308423B1 (en) * 2001-03-19 2007-12-11 Franklin Goodhue Woodward Technique for handling sales of regulated items implemented over a data network
US8484177B2 (en) 2001-03-21 2013-07-09 Eugene M. Lee Apparatus for and method of searching and organizing intellectual property information utilizing a field-of-search
US6694331B2 (en) * 2001-03-21 2004-02-17 Knowledge Management Objects, Llc Apparatus for and method of searching and organizing intellectual property information utilizing a classification system
US20030069779A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-04-10 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, mehod and computer program product for a supply chain management framework
US20030078846A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-04-24 Burk Michael James System, method and computer program product for auditing performance in a supply chain framework
US20030050867A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-03-13 Rsi System, method and computer program product for updating store information in a supply chain management framework
US20030065627A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-04-03 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for a supply chain pricing interface
US20030065541A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-04-03 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for adding supply chain components in a supply chain management analysis
US7120596B2 (en) * 2001-03-23 2006-10-10 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for landed cost reporting in a supply chain management framework
US20030050868A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-03-13 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for product tracking in a supply chain management framework
US20030074264A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-04-17 Hoffman George Herry System, method and computer program product for low-cost fulfillment in a supply chain management framework
US20030074355A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-04-17 Restaurant Services, Inc. ("RSI"). System, method and computer program product for a secure supply chain management framework
US20030061174A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-03-27 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for building cost matrices in a supply chain management framework
US20030046120A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-03-06 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for evaluating the success of a promotion in a supply chain management framework
US20030046136A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-03-06 Hoffman George Harry System, method and computer program product for assessing market trends in a supply chain management framework
US20030069768A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-04-10 Hoffman George Harry System, method and computer program product for restaurant food cost reporting in a supply chain
US20030065551A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-04-03 Hoffman George Harry System, method and computer program product for a department store supply chain management framework
US20030028412A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-02-06 Restaurant Service, Inc. System, method and computer program product for a food and beverage supply chain management framework
US20030050845A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-03-13 Restaurant Services Inc. Sypply chain management framework revenue model
US7039606B2 (en) 2001-03-23 2006-05-02 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for contract consistency in a supply chain management framework
US20030074250A1 (en) * 2001-04-13 2003-04-17 Burk Michael James System, method and computer program product for collaborative forecasting in a supply chain management framework
US7415441B1 (en) * 2001-03-22 2008-08-19 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Printing system, apparatus and method for automatically printing records of electronic transactions
US20030055693A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-03-20 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for an transportation equipment supply chain management framework
US20030055700A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-03-20 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for generating supply chain statistics based on sampling
US7072843B2 (en) * 2001-03-23 2006-07-04 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for error checking in a supply chain management framework
US20030074263A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-04-17 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for an office products supply chain management framework
US20030078860A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-04-24 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for automatic navigation utilizing a supply chain management interface
US20030055731A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-03-20 Restaurant Services Inc. System, method and computer program product for tracking performance of suppliers in a supply chain management framework
US20030069824A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-04-10 Restaurant Services, Inc. ("RSI") System, method and computer program product for bid proposal processing using a graphical user interface in a supply chain management framework
US20030069823A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-04-10 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for auctioning surplus products in a supply chain management framework
US20030069798A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-04-10 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for supplier selection in a supply chain management framework
US7171379B2 (en) 2001-03-23 2007-01-30 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for normalizing data in a supply chain management framework
US6954736B2 (en) 2001-03-23 2005-10-11 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for order confirmation in a supply chain management framework
US20030055709A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-03-20 Hoffman George Harry System, method and computer program product for an accommodation supply chain management framework
US20030050807A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-03-13 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for a gas station supply chain management framework
US20030088449A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-05-08 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for an analysis creation interface in a supply chain management framework
US20030048301A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-03-13 Menninger Anthony Frank System, method and computer program product for editing supplier site information in a supply chain management framework
US20030074249A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-04-17 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for an entertainment media supply chain management framework
US20030046214A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-03-06 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for proposal reporting using a graphical user interface in a supply chain management framework
US20030083909A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-05-01 Hoffman George Harry System, method and computer program product for a machinery supply chain management framework
US20030069774A1 (en) * 2001-04-13 2003-04-10 Hoffman George Harry System, method and computer program product for distributor/supplier selection in a supply chain management framework
US20020188528A1 (en) * 2001-03-29 2002-12-12 Trade Wings, Inc. Part mapping system and method
US6823340B1 (en) 2001-03-30 2004-11-23 E2Open Llc Private collaborative planning in a many-to-many hub
US20020156797A1 (en) * 2001-04-04 2002-10-24 Alorica Inc. Method, system, and program for customer service and support management
US7464092B2 (en) * 2001-04-04 2008-12-09 Alorica, Inc Method, system and program for customer service and support management
WO2002082221A2 (en) * 2001-04-06 2002-10-17 Vert Tech Llc A method and systems for creating e-marketplace operations
US8195573B2 (en) * 2001-04-12 2012-06-05 Catherine Lin-Hendel System and method for list shopping over a computer network
US7043444B2 (en) * 2001-04-13 2006-05-09 I2 Technologies Us, Inc. Synchronization of planning information in a high availability planning and scheduling architecture
US7024371B2 (en) * 2001-04-13 2006-04-04 I2 Technologies Us, Inc. High availability planning and scheduling architecture
US20020156715A1 (en) * 2001-04-19 2002-10-24 Cameron Wall Apparatus and method for auctioning and reissuing a ticket online
US8849716B1 (en) 2001-04-20 2014-09-30 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for preventing identity theft or misuse by restricting access
CN1383060A (en) * 2001-04-28 2002-12-04 国际商业机器中国香港有限公司 System based on computer and method for planning electronic commerce
US20030009433A1 (en) * 2001-04-30 2003-01-09 Murren Brian T. Automatic identification of computer program attributes
US20030078949A1 (en) * 2001-04-30 2003-04-24 Scholz Bernhard J. Automatic generation of forms with input validation
US20020198931A1 (en) * 2001-04-30 2002-12-26 Murren Brian T. Architecture and process for presenting application content to clients
US7519546B2 (en) * 2001-04-30 2009-04-14 General Electric Company Maintaining synchronization of information published to multiple subscribers
US7346921B2 (en) * 2001-04-30 2008-03-18 Ge Capital Corporation Definition of low-level security rules in terms of high-level security concepts
US7216086B1 (en) 2001-04-30 2007-05-08 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus providing a supply chain management system useful in outsourced manufacturing
US20020169661A1 (en) * 2001-05-10 2002-11-14 International Business Machines Corporation Virtual discount system
US7051045B2 (en) * 2001-05-15 2006-05-23 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Logical architecture for business-to-employee web services
US7877300B2 (en) * 2001-05-16 2011-01-25 Nintendo Of America Inc. System and method for processing orders involving full truck shipments
US20020174057A1 (en) * 2001-05-18 2002-11-21 Mitac International Corp. Web trading system integrated with a major window control mechanism of a virtual hub web
US7082403B2 (en) * 2001-05-21 2006-07-25 General Electric Company System and method for managing customer productivity through central repository
US20020178090A1 (en) * 2001-05-22 2002-11-28 Dahut Henry A. Method and apparatus to obtain service businesses to assist in solving a trouble
US20030195844A1 (en) * 2001-05-31 2003-10-16 Hogan Lawrence Daniel Electronic bill and non-bill information presentation
WO2002099598A2 (en) 2001-06-07 2002-12-12 First Usa Bank, N.A. System and method for rapid updating of credit information
US7571166B1 (en) * 2001-06-19 2009-08-04 Click Acquisitions, Inc. Virtual private supply chain
US7272626B2 (en) * 2001-06-19 2007-09-18 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. E-service management through distributed correlation
US7330829B1 (en) * 2001-06-26 2008-02-12 I2 Technologies Us, Inc. Providing market feedback associated with electronic commerce transactions to sellers
US20050113296A1 (en) * 2001-06-26 2005-05-26 Pollard Mike G. Methods for identifying antimicrobial agents, the agents identified therewith and methods of using same
US20030004816A1 (en) * 2001-06-27 2003-01-02 Byers Robert Andrew User-specific method of selling products, computer program product, and system for performing the same
US20030040823A1 (en) * 2001-07-03 2003-02-27 Christian Harm Method and apparatus for multi-design benchmarking
US7343331B2 (en) * 2001-07-06 2008-03-11 General Electric Company Methods and systems for managing supply chain processes
US7266839B2 (en) 2001-07-12 2007-09-04 J P Morgan Chase Bank System and method for providing discriminated content to network users
CA2455591A1 (en) * 2001-07-12 2004-01-15 Kenneth Q. Bassey Quotation system and method
US7963899B2 (en) * 2001-07-13 2011-06-21 The Proctor & Gamble Company Continuous in-line pleating apparatus and process
DE10134541A1 (en) * 2001-07-16 2003-02-13 Siemens Ag Computer system and method for ordering a product, in particular a food or beverage
US20030040988A1 (en) * 2001-08-08 2003-02-27 American Management Systems, Inc. Posting lines
US7379882B2 (en) * 2001-08-09 2008-05-27 International Business Machines Corporation Architecture designing method and system for e-business solutions
US20030033177A1 (en) * 2001-08-10 2003-02-13 Macgonigle Richard G. Method, system and storage medium for customer order processing
US20050131780A1 (en) * 2001-08-13 2005-06-16 Rudi Princen Computer system for managing accounting data
US20030036977A1 (en) * 2001-08-14 2003-02-20 Morse Kevin C. Order and inventory information management system
US7200568B2 (en) * 2001-08-16 2007-04-03 The Procter & Gambel Company Customized customer portal
US20030115115A1 (en) * 2001-08-25 2003-06-19 Ouchi Norman Ken Private exchange catalog system and methods
US9541977B1 (en) 2001-08-28 2017-01-10 Eugene M. Lee Computer-implemented method and system for automated claim charts with context associations
US9460414B2 (en) * 2001-08-28 2016-10-04 Eugene M. Lee Computer assisted and/or implemented process and system for annotating and/or linking documents and data, optionally in an intellectual property management system
US7885987B1 (en) 2001-08-28 2011-02-08 Lee Eugene M Computer-implemented method and system for managing attributes of intellectual property documents, optionally including organization thereof
US20030046133A1 (en) * 2001-08-29 2003-03-06 Morley Eric Ronald System and method of optimizing carrier selection
US20040210490A1 (en) * 2001-08-30 2004-10-21 Almstead Karl F. Tool for managing bids
US20070162354A1 (en) * 2001-09-04 2007-07-12 Inventec Corporation Real-time electronic business transaction system and method for reporting STFC/FCT data to customer
US20030046175A1 (en) * 2001-09-04 2003-03-06 Hung-Liang Chiu Real-time electronic business transaction system and method for reporting STFC/FCT data to customer
US20030050813A1 (en) * 2001-09-11 2003-03-13 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for automatic transitioning between states in a state machine that manages a business process
US7689435B2 (en) * 2001-09-11 2010-03-30 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for creating and managing complex business processes
US20030050886A1 (en) * 2001-09-11 2003-03-13 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for managing the versioning of business objects using a state machine
US20030050820A1 (en) * 2001-09-11 2003-03-13 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for managing a user group list for a business process managed using a state machine
US7627484B2 (en) * 2001-09-11 2009-12-01 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for managing and displaying user authorizations for a business process managed using a state machine
US20030050789A1 (en) * 2001-09-12 2003-03-13 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for monitoring execution of a business process managed using a state machine
US7103576B2 (en) 2001-09-21 2006-09-05 First Usa Bank, Na System for providing cardless payment
US7788157B2 (en) * 2001-09-28 2010-08-31 E2Open, Inc. Method for business to business collaborative viral adoption
JP2003108748A (en) * 2001-09-28 2003-04-11 Sony Corp Method for generalizing identification information, portal information providing device and ic card
US20030065792A1 (en) * 2001-09-28 2003-04-03 Clark Gregory Scott Securing information in a design collaboration and trading partner environment
US7822684B2 (en) 2001-10-05 2010-10-26 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Personalized bank teller machine
US20030069773A1 (en) * 2001-10-05 2003-04-10 Hladik William J. Performance reporting
US7698175B2 (en) * 2001-10-05 2010-04-13 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Inbound and outbound shipment notification methods and systems
US20030074284A1 (en) * 2001-10-16 2003-04-17 Sumitomo Corporation Of America System and method for forecasting material requirements and managing the accessability of the materials
GB0124758D0 (en) * 2001-10-16 2001-12-05 Air Tube Conveyors Ltd Apparatus and method for facilitating trade
US20030083945A1 (en) * 2001-10-26 2003-05-01 Jimmy Ng Kee Hooi Transaction authorization method, system and device
CA2466071C (en) 2001-11-01 2016-04-12 Bank One, Delaware, N.A. System and method for establishing or modifying an account with user selectable terms
US20030093333A1 (en) * 2001-11-09 2003-05-15 Veeneman William J. Multi-merchant gift registry
AU2002365037A1 (en) * 2001-11-12 2003-06-23 Worldcom, Inc. System and method for implementing frictionless micropayments for consumable services
US7184987B2 (en) * 2001-11-30 2007-02-27 Alpha Omega Technology Inc. Internet-based system and method for facilitating commercial transactions between buyers and vendors
US7987501B2 (en) 2001-12-04 2011-07-26 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for single session sign-on
US20030110054A1 (en) * 2001-12-06 2003-06-12 Ingersoll-Rand Company Method of and system for consolidating and managing purchases on behalf of an entity
US20030149587A1 (en) * 2001-12-11 2003-08-07 Brenda Lawrence Method and system for processing obsolete goods
US6912551B2 (en) 2001-12-17 2005-06-28 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for binding processes in an e-commerce HUB
AU2002364036A1 (en) 2001-12-24 2003-07-15 Digimarc Id Systems, Llc Laser etched security features for identification documents and methods of making same
EP1459239B1 (en) 2001-12-24 2012-04-04 L-1 Secure Credentialing, Inc. Covert variable information on id documents and methods of making same
US7694887B2 (en) 2001-12-24 2010-04-13 L-1 Secure Credentialing, Inc. Optically variable personalized indicia for identification documents
WO2003058523A1 (en) * 2001-12-31 2003-07-17 Perry L. Johnson Registrars Of Texas, L.P. Method for compliance of standards registrar with accreditation agency requirements
US20030131120A1 (en) * 2002-01-09 2003-07-10 International Business Machines Corporation Automation and dynamic matching of business to business processes
US20030130900A1 (en) * 2002-01-10 2003-07-10 Telford Ian G. Internet-based system and method for electronically fulfilling purchase orders for chemical and plastic products
US7243334B1 (en) * 2002-01-16 2007-07-10 Prelude Systems, Inc. System and method for generating user interface code
US20030135422A1 (en) * 2002-01-16 2003-07-17 Kristi Cordova Marketing and e-commerce tool and method for channel partners
US7237187B2 (en) * 2002-01-31 2007-06-26 Requisite Technology, Inc. Interactively comparing records in a database
US7421397B2 (en) * 2002-02-01 2008-09-02 Canadian National Railway Company System and method for providing a price quotation for a transportation service providing route selection capability
CA2370068A1 (en) * 2002-02-01 2003-08-01 Canadian National Railway Company System and method for providing a price quotation for a transportation service providing selective price adjustment capabilities based on customer profiles
US7680674B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2010-03-16 Canadian National Railway Company System and method for providing a price quotation for a transportation service having promotional event notification capabilities
CA2958024C (en) 2002-02-01 2017-07-18 Canadian National Railway Company System, apparatus and method for conducting an online transaction to fulfill a rail-shipment service inquiry or a rail-shipment service ordering
CA2370065A1 (en) * 2002-02-01 2003-08-01 Canadian National Railway Company System and method for providing a price quotation for a transportation service providing selective price adjustment capabilities
CA2370053A1 (en) * 2002-02-01 2003-08-01 Canadian National Railway Company System and method for providing a price quotation for a transportation service based on equipment ownership
CA2370061A1 (en) * 2002-02-01 2003-08-01 Canadian National Railway Company System and method for providing a price quotation for a hybrid transportation service
US7010496B2 (en) * 2002-02-06 2006-03-07 Accenture Global Services Gmbh Supplier performance reporting
US7337120B2 (en) * 2002-02-07 2008-02-26 Accenture Global Services Gmbh Providing human performance management data and insight
US20030171948A1 (en) * 2002-02-13 2003-09-11 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Global consolidated clearance methods and systems
US7941533B2 (en) 2002-02-19 2011-05-10 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for single sign-on session management without central server
US6785582B2 (en) * 2002-02-25 2004-08-31 United Technologies Corporation Integrated tracking system
US6934714B2 (en) 2002-03-04 2005-08-23 Intelesis Engineering, Inc. Method and system for identification and maintenance of families of data records
GB2386211A (en) * 2002-03-07 2003-09-10 Inventec Corp Method for optimising the purchase process in an enterprise group
US8788302B1 (en) * 2002-03-20 2014-07-22 Ncr Corporation Method of controlling a self-service terminal
US20030187671A1 (en) * 2002-03-28 2003-10-02 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for manipulation of scheduling information in a distributed virtual enterprise
US7818753B2 (en) * 2002-03-28 2010-10-19 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for distributed virtual enterprise dependency objects
US20030187670A1 (en) * 2002-03-28 2003-10-02 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for distributed virtual enterprise project model processing
US7469216B2 (en) * 2002-03-28 2008-12-23 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for manipulation of cost information in a distributed virtual enterprise
AU2003225517A1 (en) * 2002-04-09 2003-10-27 Matan Arazi Computerized trading system and method useful therefor
AU2003221894A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2003-10-27 Digimarc Id Systems, Llc Image processing techniques for printing identification cards and documents
US20030195784A1 (en) * 2002-04-11 2003-10-16 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Intelligent authorized return systems and methods
US20030195778A1 (en) * 2002-04-11 2003-10-16 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Intelligent authorized return systems and methods
TW559720B (en) * 2002-04-26 2003-11-01 Inventec Corp Network-based supply-own-inventory (SOI) out-of-stock query system and method
US20030208404A1 (en) * 2002-05-03 2003-11-06 David Michie Computer system and method for promoting business of a merchant
US7824029B2 (en) 2002-05-10 2010-11-02 L-1 Secure Credentialing, Inc. Identification card printer-assembler for over the counter card issuing
US20040015556A1 (en) * 2002-05-10 2004-01-22 Renu Chopra Software-based process/issue management system
US7689482B2 (en) 2002-05-24 2010-03-30 Jp Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for payer (buyer) defined electronic invoice exchange
US20030220863A1 (en) 2002-05-24 2003-11-27 Don Holm System and method for varying electronic settlements between buyers and suppliers with dynamic discount terms
US7610229B1 (en) 2002-05-30 2009-10-27 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. System and method for interactively simulating a credit-worthiness score
US9569797B1 (en) 2002-05-30 2017-02-14 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Systems and methods of presenting simulated credit score information
US7593891B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2009-09-22 Experian Scorex Llc Credit score simulation
US20030225632A1 (en) * 2002-05-30 2003-12-04 Vincent Tong Method and system for providing personalized online shopping service
US9400589B1 (en) 2002-05-30 2016-07-26 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Circular rotational interface for display of consumer credit information
US9710852B1 (en) 2002-05-30 2017-07-18 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Credit report timeline user interface
US20040002898A1 (en) * 2002-06-28 2004-01-01 International Business Machines Corporation Product order optimization in real time based on component information
DE10234004A1 (en) * 2002-07-25 2004-02-19 Merck Patent Gmbh Process and system for processing order processes
US7979297B1 (en) * 2002-08-19 2011-07-12 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Order tracking and reporting tool
US20040054556A1 (en) * 2002-09-09 2004-03-18 Stephan Wahlbin Computerized method and system for determining causation in premises liability for an accident
US7672860B2 (en) * 2002-09-09 2010-03-02 Computer Sciences Corporation Computerized method and system for determining the contribution of defenses to premises liability for an accident
US7702528B2 (en) * 2002-09-09 2010-04-20 Computer Sciences Corporation Computerized method and system for determining breach of duty in premises liability for an accident
US20040054557A1 (en) * 2002-09-09 2004-03-18 Stefan Wahlbin Computerized method and system for estimating premises liability for an accident
US20040054558A1 (en) * 2002-09-09 2004-03-18 Stefan Wahlbin Computerized method and system for determining claimant status in premises liability for an accident
US7058660B2 (en) 2002-10-02 2006-06-06 Bank One Corporation System and method for network-based project management
US8108384B2 (en) * 2002-10-22 2012-01-31 University Of Utah Research Foundation Managing biological databases
US7689442B2 (en) 2002-10-31 2010-03-30 Computer Science Corporation Method of generating a graphical display of a business rule with a translation
US7627504B2 (en) * 2002-10-31 2009-12-01 Thomson Reuters (Tax and Accounting) Services, Inc. Information processing system for determining tax information
US7676387B2 (en) 2002-10-31 2010-03-09 Computer Sciences Corporation Graphical display of business rules
US20040133446A1 (en) * 2002-11-01 2004-07-08 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Alternate delivery location methods and systems
US8301493B2 (en) 2002-11-05 2012-10-30 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for providing incentives to consumers to share information
CA2411617A1 (en) * 2002-11-08 2004-05-08 Ca4It Inc. System, computer product and method for web-enabled accounting
US20040102981A1 (en) * 2002-11-22 2004-05-27 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Web-based vendor management system
US8160892B2 (en) * 2002-11-25 2012-04-17 Accenture Global Services Limited Border management solution
US7769645B1 (en) 2002-11-25 2010-08-03 Xcm Development, Llc Tax return outsourcing and systems for protecting data
US7804982B2 (en) 2002-11-26 2010-09-28 L-1 Secure Credentialing, Inc. Systems and methods for managing and detecting fraud in image databases used with identification documents
US7818187B2 (en) * 2002-11-27 2010-10-19 Computer Sciences Corporation Computerized method and system for estimating liability
US7809586B2 (en) * 2002-11-27 2010-10-05 Computer Sciences Corporation Computerized method and system for estimating an effect on liability using a comparison of the actual speed of a vehicle in an accident and time and distance traveled by the vehicles in a merging vehicle accident
US7792690B2 (en) * 2002-11-27 2010-09-07 Computer Sciences Corporation Computerized method and system for estimating an effect on liability of the speed of vehicles in an accident and time and distance traveled by the vehicles
US7725334B2 (en) 2002-11-27 2010-05-25 Computer Sciences Corporation Computerized method and system for estimating liability for an accident using dynamic generation of questions
US7895063B2 (en) * 2002-11-27 2011-02-22 Computer Sciences Corporation Computerized method and system for creating pre-configured claim reports including liability in an accident estimated using a computer system
US20040102984A1 (en) * 2002-11-27 2004-05-27 Stefan Wahlbin Computerized method and system for estimating liability using recorded vehicle data
US7702529B2 (en) * 2002-11-27 2010-04-20 Computer Sciences Corporation Computerized method and system for estimating an effect on liability using claim data accessed from claim reporting software
US7805321B2 (en) * 2002-11-27 2010-09-28 Computer Sciences Corporation Computerized method and system for estimating liability for an accident from an investigation of the accident
US7660725B2 (en) * 2002-11-27 2010-02-09 Computer Sciences Corporation Computerized method and system for estimating an effect on liability based on the stopping distance of vehicles
US20040103005A1 (en) * 2002-11-27 2004-05-27 Stefan Wahlbin Computerized method and system for estimating monetary damages due to injuries in an accident from liability estimated using a computer system
FR2848001A1 (en) * 2002-11-29 2004-06-04 Francois Nadal METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REAL-TIME ANTICIPATING, IDENTIFYING, ANALYZING AND RESPONDING TO CONSUMER NEEDS
US7769650B2 (en) 2002-12-03 2010-08-03 Jp Morgan Chase Bank Network-based sub-allocation systems and methods for swaps
US20040117268A1 (en) * 2002-12-16 2004-06-17 Grogan Michael W. Method, service and communication system for the food industry and the distribution industry
US7856454B2 (en) 2002-12-20 2010-12-21 Siebel Systems, Inc. Data model for business relationships
US8538840B2 (en) * 2002-12-20 2013-09-17 Siebel Systems, Inc. Financial services data model
TW200411472A (en) * 2002-12-25 2004-07-01 Hon Hai Prec Ind Co Ltd System and method for managing account receivable
TW200411473A (en) * 2002-12-25 2004-07-01 Hon Hai Prec Ind Co Ltd System and method for managing outbounding
TW200411479A (en) * 2002-12-27 2004-07-01 Hon Hai Prec Ind Co Ltd System and method for managing account payable
US20040128204A1 (en) * 2002-12-27 2004-07-01 Cihla Virgil F. Systems for procuring products in a distributed system
US7689443B2 (en) * 2002-12-31 2010-03-30 Employers Reinsurance Corporation Methods and structure for insurance industry workflow processing
TW200411503A (en) * 2002-12-31 2004-07-01 Hon Hai Prec Ind Co Ltd A overseas procurement managing system and method
US20040133498A1 (en) * 2003-01-07 2004-07-08 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company System and method for electronic quotation collaboration over internet
US8554624B2 (en) * 2003-01-23 2013-10-08 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for advertising and negotiating services for commercial and general aviation
WO2004068295A2 (en) * 2003-01-24 2004-08-12 Bdmetrics Inc. System and method for automating business development
US7302405B2 (en) * 2003-02-19 2007-11-27 Accenture Global Services Gmbh Methods for managing and developing sourcing and procurement operations
US8392298B2 (en) * 2003-03-04 2013-03-05 Siebel Systems, Inc. Invoice adjustment data object for a common data object format
US8473399B2 (en) * 2003-03-04 2013-06-25 Siebel Systems, Inc. Invoice data object for a common data object format
US7418448B2 (en) * 2003-03-12 2008-08-26 Microsoft Corporation Organization structure system
US9704120B2 (en) * 2003-03-24 2017-07-11 Oracle International Corporation Inventory balance common object
US7912932B2 (en) * 2003-03-24 2011-03-22 Siebel Systems, Inc. Service request common object
US20070208577A1 (en) * 2003-03-24 2007-09-06 Leon Maria T B Position common object
US8489470B2 (en) * 2003-03-24 2013-07-16 Siebel Systems, Inc. Inventory location common object
US8510179B2 (en) * 2003-03-24 2013-08-13 Siebel Systems, Inc. Inventory transaction common object
US7904340B2 (en) * 2003-03-24 2011-03-08 Siebel Systems, Inc. Methods and computer-readable medium for defining a product model
EP1606740A4 (en) * 2003-03-24 2007-10-03 Siebel Systems Inc Common common object
US20070226037A1 (en) * 2003-03-25 2007-09-27 Shailendra Garg Modeling of opportunity data
US10311412B1 (en) 2003-03-28 2019-06-04 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Method and system for providing bundled electronic payment and remittance advice
US8630947B1 (en) 2003-04-04 2014-01-14 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Method and system for providing electronic bill payment and presentment
US7574447B2 (en) 2003-04-08 2009-08-11 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Inbound package tracking systems and methods
ATE491190T1 (en) 2003-04-16 2010-12-15 L 1 Secure Credentialing Inc THREE-DIMENSIONAL DATA STORAGE
US20040225512A1 (en) * 2003-05-08 2004-11-11 David Armes System and method for vertical software solutions
US20040230526A1 (en) * 2003-05-13 2004-11-18 Praisner C. Todd Payment control system and associated method for facilitating credit payments in the accounts payable environment
US7895119B2 (en) * 2003-05-13 2011-02-22 Bank Of America Corporation Method and system for pushing credit payments as buyer initiated transactions
US7664688B2 (en) 2003-05-23 2010-02-16 E2Open, Inc. Managing information in a multi-hub system for collaborative planning and supply chain management
US20040236644A1 (en) * 2003-05-23 2004-11-25 E2Open Llc Collaborative signal tracking
US7660788B1 (en) 2003-05-23 2010-02-09 E2Open, Inc. Mapping part numbers and other identifiers
US20040243428A1 (en) * 2003-05-29 2004-12-02 Black Steven C. Automated compliance for human resource management
US20090182602A1 (en) * 2003-05-29 2009-07-16 Hotlinkhr, Inc. Human resources method for employee demographics reporting compliance
US20090112670A1 (en) * 2003-05-29 2009-04-30 Black Steven C Human resources method for employee termination procedures
US8930263B1 (en) 2003-05-30 2015-01-06 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Credit data analysis
US7386484B1 (en) * 2003-06-12 2008-06-10 Cuzzocrea Lawrence A Buying method for retail establishments
US7233885B1 (en) 2003-06-26 2007-06-19 Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. System and method for automatically customizing a product
US7340416B1 (en) 2003-06-26 2008-03-04 Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. Method, system, and computer readable medium for specifying a customized electric motor
US7937460B2 (en) * 2003-07-11 2011-05-03 Computer Associates Think, Inc. System and method for providing service level management
US8239233B1 (en) 2003-07-17 2012-08-07 Xcm Development, Llc Work flow systems and processes for outsourced financial services
US7366688B2 (en) * 2003-08-22 2008-04-29 Dana Heavy Vehicle Systems Group, Llc System for processing applications for manufacture of vehicle parts
US20080027826A1 (en) * 2003-08-25 2008-01-31 At&T Bls Intellectual Property, Inc. Method, system and computer program product for facilitating the telecommunication equipment ordering process
US7895064B2 (en) 2003-09-02 2011-02-22 Computer Sciences Corporation Graphical input display in an insurance processing system
US20050071207A1 (en) * 2003-09-26 2005-03-31 E2Open Llc Visibility and synchronization in a multi tier supply chain model
US8190893B2 (en) 2003-10-27 2012-05-29 Jp Morgan Chase Bank Portable security transaction protocol
US7283985B2 (en) * 2003-10-29 2007-10-16 Sap A.G. Prioritizing product information
US7792717B1 (en) 2003-10-31 2010-09-07 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Waterfall prioritized payment processing
US20050108063A1 (en) * 2003-11-05 2005-05-19 Madill Robert P.Jr. Systems and methods for assessing the potential for fraud in business transactions
US7702577B1 (en) 2003-11-06 2010-04-20 Jp Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for conversion of initial transaction to final transaction
US7840439B2 (en) * 2003-11-10 2010-11-23 Nintendo Of America, Inc. RF-ID product tracking system with privacy enhancement
US20050114221A1 (en) * 2003-11-21 2005-05-26 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Systems and methods for using a web portal to integrate into a carrier return system
US7644013B2 (en) * 2003-12-04 2010-01-05 American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. System and method for resource optimization
US20050125437A1 (en) * 2003-12-08 2005-06-09 Cardno Andrew J. Data analysis system and method
US7814003B2 (en) 2003-12-15 2010-10-12 Jp Morgan Chase Billing workflow system for crediting charges to entities creating derivatives exposure
US7599865B2 (en) * 2003-12-30 2009-10-06 Sap Ag Budgetary ledger
US7987113B2 (en) * 2003-12-30 2011-07-26 Smarter Agent, Llc System and method of creating an adjustable commission
JP2007524937A (en) * 2003-12-30 2007-08-30 ユナイテッド パーセル サービス オブ アメリカ インコーポレイテッド International integrated tracking and virtual inventory system
US7933926B2 (en) * 2004-01-09 2011-04-26 Sap Aktiengesellschaft User feedback system
US20050246221A1 (en) * 2004-02-13 2005-11-03 Geritz William F Iii Automated system and method for determination and reporting of business development opportunities
US7197502B2 (en) * 2004-02-18 2007-03-27 Friendly Polynomials, Inc. Machine-implemented activity management system using asynchronously shared activity data objects and journal data items
US20050187888A1 (en) * 2004-02-19 2005-08-25 William Sherman Method for associating information pertaining to a meter data acquisition system
US7380707B1 (en) 2004-02-25 2008-06-03 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Method and system for credit card reimbursements for health care transactions
US8027886B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2011-09-27 Sap Aktiengesellschaft Program product for purchase order processing
US7983962B2 (en) * 2004-03-08 2011-07-19 Sap Aktiengesellschaft Method and system for purchase order data entry
US8050956B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2011-11-01 Sap Ag Computer-readable medium, program product, and system for providing a schedule bar with event dates to monitor procurement of a product
US8046273B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2011-10-25 Sap Ag System and method for purchase order creation, procurement, and controlling
US7813949B2 (en) * 2004-03-08 2010-10-12 Sap Ag Method and system for flexible budgeting in a purchase order system
US8050990B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2011-11-01 Sap Ag Method of and system for generating purchase orders using an auction process
US7660742B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2010-02-09 Sap Aktiengesellschaft Method of and system for processing purchase orders
US7805335B2 (en) * 2004-03-08 2010-09-28 Sap Ag Purchase list having status indicators
US8423428B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2013-04-16 Sap Ag Method for allocation of budget to order periods and delivery periods in a purchase order system
US7647250B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2010-01-12 Sap Ag Method and program product for event monitoring
US20050209937A1 (en) * 2004-03-16 2005-09-22 Marcee Burns Methods, systems, and storage mediums for providing web-based reporting services for telecommunications entities
US8060396B1 (en) 2004-03-23 2011-11-15 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Business activity monitoring tool
WO2005098719A2 (en) * 2004-04-02 2005-10-20 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Universal identifier systems in supply chain logistics
US7590685B2 (en) * 2004-04-07 2009-09-15 Salesforce.Com Inc. Techniques for providing interoperability as a service
US7802007B2 (en) 2004-05-19 2010-09-21 Salesforce.Com, Inc. Techniques for providing connections to services in a network environment
US8112296B2 (en) * 2004-05-21 2012-02-07 Siebel Systems, Inc. Modeling of job profile data
US7865390B2 (en) * 2004-05-21 2011-01-04 Siebel Systems, Inc. Modeling of employee performance result data
US9565297B2 (en) 2004-05-28 2017-02-07 Oracle International Corporation True convergence with end to end identity management
US9038082B2 (en) 2004-05-28 2015-05-19 Oracle International Corporation Resource abstraction via enabler and metadata
US8966498B2 (en) 2008-01-24 2015-02-24 Oracle International Corporation Integrating operational and business support systems with a service delivery platform
US9245236B2 (en) 2006-02-16 2016-01-26 Oracle International Corporation Factorization of concerns to build a SDP (service delivery platform)
US8458703B2 (en) 2008-06-26 2013-06-04 Oracle International Corporation Application requesting management function based on metadata for managing enabler or dependency
US8321498B2 (en) 2005-03-01 2012-11-27 Oracle International Corporation Policy interface description framework
US8073810B2 (en) 2007-10-29 2011-12-06 Oracle International Corporation Shared view of customers across business support systems (BSS) and a service delivery platform (SDP)
US8606723B2 (en) 2004-06-04 2013-12-10 Sap Ag Consistent set of interfaces derived from a business object model
US8655756B2 (en) * 2004-06-04 2014-02-18 Sap Ag Consistent set of interfaces derived from a business object model
US8554673B2 (en) 2004-06-17 2013-10-08 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Methods and systems for discounts management
WO2006038924A2 (en) 2004-06-18 2006-04-13 Sap Ag Consistent set of interfaces derived from a business object model
US8121944B2 (en) 2004-06-24 2012-02-21 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Method and system for facilitating network transaction processing
US8290863B2 (en) 2004-07-23 2012-10-16 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Method and system for expediting payment delivery
US8290862B2 (en) 2004-07-23 2012-10-16 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Method and system for expediting payment delivery
US20060026054A1 (en) * 2004-07-28 2006-02-02 International Business Machines Corporation Method, apparatus, and program for implementing an automation computing evaluation scale to generate recommendations
US20070011234A1 (en) * 2004-07-29 2007-01-11 Xcm Development, Llc Computer conferencing system and features
US8725521B2 (en) * 2004-08-13 2014-05-13 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for designing secure business solutions using patterns
US7810713B2 (en) * 2004-08-26 2010-10-12 Microsoft Corporation Cash flow projection tool
US20060047563A1 (en) * 2004-09-02 2006-03-02 Keith Wardell Method for optimizing a marketing campaign
WO2006033978A2 (en) * 2004-09-16 2006-03-30 Tradecard, Inc. Online electronic trading system including lines of credit
US8732004B1 (en) 2004-09-22 2014-05-20 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Automated analysis of data to generate prospect notifications based on trigger events
US7818223B1 (en) * 2004-10-01 2010-10-19 Amdocs Bcs, Inc. Statement notification system
US7721328B2 (en) 2004-10-01 2010-05-18 Salesforce.Com Inc. Application identity design
US9645712B2 (en) * 2004-10-01 2017-05-09 Grand Central Communications, Inc. Multiple stakeholders for a single business process
US20060136248A1 (en) * 2004-12-21 2006-06-22 Mary Kay Inc. Computer techniques for distributing information
US8032920B2 (en) * 2004-12-27 2011-10-04 Oracle International Corporation Policies as workflows
US7774352B2 (en) * 2005-02-01 2010-08-10 International Business Machines Corporation Method of reversing an erroneous invoice
US8744937B2 (en) 2005-02-25 2014-06-03 Sap Ag Consistent set of interfaces derived from a business object model
US20060218087A1 (en) * 2005-03-24 2006-09-28 Zimmerman Jeffrey P Automated aggregation and comparison of individual spending relative to population of similar users
US20060218088A1 (en) * 2005-03-24 2006-09-28 Flora John R Intelligent auto-fill transaction data
KR100690245B1 (en) * 2005-04-06 2007-03-12 삼성전자주식회사 solder joint method using lower-melting-point solder and method for repairing ball grid array package using the same
US20060235742A1 (en) * 2005-04-18 2006-10-19 Castellanos Maria G System and method for process evaluation
US7455230B2 (en) * 2005-04-22 2008-11-25 Nintendo Of America Inc. UPC, EAN and JAN validation system and method for loss prevention at point of sale/return
US9047290B1 (en) 2005-04-29 2015-06-02 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Computing a quantification measure associated with cases in a category
US9792359B2 (en) * 2005-04-29 2017-10-17 Entit Software Llc Providing training information for training a categorizer
US7822682B2 (en) 2005-06-08 2010-10-26 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for enhancing supply chain transactions
US7676409B1 (en) 2005-06-20 2010-03-09 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Method and system for emulating a private label over an open network
EP2605195A1 (en) 2005-06-21 2013-06-19 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Systems and Methods for Providing Personalized Delivery Services
US7765131B2 (en) * 2006-06-20 2010-07-27 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Systems and methods for providing personalized delivery services
US8185877B1 (en) 2005-06-22 2012-05-22 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for testing applications
US9245270B2 (en) 2005-07-22 2016-01-26 Gtj Ventures, Llc Transaction security apparatus and method
US9235841B2 (en) 2005-07-22 2016-01-12 Gtj Ventures, Llc Transaction security apparatus and method
US8583926B1 (en) 2005-09-19 2013-11-12 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for anti-phishing authentication
WO2007038672A2 (en) 2005-09-28 2007-04-05 Tradecard, Inc. Securitization of a commercial transaction
US8301529B1 (en) 2005-11-02 2012-10-30 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Method and system for implementing effective governance of transactions between trading partners
US8788376B2 (en) * 2005-12-07 2014-07-22 III Holdings l, LLC System, method and computer program product for an acquisition partner interface for integrating multiple partner channels into a transaction account issuer platform
US7844499B2 (en) 2005-12-23 2010-11-30 Sharp Electronics Corporation Integrated solar agent business model
US8177121B2 (en) * 2006-01-13 2012-05-15 Intuit Inc. Automated aggregation and comparison of business spending relative to similar businesses
US7645926B2 (en) * 2006-02-28 2010-01-12 Clennon Wayne Jerrolds Fiddolin
US20070255619A1 (en) * 2006-03-08 2007-11-01 Leon Ekchian Internet-based purchasing agent
US8494924B2 (en) * 2006-03-09 2013-07-23 International Business Machines Corporation Method, system and program product for processing transaction data
US7711636B2 (en) 2006-03-10 2010-05-04 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for analyzing data
US7644862B2 (en) * 2006-03-15 2010-01-12 Gofiniti, Llc Affiliate marketing system and method for retail stores
US7917402B2 (en) 2006-03-15 2011-03-29 Gofiniti, Llc Methods for viral marketing with visual communications
US9792614B2 (en) * 2006-03-28 2017-10-17 Adobe Systems Incorporated Automated integration of partner products
US8374931B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2013-02-12 Sap Ag Consistent set of interfaces derived from a business object model
US7971148B2 (en) * 2006-05-02 2011-06-28 The Regents Of The University Of California Web-page-based system for designing database driven web applications
EP2076874A4 (en) 2006-05-13 2011-03-09 Sap Ag Consistent set of interfaces derived from a business object model
US7734545B1 (en) 2006-06-14 2010-06-08 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Method and system for processing recurring payments
US8914493B2 (en) 2008-03-10 2014-12-16 Oracle International Corporation Presence-based event driven architecture
US8024235B2 (en) * 2006-06-21 2011-09-20 Microsoft Corporation Automatic search functionality within business applications
US7937331B2 (en) * 2006-06-23 2011-05-03 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Systems and methods for international dutiable returns
US9292825B2 (en) * 2006-07-05 2016-03-22 International Business Machines Corporation Multi-tier inventory visibility
US8392364B2 (en) 2006-07-10 2013-03-05 Sap Ag Consistent set of interfaces derived from a business object model
US8793490B1 (en) 2006-07-14 2014-07-29 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Systems and methods for multifactor authentication
US8607308B1 (en) * 2006-08-07 2013-12-10 Bank Of America Corporation System and methods for facilitating privacy enforcement
US8566193B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2013-10-22 Sap Ag Consistent set of interfaces derived from a business object model
US11887175B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2024-01-30 Cpl Assets, Llc Automatically determining a personalized set of programs or products including an interactive graphical user interface
US8799148B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2014-08-05 Rohan K. K. Chandran Systems and methods of ranking a plurality of credit card offers
US8001080B2 (en) * 2006-09-12 2011-08-16 Infosys Technologies Ltd. Managing real-time execution of transactions in a network
US8468544B1 (en) 2006-09-28 2013-06-18 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for demand planning business objects across heterogeneous systems
EP2078285A4 (en) * 2006-09-29 2010-08-11 Dun & Bradstreet Corp Process and system for the automated collection of business information directly from a business entity's accounting system
US8036979B1 (en) 2006-10-05 2011-10-11 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. System and method for generating a finance attribute from tradeline data
US8095474B2 (en) * 2006-11-29 2012-01-10 Caterpillar Inc. Method for processing advanced ship notices (ASNs)
US7702585B2 (en) 2006-11-30 2010-04-20 Checkfree Corporation Methods and systems for the determination and display of payment lead time in an electronic payment system
US8732603B2 (en) * 2006-12-11 2014-05-20 Microsoft Corporation Visual designer for non-linear domain logic
US20080162204A1 (en) * 2006-12-28 2008-07-03 Kaiser John J Tracking and management of logistical processes
US20080163052A1 (en) * 2007-01-02 2008-07-03 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for multi-modal fusion of physical and virtual information channels
US20080159328A1 (en) * 2007-01-02 2008-07-03 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for in-context assembly of interactive actionable insights and modalities in physical spaces
US20080158223A1 (en) * 2007-01-02 2008-07-03 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for dynamic adaptability of content and channels
US20080177643A1 (en) * 2007-01-22 2008-07-24 Matthews Clifton W System and method for invoice management
US20080183514A1 (en) * 2007-01-29 2008-07-31 International Business Machines Corporation System and Methods for Using Solution Building Blocks
US8606626B1 (en) 2007-01-31 2013-12-10 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for providing a direct marketing campaign planning environment
US8606666B1 (en) 2007-01-31 2013-12-10 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. System and method for providing an aggregation tool
US7916925B2 (en) 2007-02-09 2011-03-29 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for generating magnetic ink character recognition (MICR) testing documents
US8190449B2 (en) * 2007-02-16 2012-05-29 Noblis, Inc. Alert distribution and management system and returns module
US20080208666A1 (en) * 2007-02-23 2008-08-28 Microsoft Corporation Business process modeling to facilitate collaborative data submission
US20080209435A1 (en) * 2007-02-23 2008-08-28 Microsoft Corporation Scalable workflow management system
US20080228544A1 (en) * 2007-03-15 2008-09-18 Bd Metrics Method and system for developing an audience of buyers and obtaining their behavioral preferences using event keywords
US8214503B2 (en) * 2007-03-23 2012-07-03 Oracle International Corporation Factoring out dialog control and call control
CA2687256A1 (en) * 2007-04-12 2008-10-23 Visa U.S.A. Inc. Merchant performance rating for payments on account
US8234240B2 (en) * 2007-04-26 2012-07-31 Microsoft Corporation Framework for providing metrics from any datasource
US20080270151A1 (en) * 2007-04-26 2008-10-30 Bd Metrics Method and system for developing an audience of buyers and obtaining their behavioral preferences to promote commerce on a communication network
WO2008134627A2 (en) 2007-04-27 2008-11-06 Boomi, Inc. System and method for automated on-demand creation of a customized software application
US8473735B1 (en) 2007-05-17 2013-06-25 Jpmorgan Chase Systems and methods for managing digital certificates
JP4870024B2 (en) * 2007-05-22 2012-02-08 日立アイ・エヌ・エス・ソフトウェア株式会社 Business process construction support system, business process construction support method, and business process construction support program
US8000986B2 (en) 2007-06-04 2011-08-16 Computer Sciences Corporation Claims processing hierarchy for designee
US8010391B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2011-08-30 Computer Sciences Corporation Claims processing hierarchy for insured
US8010390B2 (en) 2007-06-04 2011-08-30 Computer Sciences Corporation Claims processing of information requirements
US8010389B2 (en) 2007-06-04 2011-08-30 Computer Sciences Corporation Multiple policy claims processing
US8762270B1 (en) 2007-08-10 2014-06-24 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for providing supplemental payment or transaction information
US20090063290A1 (en) * 2007-09-04 2009-03-05 Qiagen, Gmbh System and Method Utilizing A Customer Relationship Management Software Application To Convert A Price Quote Into An Electronic Shopping Cart
US9690820B1 (en) 2007-09-27 2017-06-27 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Database system for triggering event notifications based on updates to database records
US8600964B2 (en) 2007-09-28 2013-12-03 Avaya Inc. Methods and apparatus for providing customer treatment information over a network
US8539097B2 (en) 2007-11-14 2013-09-17 Oracle International Corporation Intelligent message processing
US8311869B2 (en) * 2007-11-15 2012-11-13 Noblis, Inc. Alert distribution and management system and interface components
US8161171B2 (en) 2007-11-20 2012-04-17 Oracle International Corporation Session initiation protocol-based internet protocol television
US7454478B1 (en) 2007-11-30 2008-11-18 International Business Machines Corporation Business message tracking system using message queues and tracking queue for tracking transaction messages communicated between computers
US8788281B1 (en) 2007-12-03 2014-07-22 Jp Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for processing qualified healthcare account related financial transactions
US8622308B1 (en) 2007-12-31 2014-01-07 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for processing transactions using a multi-account transactions device
US7766244B1 (en) 2007-12-31 2010-08-03 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for processing transactions using a multi-account transactions device
US8244558B2 (en) 2008-01-18 2012-08-14 Computer Sciences Corporation Determining recommended settlement amounts by adjusting values derived from matching similar claims
US9654515B2 (en) 2008-01-23 2017-05-16 Oracle International Corporation Service oriented architecture-based SCIM platform
US8589338B2 (en) * 2008-01-24 2013-11-19 Oracle International Corporation Service-oriented architecture (SOA) management of data repository
US8321682B1 (en) 2008-01-24 2012-11-27 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for generating and managing administrator passwords
US9141991B2 (en) 2008-01-31 2015-09-22 Bill.Com, Inc. Enhanced electronic data and metadata interchange system and process for electronic billing and payment system
US20140129431A1 (en) 2008-01-31 2014-05-08 Bill.Com, Inc. Enhanced System and Method For Private Interbank Clearing System
US10769686B2 (en) 2008-01-31 2020-09-08 Bill.Com Llc Enhanced invitation process for electronic billing and payment system
US20110184843A1 (en) * 2008-01-31 2011-07-28 Bill.Com, Inc. Enhanced electronic anonymous payment system
US10043201B2 (en) * 2008-01-31 2018-08-07 Bill.Com, Inc. Enhanced invitation process for electronic billing and payment system
US7809615B2 (en) * 2008-01-31 2010-10-05 Bill.Com, Inc. Enhanced automated capture of invoices into an electronic payment system
US20110196786A1 (en) * 2008-01-31 2011-08-11 Rene Lacerte Determining trustworthiness and familiarity of users of an electronic billing and payment system
US8401022B2 (en) 2008-02-08 2013-03-19 Oracle International Corporation Pragmatic approaches to IMS
US8417593B2 (en) 2008-02-28 2013-04-09 Sap Ag System and computer-readable medium for managing consistent interfaces for business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8423418B2 (en) * 2008-03-31 2013-04-16 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8560461B1 (en) * 2008-03-31 2013-10-15 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Shipment splitting analyzer
US8413165B2 (en) * 2008-03-31 2013-04-02 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for maintenance order business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8370233B2 (en) 2008-03-31 2013-02-05 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8364715B2 (en) * 2008-03-31 2013-01-29 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for automatic identification label business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8473317B2 (en) 2008-03-31 2013-06-25 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for service part business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8433585B2 (en) 2008-03-31 2013-04-30 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8577991B2 (en) 2008-03-31 2013-11-05 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for internal service request business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8589263B2 (en) 2008-03-31 2013-11-19 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for retail business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8930248B2 (en) * 2008-03-31 2015-01-06 Sap Se Managing consistent interfaces for supply network business objects across heterogeneous systems
WO2009146105A2 (en) * 2008-04-02 2009-12-03 Envista Corporation Systems and methods for event coordination and asset control
US20090259572A1 (en) * 2008-04-09 2009-10-15 Mark Phillips Lay Collaborative alert distribution and management system
US20110113006A1 (en) * 2008-05-08 2011-05-12 Motohiko Sakaguchi Business process control apparatus, businesses process control method and business process control program
US20090292594A1 (en) * 2008-05-23 2009-11-26 Adeel Zaidi System for evaluating an employee
US20090326988A1 (en) 2008-06-26 2009-12-31 Robert Barth Managing consistent interfaces for business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8671064B2 (en) 2008-06-26 2014-03-11 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for supply chain management business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8645228B2 (en) 2008-06-26 2014-02-04 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8566185B2 (en) 2008-06-26 2013-10-22 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for financial instrument business objects across heterogeneous systems
US9256904B1 (en) 2008-08-14 2016-02-09 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Multi-bureau credit file freeze and unfreeze
US8505067B2 (en) 2008-08-21 2013-08-06 Oracle International Corporation Service level network quality of service policy enforcement
US8112355B1 (en) 2008-09-05 2012-02-07 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Method and system for buyer centric dispute resolution in electronic payment system
US9092447B1 (en) 2008-10-20 2015-07-28 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Method and system for duplicate detection
US8391584B2 (en) 2008-10-20 2013-03-05 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Method and system for duplicate check detection
US8577760B2 (en) 2008-11-25 2013-11-05 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for tax authority business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8463666B2 (en) 2008-11-25 2013-06-11 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for merchandise and assortment planning business objects across heterogeneous systems
US20100145856A1 (en) * 2008-12-08 2010-06-10 Laima Kardokas Automated merchant performance rating for payments on account
US20100153297A1 (en) 2008-12-12 2010-06-17 Sap Ag Managing Consistent Interfaces for Credit Portfolio Business Objects Across Heterogeneous Systems
US8898623B2 (en) * 2008-12-30 2014-11-25 The Regents Of The University Of California Application design and data flow analysis
US20100174638A1 (en) 2009-01-06 2010-07-08 ConsumerInfo.com Report existence monitoring
JP5253190B2 (en) * 2009-01-09 2013-07-31 キヤノン株式会社 Workflow management server, workflow management system, workflow management method, and workflow management program
US10152504B2 (en) 2009-03-11 2018-12-11 Actian Netherlands B.V. Column-store database architecture utilizing positional delta tree update system and methods
US8386322B2 (en) * 2009-03-31 2013-02-26 Gilbarco Inc. Integrated point of sale terminal
US8302024B2 (en) 2009-04-02 2012-10-30 Nintendo Of America Inc. Systems and/or methods for paging control including selective paging element display according to a binary subdivision and/or a serial progressive display approach
US8879547B2 (en) 2009-06-02 2014-11-04 Oracle International Corporation Telephony application services
US20100318438A1 (en) * 2009-06-16 2010-12-16 Graham Cormode Method and apparatus for providing an electronic commerce website
US9608826B2 (en) 2009-06-29 2017-03-28 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for partner key management
US10909545B2 (en) * 2009-07-24 2021-02-02 Oracle International Corporation Interactive store design interface based system
US20110055247A1 (en) * 2009-09-01 2011-03-03 Blumberg Brad W Provider-specific branding of generic mobile real estate search application
US8239269B2 (en) 2009-09-11 2012-08-07 Nintendo Of America Inc. System and/or method for handling returns involving products tied to post-paid subscriptions/services
US8396751B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2013-03-12 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for merchandising business objects across heterogeneous systems
US9652732B1 (en) 2009-11-05 2017-05-16 Target Brands, Inc. Processing a return request
US8583830B2 (en) 2009-11-19 2013-11-12 Oracle International Corporation Inter-working with a walled garden floor-controlled system
US8533773B2 (en) 2009-11-20 2013-09-10 Oracle International Corporation Methods and systems for implementing service level consolidated user information management
US9269060B2 (en) 2009-11-20 2016-02-23 Oracle International Corporation Methods and systems for generating metadata describing dependencies for composable elements
US9503407B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2016-11-22 Oracle International Corporation Message forwarding
US9509790B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2016-11-29 Oracle International Corporation Global presence
US9652802B1 (en) 2010-03-24 2017-05-16 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Indirect monitoring and reporting of a user's credit data
US8447641B1 (en) 2010-03-29 2013-05-21 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for automatically enrolling buyers into a network
US8417588B2 (en) 2010-06-15 2013-04-09 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for goods tag, production bill of material hierarchy, and release order template business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8364608B2 (en) 2010-06-15 2013-01-29 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for export declaration and export declaration request business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8412603B2 (en) 2010-06-15 2013-04-02 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for currency conversion and date and time business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8732083B2 (en) 2010-06-15 2014-05-20 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for number range, number range profile, payment card payment authorisation, and product template template business objects across heterogeneous systems
US9135585B2 (en) 2010-06-15 2015-09-15 Sap Se Managing consistent interfaces for property library, property list template, quantity conversion virtual object, and supplier property specification business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8370272B2 (en) 2010-06-15 2013-02-05 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for business document message monitoring view, customs arrangement, and freight list business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8515794B2 (en) 2010-06-15 2013-08-20 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for employee time event and human capital management view of payroll process business objects across heterogeneous systems
US9069747B2 (en) 2010-08-26 2015-06-30 Sap Se Methods, apparatus, systems and computer readable mediums for use in association with electronic spreadsheets
US8589288B1 (en) 2010-10-01 2013-11-19 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for electronic remittance of funds
US8595062B2 (en) 2010-11-15 2013-11-26 Nintendo Of America Inc. Systems and/or methods for fraud detection in award point programs
US8554645B1 (en) * 2011-01-04 2013-10-08 Intuit Inc. Method and system for identifying business expenditures with vendors and automatically generating and submitting required forms
US8732093B2 (en) 2011-01-26 2014-05-20 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Systems and methods for enabling duty determination for a plurality of commingled international shipments
US8543504B1 (en) 2011-03-30 2013-09-24 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Systems and methods for automated invoice entry
US8543503B1 (en) 2011-03-30 2013-09-24 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Systems and methods for automated invoice entry
JP5435173B2 (en) * 2011-04-22 2014-03-05 日本電気株式会社 Service level item management system, service level item management method and program
US9558519B1 (en) 2011-04-29 2017-01-31 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Exposing reporting cycle information
US8666845B2 (en) 2011-07-28 2014-03-04 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for a customer requirement business object across heterogeneous systems
US8521838B2 (en) 2011-07-28 2013-08-27 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for communication system and object identifier mapping business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8560392B2 (en) 2011-07-28 2013-10-15 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for a point of sale transaction business object across heterogeneous systems
US8775280B2 (en) 2011-07-28 2014-07-08 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for financial business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8725654B2 (en) 2011-07-28 2014-05-13 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for employee data replication business objects across heterogeneous systems
US8601490B2 (en) 2011-07-28 2013-12-03 Sap Ag Managing consistent interfaces for business rule business object across heterogeneous systems
US9934027B2 (en) * 2011-09-21 2018-04-03 Actian Corporation Method and apparatus for the development, delivery and deployment of action-oriented business applications supported by a cloud based action server platform
US8738516B1 (en) 2011-10-13 2014-05-27 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Debt services candidate locator
US9710282B2 (en) 2011-12-21 2017-07-18 Dell Products, Lp System to automate development of system integration application programs and method therefor
US8943076B2 (en) 2012-02-06 2015-01-27 Dell Products, Lp System to automate mapping of variables between business process applications and method therefor
US8984050B2 (en) 2012-02-16 2015-03-17 Sap Se Consistent interface for sales territory message type set 2
US9237425B2 (en) 2012-02-16 2016-01-12 Sap Se Consistent interface for feed event, feed event document and feed event type
US8762453B2 (en) 2012-02-16 2014-06-24 Sap Ag Consistent interface for feed collaboration group and feed event subscription
US9232368B2 (en) 2012-02-16 2016-01-05 Sap Se Consistent interface for user feed administrator, user feed event link and user feed settings
US8762454B2 (en) 2012-02-16 2014-06-24 Sap Ag Consistent interface for flag and tag
US8756274B2 (en) 2012-02-16 2014-06-17 Sap Ag Consistent interface for sales territory message type set 1
US8819789B2 (en) 2012-03-07 2014-08-26 Bill.Com, Inc. Method and system for using social networks to verify entity affiliations and identities
US8805716B2 (en) 2012-03-19 2014-08-12 Dell Products, Lp Dashboard system and method for identifying and monitoring process errors and throughput of integration software
US9922090B1 (en) 2012-03-27 2018-03-20 Actian Netherlands, B.V. System and method for automatic vertical decomposition of a table for improving input/output and memory utilization in a database
US8782103B2 (en) 2012-04-13 2014-07-15 Dell Products, Lp Monitoring system for optimizing integrated business processes to work flow
US9158782B2 (en) 2012-04-30 2015-10-13 Dell Products, Lp Cloud based master data management system with configuration advisor and method therefore
US9606995B2 (en) 2012-04-30 2017-03-28 Dell Products, Lp Cloud based master data management system with remote data store and method therefor
US9015106B2 (en) 2012-04-30 2015-04-21 Dell Products, Lp Cloud based master data management system and method therefor
US9098598B1 (en) 2012-05-04 2015-08-04 Google Inc. Non-default location support for expandable content item publisher side files
US8589207B1 (en) 2012-05-15 2013-11-19 Dell Products, Lp System and method for determining and visually predicting at-risk integrated processes based on age and activity
US9697524B1 (en) 2012-05-24 2017-07-04 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Enterprise fulfillment system with dynamic prefetching capabilities
US9990636B1 (en) 2012-05-24 2018-06-05 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Enterprise fulfillment system with dynamic prefetching, secured data access, system monitoring, and performance optimization capabilities
US10679160B1 (en) 2012-05-24 2020-06-09 Jpmorgan Chase Bank Enterprise fulfillment system with dynamic prefetching capabilities, secured data access capabilities and system monitoring
US9069898B2 (en) 2012-05-31 2015-06-30 Dell Products, Lp System for providing regression testing of an integrated process development system and method therefor
US9092244B2 (en) 2012-06-07 2015-07-28 Dell Products, Lp System for developing custom data transformations for system integration application programs
US9367826B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2016-06-14 Sap Se Consistent interface for entitlement product
US8521621B1 (en) 2012-06-28 2013-08-27 Sap Ag Consistent interface for inbound delivery request
US8615451B1 (en) 2012-06-28 2013-12-24 Sap Ag Consistent interface for goods and activity confirmation
US8756135B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2014-06-17 Sap Ag Consistent interface for product valuation data and product valuation level
WO2014000200A1 (en) 2012-06-28 2014-01-03 Sap Ag Consistent interface for document output request
US9400998B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2016-07-26 Sap Se Consistent interface for message-based communication arrangement, organisational centre replication request, and payment schedule
US8949855B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2015-02-03 Sap Se Consistent interface for address snapshot and approval process definition
US9246869B2 (en) 2012-06-28 2016-01-26 Sap Se Consistent interface for opportunity
US9043699B1 (en) * 2012-07-05 2015-05-26 Google Inc. Determining expansion directions for expandable content item environments
US8751304B1 (en) 2012-07-05 2014-06-10 Google Inc. Monitoring content item expansion events across multiple content item providers
US9047254B1 (en) * 2012-07-05 2015-06-02 Google Inc. Detection and validation of expansion types of expandable content items
US10607236B2 (en) 2012-07-11 2020-03-31 Viewpost, Llc Universal system for enabling dynamically discounted buyer-vendor payments
US8762271B2 (en) 2012-07-11 2014-06-24 Viewpost, Llc Universal payment module and system
US11468410B2 (en) 2012-07-11 2022-10-11 Viewpost, Llc. Universal payment module and system
US8694632B1 (en) 2012-07-17 2014-04-08 Google Inc. Determining content item expansion prediction accuracy
US9146911B1 (en) 2012-07-17 2015-09-29 Google Inc. Predicting expansion directions for expandable content item environments
USD678653S1 (en) 2012-07-19 2013-03-19 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Drive-up financial transaction machine
US9076112B2 (en) 2012-08-22 2015-07-07 Sap Se Consistent interface for financial instrument impairment expected cash flow analytical result
US9547833B2 (en) 2012-08-22 2017-01-17 Sap Se Consistent interface for financial instrument impairment calculation
US9043236B2 (en) 2012-08-22 2015-05-26 Sap Se Consistent interface for financial instrument impairment attribute values analytical result
WO2014046637A1 (en) 2012-09-20 2014-03-27 Google Inc. Determining a configuration of a content item display environment
US10650385B1 (en) 2012-10-08 2020-05-12 Viewpost, Llc System and method for remote check assurance
US10210553B2 (en) * 2012-10-15 2019-02-19 Cbs Interactive Inc. System and method for managing product catalogs
US9916621B1 (en) 2012-11-30 2018-03-13 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Presentation of credit score factors
US10255598B1 (en) 2012-12-06 2019-04-09 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Credit card account data extraction
US9916557B1 (en) 2012-12-07 2018-03-13 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Systems and methods for item delivery and pick-up using social networks
US10387824B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2019-08-20 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Systems and methods for delivery of an item
US11144872B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2021-10-12 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Delivery to an unattended location
CA2900041C (en) 2013-02-01 2020-04-21 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Systems and methods for parcel delivery to alternate delivery locations
US10521761B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2019-12-31 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Systems and methods of delivering parcels using attended delivery/pickup locations
US11507574B1 (en) 2013-03-13 2022-11-22 Actian Netherlands B.V. Adaptive selection of a processing method based on observed performance for improved and robust system efficiency
USD690074S1 (en) 2013-03-13 2013-09-17 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Financial transaction machine
US10417674B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2019-09-17 Bill.Com, Llc System and method for sharing transaction information by object tracking of inter-entity transactions and news streams
US9870589B1 (en) 2013-03-14 2018-01-16 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Credit utilization tracking and reporting
US9704146B1 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-07-11 Square, Inc. Generating an online storefront
US10115137B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2018-10-30 Bill.Com, Inc. System and method for enhanced access and control for connecting entities and effecting payments in a commercially oriented entity network
US20150012442A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2015-01-08 Bill.Com, Inc. Enhanced system and method for scanning and processing of payment documentation
US9419957B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-08-16 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Confidence-based authentication
US9191357B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-11-17 Sap Se Consistent interface for email activity business object
US9191343B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-11-17 Sap Se Consistent interface for appointment activity business object
US20140365347A1 (en) * 2013-06-06 2014-12-11 Intuit Inc. Using commerce networks to facilitate business interactions among entities
US9183074B2 (en) 2013-06-21 2015-11-10 Dell Products, Lp Integration process management console with error resolution interface
US10192220B2 (en) 2013-06-25 2019-01-29 Square, Inc. Integrated online and offline inventory management
US10572921B2 (en) 2013-07-03 2020-02-25 Bill.Com, Llc System and method for enhanced access and control for connecting entities and effecting payments in a commercially oriented entity network
CN103400191A (en) * 2013-07-23 2013-11-20 苏州汉清计算机有限公司 Full-automatic delivery processing system
US10354216B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2019-07-16 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Systems, methods, and computer program products for providing customized communication content in conjunction with transport of a plurality of packages
US20150100514A1 (en) 2013-10-09 2015-04-09 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Customer Controlled Management of Shipments
CA2926985C (en) 2013-10-14 2022-06-07 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Systems and methods for conveying a parcel to a consignee, for example, after an unsuccessful delivery attempt
US9058626B1 (en) 2013-11-13 2015-06-16 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for financial services device usage
US10002340B2 (en) 2013-11-20 2018-06-19 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Concepts for electronic door hangers
US10148726B1 (en) 2014-01-24 2018-12-04 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Initiating operating system commands based on browser cookies
US10262362B1 (en) 2014-02-14 2019-04-16 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Automatic generation of code for attributes
CA2935200C (en) 2014-02-16 2019-11-26 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Determining a delivery location and time based on the schedule or location of a consignee
US10733563B2 (en) 2014-03-13 2020-08-04 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Determining alternative delivery destinations
USD760256S1 (en) 2014-03-25 2016-06-28 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
USD759689S1 (en) 2014-03-25 2016-06-21 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
USD759690S1 (en) 2014-03-25 2016-06-21 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
WO2016004138A2 (en) * 2014-06-30 2016-01-07 Shaaban Ahmed Farouk Improved system and method for budgeting and cash flow forecasting
US9442832B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2016-09-13 Sap Se User workflow replication for execution error analysis
US10325002B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2019-06-18 Sap Se Web service framework
US11151634B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2021-10-19 Square, Inc. Persistent virtual shopping cart
USD794648S1 (en) * 2014-11-05 2017-08-15 Vortal—Comércio Electrónico, Consultadoria E Multimédia Display panel with transitional computer icon
WO2016077807A2 (en) 2014-11-14 2016-05-19 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Systems and methods for facilitating shipping of parcels for returning items
US10410164B2 (en) 2014-11-14 2019-09-10 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc Systems and methods for facilitating shipping of parcels
EP3304463A4 (en) * 2014-12-03 2019-03-20 JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and methods for business to business commerce automation
US10445152B1 (en) 2014-12-19 2019-10-15 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Systems and methods for dynamic report generation based on automatic modeling of complex data structures
US20160217439A1 (en) * 2015-01-23 2016-07-28 Kelly G. Martin Integrated payment system and collection reporting method
US11354625B2 (en) 2015-07-23 2022-06-07 Adp, Inc. Employment verification system
US11410230B1 (en) 2015-11-17 2022-08-09 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Realtime access and control of secure regulated data
US10757154B1 (en) 2015-11-24 2020-08-25 Experian Information Solutions, Inc. Real-time event-based notification system
US9665885B1 (en) 2016-08-29 2017-05-30 Metadata, Inc. Methods and systems for targeted demand generation based on ideal customer profiles
US10607252B2 (en) 2016-08-29 2020-03-31 Metadata, Inc. Methods and systems for targeted B2B advertising campaigns generation using an AI recommendation engine
US10600022B2 (en) 2016-08-31 2020-03-24 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Systems and methods for synchronizing delivery of related parcels via a computerized locker bank
US10498858B2 (en) 2016-12-14 2019-12-03 Dell Products, Lp System and method for automated on-demand creation of and execution of a customized data integration software application
CN110383319B (en) 2017-01-31 2023-05-26 益百利信息解决方案公司 Large scale heterogeneous data ingestion and user resolution
US20180322521A1 (en) * 2017-05-08 2018-11-08 Zycus Infotech Pvt.Ltd. Auto extension of discount offer for electronic transaction
US10803533B2 (en) * 2017-06-27 2020-10-13 Fin Box Technologies, Inc. Methods and systems for efficient delivery of accounting and corporate planning services
US11393045B2 (en) * 2017-06-27 2022-07-19 Fin Box Technologies, Inc. Methods and systems for efficient delivery of accounting and corporate planning services
CN107609953A (en) * 2017-09-30 2018-01-19 北京京东尚科信息技术有限公司 The quick treating method and apparatus of order
US10802905B2 (en) 2018-05-23 2020-10-13 Bank Of America Corporation Networked data system for data transmission remediation
US10880313B2 (en) 2018-09-05 2020-12-29 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Database platform for realtime updating of user data from third party sources
US11640630B2 (en) 2018-11-09 2023-05-02 Honeywell International Inc. Systems and methods for verifying identity of a user on an equipment online marketplace platform
US11494832B2 (en) 2018-11-09 2022-11-08 Honeywell International Inc. Systems and methods for securely creating a listing of equipment on an equipment online marketplace platform
US20220004426A1 (en) 2020-07-06 2022-01-06 Grokit Data, Inc. Automation system and method
US11463255B2 (en) 2021-01-04 2022-10-04 Bank Of America Corporation Document verification system
CN113326453A (en) * 2021-06-22 2021-08-31 平安壹钱包电子商务有限公司 Electronic order display method and storage medium
CN115170095B (en) * 2022-09-07 2022-11-29 浪潮通信信息系统有限公司 Order processing method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5311438A (en) * 1992-01-31 1994-05-10 Andersen Consulting Integrated manufacturing system
US5621201A (en) * 1994-05-11 1997-04-15 Visa International Automated purchasing control system

Family Cites Families (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4882675A (en) * 1984-11-26 1989-11-21 Steven Nichtberger Paperless system for distributing, redeeming and clearing merchandise coupons
US5101352A (en) * 1989-06-29 1992-03-31 Carolina Cipher Material requirements planning system
US5557515A (en) * 1989-08-11 1996-09-17 Hartford Fire Insurance Company, Inc. Computerized system and method for work management
US5191522A (en) * 1990-01-18 1993-03-02 Itt Corporation Integrated group insurance information processing and reporting system based upon an enterprise-wide data structure
US5224034A (en) * 1990-12-21 1993-06-29 Bell Communications Research, Inc. Automated system for generating procurement lists
US5237497B1 (en) * 1991-03-22 1998-05-26 Numetrix Lab Ltd Method and system for planning and dynamically managing flow processes
US5528490A (en) * 1992-04-10 1996-06-18 Charles E. Hill & Associates, Inc. Electronic catalog system and method
US5353218A (en) * 1992-09-17 1994-10-04 Ad Response Micromarketing Corporation Focused coupon system
US5666493A (en) * 1993-08-24 1997-09-09 Lykes Bros., Inc. System for managing customer orders and method of implementation
US5450317A (en) * 1993-11-24 1995-09-12 U S West Advanced Technologies, Inc. Method and system for optimized logistics planning
US5638519A (en) * 1994-05-20 1997-06-10 Haluska; John E. Electronic method and system for controlling and tracking information related to business transactions
US5592378A (en) * 1994-08-19 1997-01-07 Andersen Consulting Llp Computerized order entry system and method
US5596502A (en) * 1994-11-14 1997-01-21 Sunoptech, Ltd. Computer system including means for decision support scheduling
US5721832A (en) * 1995-05-12 1998-02-24 Regal Greetings & Gifts Inc. Method and apparatus for an interactive computerized catalog system
US5615109A (en) * 1995-05-24 1997-03-25 Eder; Jeff Method of and system for generating feasible, profit maximizing requisition sets
US5913061A (en) * 1997-01-08 1999-06-15 Crossroads Software, Inc. Modular application collaboration
US5991739A (en) * 1997-11-24 1999-11-23 Food.Com Internet online order method and apparatus
CA2286415C (en) * 1998-10-20 2009-05-05 Nortel Networks Corporation Method and apparatus for providing a configurable quality of service threshold for voice over internet protocol

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5311438A (en) * 1992-01-31 1994-05-10 Andersen Consulting Integrated manufacturing system
US5621201A (en) * 1994-05-11 1997-04-15 Visa International Automated purchasing control system

Cited By (32)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8131651B1 (en) 1999-10-06 2012-03-06 Stamps.Com Inc. Apparatus, systems and methods for online, multi-carrier, multi-service parcel shipping management featuring shipping rate and delivery schedule comparison for multiple carriers
US7664651B1 (en) 1999-10-06 2010-02-16 Stamps.Com Inc. Apparatus, systems and methods for online, multi-carrier, multi-service parcel shipping management
US8255337B1 (en) 1999-10-06 2012-08-28 Stamps.Com Inc. Apparatus, systems and methods for online, multi-carrier, multi-service parcel shipping management
US8386341B2 (en) 1999-10-06 2013-02-26 Stamps.Com Inc. Apparatus, systems and methods for applying billing options for multiple carriers for online, multi-carrier, multi-service parcel shipping management
WO2001045010A1 (en) * 1999-12-15 2001-06-21 Clickreturns.Com Product return logistics processing
WO2001050373A1 (en) * 1999-12-30 2001-07-12 General Electric Company Pricing method and apparatus for an on-line purchasing system
WO2001050375A1 (en) * 1999-12-30 2001-07-12 General Electric Company On-line issue tracking method and apparatus for a purchasing system
WO2001050374A1 (en) * 1999-12-30 2001-07-12 General Electric Company Method and system for releasing shipments from a complex order over a computer network
JP2001265892A (en) * 2000-01-07 2001-09-28 General Electric Co <Ge> Method and system for obtaining aircraft component, information, and service
US6868393B1 (en) 2000-02-24 2005-03-15 International Business Machines Corporation Client-centric internet shopping system, method and program
US8566194B2 (en) 2000-03-06 2013-10-22 Wellogix Technology Licensing, Llc Method and system for comparing a purchase order, actual data, and an invoice to determine a discrepancy between the purchase order, actual data, and the invoice
US8321313B2 (en) 2000-03-06 2012-11-27 Wellogix Technology Licensing, Llc Method and process for providing relevant data, comparing proposal alternatives, and reconciling proposals, invoices, and purchase orders with actual costs in a workflow process
US8600913B2 (en) 2000-03-28 2013-12-03 Stamps.Com Inc. Apparatus, systems and methods for online, multi-parcel, multi-carrier, multi-service parcel returns shipping management
US7660721B2 (en) 2000-03-28 2010-02-09 Stamps.Com Inc. Apparatus, systems and methods for online, multi-parcel, multi-carrier, multi-service parcel returns shipping management
US7184973B2 (en) 2000-07-11 2007-02-27 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Method and apparatus for communicating order entries in a network environment
JP2002091536A (en) * 2000-09-13 2002-03-29 Nippon Steel Corp Managing method for integrated manufacture of steel product, scheduling device and storage medium
JPWO2002023420A1 (en) * 2000-09-14 2004-01-22 株式会社東芝 Settlement agency system
US7937296B2 (en) 2001-08-28 2011-05-03 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Order and payment visibility process
US7444298B2 (en) 2001-08-28 2008-10-28 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Order and payment visibility process
US10445743B2 (en) 2001-11-15 2019-10-15 E2Interactive, Inc. Non-serialized electronic product registration system and method of operating same
US8566231B2 (en) 2004-06-17 2013-10-22 Visa International Service Association Method and system for providing buyer bank payable discounting aggregation services
US8571977B2 (en) 2004-06-17 2013-10-29 Visa International Service Association Method and system for providing seller bank receivable discounting aggregation services
US8571978B2 (en) 2004-06-17 2013-10-29 Visa International Service Association Method and system for providing assurance and financing services
US8606697B2 (en) 2004-06-17 2013-12-10 Visa International Service Association Method and system for providing buyer bank payable discounting services
US10417641B2 (en) 2009-09-11 2019-09-17 E2Interactive, Inc. System and/or method for handling recalled product purchases and/or return/warranty requests
US10296916B2 (en) 2009-09-11 2019-05-21 Maridee Joy Maraz System and/or method for handling recalled product purchases and/or return/warranty requests
US9846871B2 (en) 2010-04-12 2017-12-19 E2Interactive, Inc. Systems and/or methods for determining item serial number structure and intelligence
US9633347B2 (en) 2012-05-04 2017-04-25 e2interactive. Inc Systems and/or methods for selling non-inventory items at point-of-sale (POS) locations
WO2015053613A1 (en) * 2013-10-09 2015-04-16 Raig Technologies (M) Sdn Bhd A system and method for processing of orders related to financial transaction using a computer readable graphical code
CN112488816A (en) * 2020-11-27 2021-03-12 西安热工研究院有限公司 Method for sharing invoice information between collaborative management system and project management system
US20220215447A1 (en) * 2021-01-07 2022-07-07 Stripe, Inc. Invoice Numbering
US11763359B2 (en) * 2021-01-07 2023-09-19 Stripe, Inc. Invoice numbering

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2205799A (en) 1999-07-12
US6343275B1 (en) 2002-01-29
WO1999033016A9 (en) 1999-11-04
KR20010033456A (en) 2001-04-25
EP1055185A1 (en) 2000-11-29
JP2001527248A (en) 2001-12-25
US6115690A (en) 2000-09-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6115690A (en) Integrated business-to-business Web commerce and business automation system
Stackowiak et al. Oracle data warehousing & business intelligence SO
US8566193B2 (en) Consistent set of interfaces derived from a business object model
Cato et al. Computer-managed maintenance systems: a step-by-step guide to effective management of maintenance, labor, and inventory
US20120047079A1 (en) Providing foundation application as enterprise services
Garg et al. Enterprise Resource Planning: concepts and practice
Surjit et al. ERP for textiles and apparel industry
Boyson et al. In real time: managing the new supply chain
Sedgley et al. The 123s of ABC in SAP: using SAP R/3 to support activity-based costing
Buck-Emden et al. mySAP CRM
WO2001002927A2 (en) Integrated business-to-business web commerce and business automation system
Altekar Enterprisewide resource planning: theory and practice
Chow Implementing Microsoft Dynamics NAV
Oberniedermaier Sales and Distribution with SAP®: Making SAP SD® Work for Your Business
Salmon Controlling with SAP: Practical guide
Van Vossel et al. Streamline your Manufacturing Processes with OpenERP: A Simple Approach to Manage the Manufacturing and Supply Chain Complexity
Hamisu The impact of ERP system on financial accounting and reporting cycles of the company. Evidence from Ghana
Crum Using Oracle 11i
Fuchs Customer service
Rodríguez Lucas Master Data Management as a tool to improve business profitability
Veeriah Customizing Financial Accounting in SAP
Lutchman Computerized Work Management Systems for Utility and Plant Operations
Bhagyalekshmi A review report of sap implementation in Sevana Electrical Appliances Pvt Ltd
Ustadi et al. The Architecture of Logistics Management System for Private Enterprise
Mohapatra Optimizing Sales and Distribution in SAP ERP

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG US UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: C2

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG US UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: C2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

COP Corrected version of pamphlet

Free format text: PAGES 1-173, DESCRIPTION, REPLACED BY NEW PAGES 1-172; PAGES 174-186, CLAIMS, REPLACED BY NEW PAGES173-185; PAGES 1/435-435/435, DRAWINGS, REPLACED BY NEW PAGES 1/437-437/437; DUE TO LATE TRANSMITTAL BY THE RECEIVING OFFICE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1998966078

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020007006942

Country of ref document: KR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

Ref document number: 2000 525852

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1998966078

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020007006942

Country of ref document: KR

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 1998966078

Country of ref document: EP

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 1020007006942

Country of ref document: KR